Revelation 10, Part 8: The Millennium and Beyond – 2018, August


Introduction

Rev. James C. Allen

In the last edition, Bro. Allen was reading from Ezekiel chapter 47 and speaking about the living water which will flow from beneath the temple during the Millennium. We are picking up where he left off.

 

Living Water From the Temple

 

I want to show you this picture of the temple again. Now the water will come out of the temple area, by the side of the eastern door. Then it goes out and will flow down into the Kidron Valley. After you leave the temple area, there will be a cavern in there. The water will flow into that cavern, which it is very shallow at first, but it is a big stream. It will be very swift. Then it will go down into the valley, it mentions a thousand cubits, which will be fifteen hundred feet. Then it is getting deeper the further you get from the temple, because it is going through a valley. There is no valley there now. The Mount of Olives is in the way, but there is going to be an earthquake as I showed you before. As we read from Zechariah 14:5, it say the Lord himself will stand upon the Mount of Olives. That is the same place He left from. When he comes back His saints will be standing with Him. So, the Bride of Jesus Christ is going to be there to see what is taking place at that time. It is in that time when the mountain will have split in two, making the valley. That will take place to allow the water through. The water will get deeper and deeper until it gets to the Dead Sea. Then a second stream is going to the great sea, which is the Mediterranean. It is going to be a gusher. That is what it is going to be. Somewhere underneath Jerusalem today, the water is already there. There just has to be an outlet for it to come out. That outlet will let it come out and go through the valley that earthquake will make, which will be in a small way like the Grand Canyon. This is what it is going to be like. It looks impossible now, but with God all things are possible. As I said before, there will be trees on each side of the river all the way up to Jerusalem. It goes back to the brink of it, which would be the beginning. I wanted to say these things before I went on any further.

I have a picture here of the temple area that I want to use. The area around the temple is kind of small compared to what it will be like in the Millennium. Because they have made this model according to their understanding of the temple in Herod’s time. They cannot imagine what it is going to be in the Millennium. They cannot imagine the circumference of it. So as we look at it, back here you have the Holy of Holies. Then you come on through here into the eastern gate. Then whenever the earthquake comes, it is not going to bother this. The earthquake will affect underneath this to bring the water out. Because it is under God’s control. How can He do that? How can he make a great earthquake, but leave this building standing? It is Him. The One that created the heavens and the earth. He knows what He is doing to be able to bring that out. He is going to bring the water out from here (pointing beneath the temple), it is going to come out flowing towards the east, and then it is going to change direction. The Mediterranean and the Dead Sea are fifty-three miles (85 kilometers) apart. From Jerusalem to the Dead Sea is twenty miles (33 kilometers). That is quite a long space. It calls it a river. They say in America in order to have a river, it has to be a hundred miles long. But God can make it anything He wants, because it is really going to be longer than that. Inside that river, as it comes out of the temple there will be a split. As it splits, half will go to the Dead Sea and the other half to the Mediterranean. God has it all figured out. He knows what He is doing.

Model of the second temple in the time of Herod. Click to enlarge

I have seen other people make pictures of the Holy of Holies, and in their picture they still have the ark of the covenant in there. The ark is not mentioned in Ezekiel anywhere. Because it is not needed. The sacrifice was already made and what will be done in this temple in the Millennium is to serve as a reminder to the living natural people. These that have gone through the tribulation and have accepted the Messiah: the 144,000 and the woman of Revelation 12, they have already accepted that He is the Messiah whenever Armageddon comes. They have already accepted that. But when you go into the Millennium, then you have the woman of Revelation 12, plus the other Jews that will still be living. As I have said, whenever you go to the 14th chapter of Revelation, then you see the 144,000 around the throne. In that, you have Jesus Christ sitting upon the cloud. He is sitting on the cloud with a sharp sickle in His hand. Why? To reap the harvest of the earth, which will be the 144,000. I cannot help if I get criticized about it. That is the way it is, because they are the only ones that can sing that song around the throne, the 144,000. It is a special song for them. It is not something that somebody wrote up or made up, but it will be something that will come out of their hearts.

 

 

The Sons of Strangers

 

I want to talk now about the sons of strangers, as we see it in Isaiah 60:10. And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee. Let us look also at Ezekiel 47:22-23. And it shall come to pass, that ye shall divide it by lot for an inheritance unto you, and to the strangers that sojourn among you, which shall beget children among you: and they shall be unto you as born in the country among the children of Israel; they shall have inheritance with you among the tribes of Israel. And it shall come to pass, that in what tribe the stranger sojourneth, there shall ye give him his inheritance, saith the Lord God. There we see the sons of strangers, which will be people who are living now. I remember Bro. Jackson going over that. They are a smart bunch of people. What they have done, they have put their minds to understanding instead of walking the streets, demonstrating like they have here. America has lost its equilibrium because young people do not even believe in God now. But it is going to be the sons of strangers as Bro. Jackson explained. They will be from India, which has very smart young people. And from China, from those eastern peoples. These are people who had no relations with Israel in ancient times. They were strangers. Bro. Jackson said they will break away from their parents and from their parent’s religion. I saw something showing Buddhist temples in China and in India. They were showing some of them, they were built to be something at one time. But these young people say, I do not believe that anymore. It has not brought us anything. It has not brought us life. It has not brought us happiness. It has all been sadness. So, they will break away from their parents. They will say, “The God of Israel is the only God. That is where God is working, Israel.” They will say that as they see the hand of God work in the last days. So that will be the sons of the strangers. These will be the ones that will be accepted into Israel as citizens. They will have their citizenship there, they will have their children there. No doubt, they are going to live among themselves. Because it calls them strangers, they remain somewhat distinct from the rest. The thing about it is, they are the ones that build up Israel’s walls. They are the ones that have been a blessing to Israel because of their ingenuity. There are no smarter people on earth tonight than the people of Israel, but they are not builders so much. They are scientists, people of knowledge, medicine and things of that nature. But in Israel, there will be farmers, some of them. Israel has never been that great at farming, because they had so much trouble in their land that a lot of it was war, continual warfare. Of course, that is because they made a mistake. They made a big mistake because they took those people that were in the land, which they were to get rid of, and made them pay tribute and work for them. That is when Israel first began, whenever they were in the land, they made these people to be the farmers, or shepherds, or whatever. Right now, in Israel, who has the sheep? Who has the goats? It is Arabs. This is the way it is. But Israeli farms now are producing, and I am not saying there will not be farmers, but there will be people there that God has put in their heart to fulfill His will to do the right thing, which are not all Jews. Israel is going to have the leadership in the Millennium that will recognize people that have done something for the Jews. Most Jews today over there are melancholy. I am not saying they will be then, but now they are because they are willing to give up land. The northern people especially are willing to give up what they have in order to have peace. You cannot have peace with those Arabs. I am not saying every Arab, but that aggressive Muslim type Arab is not peaceful. They will never have peace as long as they are there. That is why they will be far removed. God will get rid of them in the time to come.

 

Dividing the Land of Israel in the Millennium

David’s Kingdom of United Israel. Click to enlarge.

I want to go back to Ezekiel to finish up Ezekiel now. I am not finishing the message, but I do want to finish up with the Book of Ezekiel. The temple, the city, and all the surroundings are finished in chapter 46. But now whenever we are looking at this, we are going backward. Whenever you look at chapter 47, you are going back to a beginning when the Bride will come back with Christ. Looking at chapters 40 through 46, you see a picture of a city and temple, which the city and entire temple area will not be finished at the time Christ returns. The city will not be finished in five or ten years. Why? The population is gone. It is going to take time to get things to where there are enough people to fulfill what you see in chapter 46. Can you understand that? Can you understand that it is going to take time to rebuild? As we look at chapter 48, then you have more. The city is spread out even more than it was in chapters 45 and 46. We will see that because it is here and there is a reason for it. Right in the heart of Judah is where the city starts. Then it extends over to Benjamin. That will be the edge of the city suburbs and all, whenever we get to it, it is really twenty-five thousand rods by twenty-five thousand rods, we will see in a minute. So, it is a square that is designated for the city and for its suburbs. Why? Because as I have gone over it, the high priest, which will be the leader, he will be both prince and priest. That is the way it was when Jesus was here. The high priest had the say over what was to be done. He had to consent whenever Jesus was crucified. Chapter 48. “Now these are the names of the tribes. (I want to go to the map of David’s kingdom. We start at the north. See? The tribes now no longer have disagreements with each other. All the difference that has been there will be resolved. If measured from one end of David’s Kingdom to the other, it is over six hundred miles. (965 kilometers)  That is the distance from Indiana to Florida.) From the north end to the coast of the way of Hethlon, as one goeth to Hamath, Hazarenan, the border of Damascus northward, to the coast of Hamath; for these are his sides east and west; a portion for Dan.” You can see these places on the map. These people that live here will have to come to worship the Lord every Sabbath in Jerusalem. There is going to be a fast way of travel. In China and places like that, they have trains that go three hundred miles an hour. So, they must have a fast way of travel to get there. “And by the border of Dan, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Asher. And by the border of Asher, from the east side even unto the west side, a portion for Naphtali.” See? We are coming down here. This is different than it was in the days of David. From Jerusalem down, you only had two tribes, which would have been Simon and Judah. But this is going to be different because you actually have five below Judah. What is the reason for that? One thing is because they have water now. They did not have water there in the days of David. Why not?  That was at one time a well-watered place, as you see if you go back to the time of Lot. Why did Lot choose Sodom? Because it was well watered. When God destroyed Sodom, He just hollowed out the ground and covered Sodom and Gomorrah with ashes, with rocks, burnt rocks. They spewed up out of the ground as Sulphur. That is why the place is dead. It takes the water, living water, not a cesspool, living water, to restore life there. “And by the border of Naphtali, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Manasseh.” What did I read in that 47th chapter? Two portions for Joseph. Here you are. There are twelve tribes listed here. Then you have also the tribe of Levi, which is not mentioned as a place of inheritance because his inheritance is the city. He is not a farmer. Here are the two tribes that make up two portions of Joseph. “And by the border of Manasseh, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for

Division of Israel in the Millennium. Click to enlarge

Ephraim.” That is the two tribes for Joseph. Instead of Joseph here, it has the names of his two sons, because of his obedience unto God in Genesis. “And by the border of Ephraim, from the east side even unto the west side, a portion for Reuben. And by the border of Reuben, from the east side unto the west side, a portion for Judah.” Now we come to something here where the city is. He is giving out the portions, but when it comes here, this is different. “And by the border of Judah, from the east side unto the west side, shall be the offering which ye shall offer of five and twenty thousand reeds in breadth, and in the length as one of the other parts, from the east side unto the west side: and the sanctuary shall be in the midst of it.” In the midst of what? In the midst of Judah. “The oblation that ye shall offer unto the Lord shall be of five and twenty thousand in length, and of ten thousand in breadth.” That is the holy part. That is the part where the city is and its suburbs and everything that is given to the Levite tribe. Is this making sense to you? Or am I just talking out of my head? “And for them, even for the priests, shall be this holy oblation; toward the north five and twenty thousand in length, and toward the west ten thousand in breadth, and toward the east ten thousand in breadth, and toward the south five and twenty thousand in length: and the sanctuary of the Lord shall be in the midst thereof.” Now he is mentioning north and south, which is all the same whenever he mentions it. East and west is the same thing because he is mentioning it twice here. We have done gone over this in chapters 45 and 46. But God seems to want to repeat it. He is saying, do you get it? “It shall be for the priests that are sanctified of the sons of Zadok; which have kept my charge, which went not astray when the children of Israel went astray, as the Levites went astray.” You see the difference here of what the sons of Zadok really get. This is their portion. God looks upon a life. Zadok, what was he? He was a man that kept the word of God when everybody else went astray. When all the Levites went astray and began to worship other gods, Zadok’s family kept it straight. That is the reason it is so important here. Do not look on your neighbor and what they do. Young people, if somebody else is doing wrong that you know, even if they go here, do not do it. God has feelings. “And this oblation of the land that is offered shall be unto them a thing most holy by the border of the Levites. And over against the border of the priests the Levites shall have five and twenty thousand in length, and ten thousand in breadth: all the length shall be five and twenty thousand, and the breadth ten thousand. And they shall not sell of it, neither exchange, nor alienate the firstfruits of the land: for it is holy unto the Lord.” The fruits are what is gathered in: grain, fruit that grows on trees, nuts, and grapes. This is what is gathered in. It is gathered in, the firstfruits. You see what happened in Malachi when the people offered the worst of their animals. He said, “Will a man rob God? You brought your sick animals. You did not bring the firstfruits.” This is not just for the ministry of that hour. That is for the blessing of Israel, to be upon their houses, upon their land. It said it will flow with milk and honey. “And the five thousand, that are left in the breadth over against the five and twenty thousand, shall be a profane place (which is a city. This is Judah’s.) for the city, for dwelling, and for suburbs: and the city shall be in the midst thereof.” Why would he say that? The city shall be in the midst thereof because there is something else to be added. “And these shall be the measures thereof; the north side four thousand and five hundred, (This is another measure. This is talking about the heart of the city. The rest of it is suburbs. This is where the children of Israel are represented. You will see that later on. These are the measures thereof, the north side four thousand and five hundred: that is something around six-to-seven mile (about 10 kilometers) wide. But the entire area is twenty-five thousand reeds (about 42 miles, or 67 kilometers) long. But this smaller part is in the heart of that larger area.) and the south side four thousand and five hundred, and on the east side four thousand and five hundred, and the west side four thousand and five hundred.” See? He squared out a place for the main part of the city. The rest of it is suburbs. God never makes anything oblong. He squares it up. Remember what I said, that this area outside the main part of the city is for the twelve tribes of Israel. “And the suburbs of the city shall be toward the north two hundred and fifty, and toward the south two hundred and fifty, and toward the east two hundred and fifty, and toward the west two hundred and fifty.” See? It is another measurement. “And the residue in length over against the oblation of the holy portion shall be ten thousand (See? You have another ten thousand, you have ten, five, and ten again. It shall be over against the oblation of the holy portion…) shall be ten thousand eastward, and ten thousand westward: and it shall be over against the oblation of the holy portion; and the increase thereof shall be for food unto them that serve the city. And they that serve the city shall serve it out of all the tribes of Israel.” Everybody has a part. God is being good to them. He is blessing them because every tribe has a part in this, you will see that. “All the oblation shall be five and twenty thousand by five and twenty thousand: (See? It is square.) ye shall offer the holy oblation foursquare, with the possession of the city.” This is all an offering right out of the tribe of Judah. We are going to see that the prince, or the high priest has his portion in this. “And the residue shall be for the prince, on the one side and on the other of the holy oblation, and of the possession of the city, over against the five and twenty thousand of the oblation toward the east border, and westward over against the five and twenty thousand toward the west border, over against the portions for the prince: and it shall be the holy oblation; and the sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst thereof.” How many times does God repeat that? He is saying, do you get it? How many times does He mention the measurement? He is wanting somebody to get it. Of course, Israel will, but He is drilling this into their heads because He knows He is still dealing with a natural people. “Moreover from the possession of the Levites, and from the possession of the city, being in the midst of that which is the prince’s, between the border of Judah and the border of Benjamin, shall be for the prince.”

Israel in the time of Joshua. Click to enlarge.

See? Everything to the sides of the city will be for the prince. You can see here Benjamin has changed places from the Old Testament times. Before he was on the north side of Judah, but in the Millennium he will be on the south side. So God is going to give this land to Israel and it is going to be prosperous just like it was before the Dead Sea became dead. He will heal that land with the water that flows from beneath the temple. He is going to send healing water. Now it goes into the other tribes. “And by the border of Benjamin, from the east side unto the west side, Simeon shall have a portion.” See? Simeon is next to Benjamin now. Instead of next to Judah he is next to Benjamin. “And by the border of Simeon, from the east side unto the west side, Issachar a portion. And by the border of Issachar, from the east side unto the west side, Zebulun a portion. And by the border of Zebulun, from the east side unto the west side, Gad a portion. And by the border of Gad, at the south side southward, the border shall be even from Tamar unto the waters of strife in Kadesh, and to the river toward the great sea. This is the land which ye shall divide by lot unto the tribes of Israel for inheritance, and these are their portions, saith the Lord God.” See? It is Him speaking. After it is all finished, He is speaking to Ezekiel. He says this is Thus saith the Lord. From chapter 40 through 48, this is God speaking about the land, about the holy portion, about the temple,  and about the dividing of the Mount of Olives. This is all thus saith the Lord. Here it goes a little further. “And these are the goings out of the city on the north side, four thousand and five hundred measures.” See? It goes back to talking about the city again. This is the portion of the city that belongs to the children of Israel. How can we tell that? “And the gates of the city shall be after the names of the tribes of Israel: three gates northward; one gate of Reuben, one gate of Judah, one gate of Levi.” See? Levi is mentioned again because of the twelve tribes of Israel. He is not mentioned when the land is divided, but he has a gate there, one of the gates. His portion is in the city. I have done gone over that four thousand, five hundred, which is right in the middle of the portion that is for the city, which is the profane place as it says. “And at the east side four thousand and five hundred: and three gates; and one gate of Joseph, (Now he is not mentioning Manasseh or Ephriam anymore because he is bringing it back in line of how it started. In Joseph there are two tribes, but it goes back to the singular. Why? Because Levi has his portion inside the city, and a gate is named after him. Does it make sense? One gate of Joseph…) one gate of Benjamin, one gate of Dan. And at the south side four thousand and five hundred measures: and three gates; one gate of Simeon, one gate of Issachar, and one gate of Zebulun.” The south side. “And at the west side four thousand and five hundred, with their three gates; one gate of Gad, one gate of Asher, one gate of Naphtali. It was round about eighteen thousand measures: (That is going all the way around the circumference of it now, which is eighteen thousand. Four thousand five hundred times four. God knows His measurements. He is a Scientist. He has a laboratory that you would not believe. He made the world out of His laboratory. If they say it was caused by an explosion, there had to be something there to explode. It was not a mistake. God did not get burned. He was before everything. And you were before everything. You were in His thoughts before He ever made anything, before there was ever a big bang, before He ever did what He did, you were already there. Why? It was like a man sitting down with a blueprint. Only God is using His blueprint for stars, for the moon, the sun, and for everything out there. He was thinking this, but you were before that. Why? This all has a beginning, but you were in eternity. You were in God when He created this thing. It was round about eighteen thousand measures…) and the name of the city from that day shall be, The Lord is there.” The Lord is there. That city will still be there whenever the Millennium is over. You see in Revelation when Gog and Magog approach the holy city, it is Jerusalem. It is still there. I love the word of God. I appreciate His word.

 

Layout of Jerusalem in the Millennium

 

Layout of Jerusalem in the Millennium. Click to enlarge.

I am going to go back over some of this again, because I know some had questions which I want to answer, concerning the latter part of chapter 48 where the land is portioned out. I have this map here which can help you understand. It gives you an idea of how the land is portioned out. You have got a rather large plot of ground there that has been designated for the temple area. Here is the holy portion, which belongs to the sons of Zadok all together. Then you have a portion here, as you read, this belongs to the Levites, which Zadok is part of that tribe, but these went astray. Then you have got the city here that is left, which we have gone over. They have the land between the Dead Sea and the Mediterranean Sea. There will also be a long river of water, from the Dead Sea to the Mediterranean, but that is not on our map. This all comes from underneath the altar. Let me read this portion here which explains that. Start with verse 21. “And the residue shall be for the prince, on the one side and on the other of the holy oblation, (On the other side of the holy oblation (pointing to both sides of the city) would be for the prince, or as I have gone over, the high priest. This is the land that is designated to him and his sons. In the Bible, the inheritance goes to the sons. In Israel today, they are making women priests and rabbis and everything else, because of the pressure that is being put on them. But whenever the Millennium comes, there will not be that kind of pressure. Because God is going to be Father and Jesus Christ will be Lord. He is our Lord because He is our Saviour. We baptize in the name of Jesus Christ. When we pray the prayer, we pray in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ because He is our Lord. He is our overseer. God is also Lord, but He is Lord of the whole universe, or the whole creation. Jesus Christ will not be Lord over the whole universe, He will be Lord over the earth during the Millennium time. Then it goes back to the Father after that. So, we see here, the residue shall be for the prince, on the one side, and on the other of the holy oblation…) And of the possession of the city, over against the five and twenty thousand of the oblation toward the east border, and westward over against the five and twenty thousand toward the west border, over against the portions fore the prince: and it shall be the holy oblation; and the sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst thereof.” The sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst of this. It does not tell you what kind of a measure this is here, but it is reeds. “Moreover from the possession of the Levites.” God has a great remembrance. He remembers, why? Why does He do this? He sees that the hearts of these Levites are not the same as in the hearts of the sons of Zadok, when it comes down to the last time in the Millennium, because there is a spirit that goes with this.

 

Everything is guided by a spirit. The spirit, the makeup of the spirit in these Levites, is different than the makeup of the spirit in these sons of Zadok, because of their love for the things of God. That is just like it is with the Bride of Jesus Christ, and then the foolish virgins, and the great multitude. There is a difference between these groups. There will continue to be a difference. Let me say this: when you look at Revelation 21 on into 22, you see the same thing, there is still a difference. The Bride of Jesus Christ will no longer be Bride in the Eternal Age, but there is still going to be a difference. There will always be a difference in the Bride people. She will not be called the Bride in the Eternal Age, but there will always be a difference in her compared to the great multitude or the foolish virgins, because of the obedience in the time that we are living in. You can see why the scripture says that there were ten wise and ten foolish. The wise, as Bro. Jackson went over it, are not going to be a very large group. If you listen to Jim Baker and all those preachers, they have millions or even billions of people that are going to be a part of the Bride. They do not know how to separate it out. The Bride of Jesus Christ is going to be few. So, will the foolish virgins be few whenever that time comes. I know Bro. Jackson explained it and said there will not be thousands in America, but only hundreds. Outside of America, we do not know then just how many there will be there, but it will be few in number also. We do not know them all. You might say, well you are making it pretty straight who Bride is going to be. Let me say those that are getting the word, those that are getting the Contender, those that are getting truth over the internet, those that are part of the churches in fellowship with us, and outside that, there is no great deal of Bride people out there anywhere in the world. Jesus said there will be few that will find it. Few that will find it. What about the rest of them? They did not find it. They did not find it convenient. It was just a little more than they could stand, so they raised up against it. Whenever I say this, there is not a bunch of different truths. There is only one truth, only one word. You might say, well you are narrowing it down. I am narrowing it down to a group of people that will listen to truth. Whether this bothers you or whether it does not bother you, I cannot help that. There is way that seems right unto man, but the end of it is separation from the true Bride of Christ.

 

“Moreover from the possession of the Levites, and from the possession of the city, being in the midst of that which is the prince’s, between the border of Judah and the border of Benjamin, shall be for the prince. As for the rest of the tribes, (We go back to the map now, this is the city that is the profane place. This other area is for the Levites, this middle area is the sons of Zadok. See? This is square, twenty-five thousand reeds each way. If you want to dispute what I am saying about reeds and cubits, what are you going to do about Revelation 11? He told him to get a reed like unto a rod and to measure the temple. Measure the temple and the altar and them that worship therein, which would be the sons of Zadok. They are not measuring to see how long they are. They are counting them. That is really what will happen: they will count a certain number that will be there. We look at it that way. As for the rest of the tribes…) from the east side unto the west side, Benjamin shall have a portion.” In our picture, you can get an idea of how this land will be divided between the tribes. The Levites, the sons of Zadok. Here is the city. This is the city here. Judah has this much. Really this city is in the Judah part. Jerusalem is always in Judah. Immediately after you get out of the city. It is north from the city; the city part. From the east side unto the west side, Benjamin shall have a portion. This is different than in Old Testament times? Simon and Judah, all the way down from Jerusalem. I went over this before. It was this way because during Old Testament times, and still today, this whole bottom part of Israel is a desert. The mountains in Israel are getting very little water in the desert portion. In ancient times you had only Simon and Judah in this southern area. Then you had all the other tribes north of Jerusalem. But in the Millennium it will be different. Instead of two tribes south of Jerusalem, there will be five tribes south of Jerusalem. How will this be possible? This is just a desert today. It will not be a desert anymore in the Millennium. God is going to change the situation. Because God is going to breathe on this area. You start out here with Dan, Asher, Naphtali, Manasseh, Ephraim. This is where the two portions of Joseph are, the two sons of Joseph. That is the two portions. You do not see Joseph mentioned in here, because Manasseh and Ephriam are Joseph. You come on down to Reuben, then Judah, then go below that and you have Benjamin, Simeon, Issachar, Zebulun, and Gad, all the way down close to Egypt. “And by the border of Benjamin, from the east side unto the west side, Simeon shall have a portion. And by the border of Simeon, from the east side unto the west side, Issachar a portion. And by the border of Issachar, from the east side unto the west side, Zebulun a portion. And by the border of Zebulun, from the east side unto the west side, Gad a portion. And by the border of Gad, at the south side southward, the border shall be even from Tamar unto the waters of strife in Kadesh, and to the river toward the great sea.” Right now, as you look at it, there is no real river that runs through there because it is desert. But God is not speaking of now, He is speaking of the time when this is all going to be restored. As I said before, I will say again, the only time that Israel ever had her land was in David’s time which reached on into here. “This is the land which ye shall divide by lot unto the tribes of Israel for inheritance, and these are their portions, saith the Lord God. And these are the goings out of the city on the north side, four thousand and five hundred measures.” That is why I said, the city is next to Judah. These are the goings out of the city on the north side. It goes north. “And the gates of the city shall be after the names of the tribes of Israel: three gates northward; one gate of Reuben, one gate of Judah, one gate of Levi. And at the east side four thousand and five hundred: and three gates; and one gate of Joseph, one gate of Benjamin, one gate of Dan.” You see here there is a portion of land for Dan in there. If you go to Revelation 7, Dan is not mentioned as part of the 144,000. So, we can see Dan is still there, but he was excluded from being part of that number. You see also here there is a gate of Joseph, which would be for the two tribes: Manasseh and Ephriam. Joseph is brought back into the picture here, as the father of Manasseh and Ephraim. One gate for Joseph, one for Benjamin, and one for Dan. “And at the south side four thousand and five measures: and three gates; one gate of Simeon, one gate of Issachar, and one gate of Zebulun.” Why would it mention Judah for the north side? Because he is north of the city. It covers this whole thing, but it is north of the city. At the south side four thousand and five measures, and three gates, one for Simeon, one for Issachar and one for Zebulun. See? These are all gates to the city where you come in from the holy portion, then from the rest of it. “At the west side four thousand and five hundred, with their three gates; one gate of Gad, one gate of Asher, one gate of Naphtali. It was round about eighteen thousand measures: and the name of the city from that day shall be, The Lord is there.” So, that will be the name of the city because from that time on the Lord is there. As you look at this, you have three gates on each side of the city. Do you understand that? Or is it still as clear as mud? In order to show this picture, God spent much time from verse 10 through 22 just talking about what is going on in Judah and this city. The entire thing is actually forty-two miles square. I mean the whole of it all. But this main part of the city is smaller and has a circumference of eighteen thousand reeds. See what he has done, he has taken the whole thing, four thousand five hundred, four thousand five hundred, four thousand five hundred, and four thousand and five hundred. Add that up, you have gone all the way around this portion (pointing to the city portion next to Judah) of the city and it is eighteen thousand reeds.

 

 

Seasons in the Millennium and Eternal Age

I want to go back to Zechariah for a few minutes. Zechariah 14. When I was last there, I stopped at the 8th verse. I was dealing with the river that issued out. It is a river, it is not a little stream. It is not a little branch because it said by the time it gets to that mile and sixteenth, what is it? It is a river that you can swim in. Let us look at that again. “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be.” I was asked a question one time, will there be summer and winter in the millennium and eternal age? I had to think. That has been a few years ago. I had to think, then I thought of this verse. Summer and winter. Then later I found in Genesis chapter 8, verse 22, “While the earth remaineth, seedtime and harvest, (That goes into the Eternal Age.) and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and day and night shall not cease.” As long as this earth stands. Why? Why does it take winter? Why are the ice caps there? We had cold weather here recently. It did not come from Canada, it came from further north than that. It is God’s ice box to keep coolness upon this earth. You have the north pole, you have the south pole, summer and winter.

 

The Kingdom Returns to God

 

Now I want to go to verse Zechariah 14:9 which I did not include last time I read over that chapter, because I had a purpose in it. See? God will take a verse and make it stick out. God does it that way, because it is eternal. This goes beyond what he is talking about in verse 8. “And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: (That is not the Millennium, because Jesus Christ is going to rule and reign throughout the Millennium. Then when you come into the Eternal Age, it is going to be God, as it is recorded in the 15th chapter of 1st Corinthians. He must rule until every enemy is under His feet. The last enemy is death. That is the last enemy and death will be done away with. See? We are in the Eternal Age now. Let me finish reading this. The Lord shall be king over all the earth…) in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one.” It all goes back to God. Let me go to 1st Corinthians. What did I say when I began to talk about this? What is my subject? The Millennium and Beyond. The beyond is what we are talking about right now. 1st Corinthians 15:20. “But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the firstfruits of them that slept.” He was the first one to ever raise from the dead to a glorified body. Not the first one to be raptured, because you have Elijah and Enoch. They are in heaven. But Christ had to be the first one to raise from the dead. These did not raise from the dead. They did not die. “For since by man came death, by man came also the resurrection of the dead.” He is talking about Adam and he is talking about Christ. “For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive. But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits; afterward they that are Christ’s at his coming.” That is Bride people. “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, (That is after the Millennium.) even the Father; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power. For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. For he hath put all things under his feet. But when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him. (That is Jehovah. God himself is not put under Jesus Christ)  And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him, that God may be all in all.” This be at the start of the eternal age. What a day that will be, when my Jesus I shall see, when I look upon His face, the One who saved me by His grace. When He takes me by the hand, and leads me through the Promised Land, what a day, glorious day, that shall be.

 

Someone Who Wavers in the Faith

 

I have one question given to me on 2nd Thessalonians, 3rd chapter, verse 14 and 15. In the 13th verse Paul said, “But ye, brethren, be not weary in well doing.” The question comes from the 14th and 15th verses. “And if any man obey not our word by this epistle, note that man, and have no company with him, that he may be ashamed.” Then the 15th verse, in other words, if somebody disagrees, then let them sit, do not bother them, let them go ahead and do their thing. “Yet count him not as an enemy.” That is someone that stays around but is not accepting what Paul said in his epistle. It is not someone that leaves. It is somebody that stays around and has not walked off, but they are thinking about it. Maybe their mind will change. He said admonish, or speak to him as a brother, that he may change his thinking. But if not, then you have to go to the 6th chapter of Hebrews. Then if he disobeys, then you turn him over to the devil. These things are sometimes hard. But if you leave because of truth, you plan another strategy and plan another way, then you have left truth. But he is talking about the scripture here just as much as it was when the scriptures went over the third day. There were people that did not agree, but they stayed around until they did come around. You do not always know who that person is, but in Paul’s example, this person has made it known that they have disagreed with what was said. But there are people who have disagreed, but they stayed around until they got understanding. I appreciate that, that it was not just something that they walked off from and said, well this is wrong, and I am not going to have anything to do with it, and I am not going to have anything to do with Faith Assembly. That is what Paul is speaking about. He is not speaking of someone who has rejected truth and left the fellowship.

 

Young People Can Please God

Three Hebrew children refuse to disobey God and eat unclean food

Let us go to Daniel now. When you look at Daniel, how old do you think these people were? The three Hebrew children. They are the seed of Abraham, they could be ninety years old, but this is not the case. Do you know how many years the book of Daniel covers? The period of time when he was prophesying and seeing visions? It was more than seventy years. It does not tell of him dying, but it does tell how long he sat in counsel, all the way to King Cyrus. If we add up the years, we see it was over 70 years. He went through three kingdoms, and by the end he is an old man. He never goes back to Jerusalem. Where is he at whenever he begins to prophesy in the 8th chapter? He is in Shushan (or Susa), which is Elam, and that is in what we call Iran today, which is Persia. He was way up in Persia, all the way across the Euphrates River. That is where he is giving the prophecy. How did he end up there? He has moved from the Babylonian region unto the Persian region, Medo-Persia. Not everybody was living a pleasing life before God at that time. The three Hebrew children, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, they were living for God in a way God was pleased, but nobody equaled that of Daniel. Even the angel Gabriel comes to him in the 9th chapter and said, “a man well beloved”. It takes something for an angel to say that. It means that he had a lot of dedication and had gone through many trials. There are two occasions where this is mentioned, and probably more than that. Two occasions mentioned that his life was in jeopardy. Outside of those things the bible tells us, we do not know what other struggles he faced. But we know he was a victorious man. I remember when Bro. Jackson was at the Tabernacle and preached about the image that Nebuchadnezzar set up, and explained it was an image of Daniel. He was not permitted to preach there very many times, but I was there to hear him on a couple occasions when he did. Matthew 13, concerning the seven church ages, is another message he preached at the Tabernacle. It was just amazing what God showed him. How he came through trials as he did. Many of his friends turned on him. I remember him talking about it. I remember the Martin brothers at the Tabernacle. You did not hear of them much after Bro. Branham passed away. In just a few months they were gone. Why? Why were they gone? Because they would not recognize truth. I do not care to talk a little about this, because I learned much from my brother as he taught us here for years. He brought out those deep things of God. I always said Bro. Branham brought an outline and Bro. Jackson filled in the outline.

 

I was thinking about it. Young people: do you know how old Daniel was when the book of Daniel begins? He was a teenager. It is time you begin to think who you are, who you are in the company of. You are in the company of saints. That little old device you fool with is not worth it. Anything can be found on those devices. God help you if you are watching that. It is dirt, it is filth. It is the trap of Satan. Your phone is not a trap, but if you begin to look into these things wicked things that you can find with it, it is trash. It is worse than trash because it has a spirit behind it. I do not care where you are at. I do not care who you are. Young man, if you are seeing a sister and you have anything else on your mind other than to treat a young lady, a young sister, any other way than what is right, then God help you. The devil has traps. They are already set. Sometimes I have mice that get into my house. I was using traps and put peanut butter on them. Mice like peanut butter. They get the peanut butter and eat it, but they managed to not spring the trap. A few weeks ago my son Mark told me, “I have one that will catch that mouse, I will let you use it.” It was something with a little hole in it and it had catches all around it. I put peanut butter in it and then put a peanut in the middle of that peanut butter. I caught two mice and the peanut is still there. It is easy to set, there is a little lever to pull up and it is set. What am I saying? I am not talking about mice. I am not talking about mouse traps: but the devil has that kind of trap. You will never get what you want in the flesh. You may get something, but that will not satisfy you. Why are you talking like this? I have a reason.

 

The Saints Shall Take the Kingdom

 

Daniel 2:44-45. “And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, (That is the Millennium.) which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever. (Which is a period of time.) Forasmuch as thou sawest that the stone was cut out of the mountain without hands, and that it brake in pieces the iron, the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; the great God hath made known to the king what shall come to pass hereafter: and the dream is certain, and the interpretation thereof sure.” There is coming a day when there is going to be a kingdom. Wicked mankind will not rule over it. The God of heaven is setting up a kingdom. Let us go to the 7th chapter. Who will be rulers in that kingdom? Verse 15. “I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head troubled me.” See? He just had a vision of four that were to come. He is in the middle of the first kingdom because it is Belshazzar that is king at that time. “I came near unto one of them that stood by, (an angel) and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things. These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth. But the saints of the most High shall take the kingdom, (The saints of the most High shall take the kingdom: that is not angels. That is sanctified ones, sanctified in mind and spirit. Sanctified in their life in this time we are living in. Sometimes it is hard to get there. What do I mean? Because too many things get in our mind and weigh us down. We let interruptions and things that do not really matter, things that are not important, begin to crowd out the vision that is before us. But here, what is he talking about? The saints of the most High shall take the kingdom. When will they do that? According to Revelation 19, it is when they come back with Jesus Christ. When they come back they are sitting upon white horses. It is going to be something, an army of white horses against missiles. What does it say? He that sits on the white horse, in the 19th chapter, has a sword with two edges coming from his mouth. That is his word. His word will be the only things he needs next time he comes. His word will destroy. That is a sword that comes out of his mouth with two edges. He comes back on a charger. It is not an ordinary horse. It is already determined, just as you are predestinated, it is determined already. We know, according to the book, what is going to take place. Here it identifies it. Here it identifies you. You do not have to take a lesson to learn how to ride. It is just a life that we live now. Every person and every saddle will fit, so to speak. The saints of the most High shall take the kingdom. It is not given to them. They take it.) and possess the kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever.” Which is a period of time. This is not for eternity, this is forever. This period of time is the Millennium. Verse 27, “And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, (Under the whole heaven, not the heaven, but we are under the whole heaven.) shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, (God did not mean for us to boast about this. But we are saints of the most High. Children of God. How is that? By a new birth. Because we have been born of the spirit. He calls us that. We are not calling ourselves anything except saints of the most High. You have that right. You have the right as a child of God to ask. It says, “Ask and ye shall receive. Seek and ye shall find, knock and it shall be opened unto you.” It shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High…) whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him.”

 

Go to Revelation 22:1. “And he showed me a pure river of water of life, (I have heard a song that says, “I will put my feet in the water of that river.” No: it is water of life. It what Jesus said to the woman at the well. He showed me a pure river of water of life…) clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.” See? This is the spiritual fulfillment of the pattern of things in natural Jerusalem. The only thing, this is the real thing unto the Bride of Jesus Christ. Just like that river that flows out from under the altar, that is the replica, and this which is for the Bride is the real. We have the opportunity to be a part of the real thing, not of the replica. Sure we will see it. Sure we will be able to visit it, but we will not live there. We will be in the water of life. Wherever God puts you, you will be satisfied. What did Dotty Rambo write? She wrote some wonderful songs, but some of them did not make sense. One was titled, “Build my mansion next door to Jesus.” No, that is the wrong picture. “In the midst of the street of it, (The street runs through the river. It is a walkway right through the river, which is something that the Bride of Jesus Christ inherits. It is already there, we just have to pass over it. Like the children of Israel did in the natural. They had to pass over Jordan before they got into the promised land. Some of our brothers and sisters have done passed over. They know more about it than what we do. In the midst of the street of it…) and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.” This is what you will receive. Notice the difference here between heavenly Jerusalem and natural Jerusalem: here the leaves are not for the healing of disease, as the trees in the natural Jerusalem are for. That is not the kingdom you are going to. These leaves are for the healing of the nations’ divisions, their difficulties and differences. You see those division going on today. The leader of Taiwan called Trump on the phone recently. That made the Democrats angry. “She is going to disturb our relationship with China,” they say. Who cares about China? I care about Chinese people that believe this truth, but I care nothing for that wicked communistic system. There is one woman, I do not know if she does anymore or not, but she used to write and send donations from Taiwan every month. She was a believer who had found truth, and that is how she expressed her love of it. I care about people like that, because they are part of the body of Christ. But I am not interested in the Chinese kingdom. Why? This world is not my home, I am just passing through. My treasures are laid up somewhere in God’s great kingdom. We will go there for awhile to get our instructions after the rapture, and then to come back and rule on this earth. We will rule. Why? What did Daniel 7:27 say: the kingdom will be taken by the saints, the people of the most High. “And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him.”

 

The Church World Is Confused

 

Things in the world are getting worse and worse. We are able to see and understand the word of the Lord to know why these things are happening, but there are so many today that do not even know what is going on. The church world is looking for a great revival. They have been looking for a revival for forty years now. They keep putting it off down the road somewhere. The Lord is fulfilling His word. He is letting them enjoy what they are thinking about, but it will never come. There will be a revival alright, but it will be a revival for the Bride and a revival for the Jews. As far as the world’s revival, they have already had what they are going to get. I do not care how much they boast about it or how much they say it is coming, many of them are going to be in the tribulation looking for a revival. They will still be looking for it in the tribulation because they think the coming of the Lord is going to be at the end of the tribulation. It will be, but that is not when he is coming for the Bride. We have words that prove that. We thank God for His stabilization in this time of great perplexity throughout the nation and throughout the world. The scripture says men will get more wise and more wicked. You see man’s wisdom in the world today. If you have a new iPhone, next year it is obsolete. Of course, you can still use it, but they have moved beyond it so much. What it is speaking of is scientific wisdom. Silicon Valley and all that stuff promotes change, the change is such that whatever device you have got is not going to be working very well within another year. It is advancing that fast. Today, the computer power you have in your phone would be the same as a computer that would fill this room had forty years ago. These things have been made smaller, faster, better. This part of my message will be a little different. I am not leaving my main subject, but there are some things I want to bring in here because of what is going on in the world today. I am looking at the coming of the Lord and the catching away of His Bride. There is much being said today on television on this topic lately. They say the tribulation will come and go before the Bride leaves. They are looking at Matthew 24:27-31. I am going to look at the scripture and others, to show you the truth in case something they are saying has disturbed you.  Some people may be persuaded by these television preachers to think we have been mistaken on when the coming of the Lord will happen. But we are not mistaken. We have truth. Those that once believed it was pre-tribulation, now believe it is post-tribulation. They are trying to take the scriptures and prove it. Really, the scriptures they use to “prove” they are right concerns the Jews, the foolish virgins, and those that are killed during the tribulation. Those people do not go in the rapture. We have scriptures that prove what is true. They think they can take 1st Thessalonians 5, and just annul that, and pretend it does not exist. They say this is the only scripture that people have in this hour to prove there is a rapture before the tribulation. What a mistake they make! How in the world is the Bride going to be here during the tribulation and then come back with the Lord?! How in the world are they going make that work? It makes no sense. How can we return with Him, if we never left? I will ask them that question, but they will not believe it because they do not believe in the catching away. But we know better. Both Matthew and Luke tell you: there will be two in the field, one will be taken and the other left. I wonder why one gets left? Two will be grinding at the mill, one will be taken and the other left. Two will be in the bed, one will be taken and the other left. This shows it is a worldwide thing because the grinding at the mill comes in the daytime and the bed at night. It shows there will be Bride people all around the world that will go. I will go further into that later. I want go to one of their famous scriptures first in Matthew 24, the one they rely on the most to try and say there is no rapture before the tribulation.

 

We are the most fortunate people in the world. God has dealt with us in a way. Not in the great way that they are looking for: healing and all that they talk about, giving people eyes that they have never had, and giving people legs that have been chopped off. They say they have all these things, but they really show nothing to prove it. It is a thing to catch people. One evangelist was asked about these things because they proved his healings were a hoax. He tried to explain it away. He said, “you take somebody who has nothing wrong with them and put them in a wheel chair and you roll them up front and talk about them being able to walk, then they pray for them and they get up and walk.” He said letting people see the fake miracle will help increase their faith. There are many kinds of gimmicks in the church world today. Some do not pretend miracles because they just have a social gospel they feed to the people. They come in and pay for their seats, to have their entertainment. They get about forty-five minutes of singing, jumping, and men shaking their long hair. You cannot even see their face. I saw a man once, you could not see his face, his hair was right down covering his face. You could not tell whether it was a man or a mop. I would rather think it was a mop. There are just so many gimmicks. They have taken Hollywood ideas, then ideas from the Barnum and Bailey Circus into the church, or what they call the church. I saw one church that had a big fish tank in front of the church. It cost a million dollars. Around the door, it went all the way around, and a big fish was swimming in that. This is to draw crowds. We are not interested in crowds. We are interested in saints of God, somebody that is going to believe the word and grow by it. We are not going to pay any attention to this foolishness out there in the church world. Such foolishness like thinking the Bride is going through the tribulation. The Bride is not going through the tribulation. They are going to leave here before that happens. I have scriptures to prove what I am saying. I am going to go over this because there is so much teaching otherwise today. But it really is foolish what they say. They say they are going to build a temple, and it is going to be a shared arrangement with the Muslims. They are going to have their mosque and everything right there on the temple ground. They say that north of the mosque there is enough room to build a temple. They do not even know what they are talking about! That ground is going to be leveled off. Where do they get such a foolish idea? Today they are still looking for the ark of the covenant. What they have done, they have made another ark. God does not need an ark. He will not need an ark in the Millennium. That is why it is not pictured through the scriptures from chapters 40 through 48 in Ezekiel. Jesus Christ has already died. Jesus Christ has done fulfilled all that. They can build all they want to and put things wherever they want to, but it is not going to be there during that time because it is not necessary. It is not needed. If it was, then it would be in Ezekiel, but it is not. It is just another foolish idea that the church world has. That is what man does. He keeps looking for something that is not there. He gets lost in the maze of it all.

 

As the Lightning Cometh

Let us go now to Matthew 24. This is one of their favorite scriptures to prove that the church will go through the tribulation. Verse 27, “For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. For wheresoever the carcase is, there will the eagles be gathered together.” Now this is Bride people. As He comes in the flash, it is a flash of His coming for His Bride: as the lightning. What does it say? As the lightning cometh out of the east, see? This is going to be the way the Lord comes back. It started out in the east and it has gradually gone to the west. So, the flash of lightning is here and gone. It does not stay.. As the lightning cometh out of the east and shineth unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Not north to south, but east to west. Because that is where the gospel started. Bro. Branham said it went from the east all the way to California, then you back to east again. Wheresoever the carcase is, the carcase, what is the carcase? Does anybody know what the carcase is? It is the word of God. That is where the saints of God are going to be gathered, eating. That is their meal ticket. That is what is going to take them up. Listen to what He says after this. “Immediately after the tribulation (See? The Bride was already raptured before you even get to this verse. That had nothing to do with the tribulation, but this next part does. Immediately after the tribulation…) of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: (He has done come once. Think about it. Get it in your head. What did He say in verse 27? For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth unto the west, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. That is for His Bride. But then you have the tribulation. Then, immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven and the powers of heaven shall be shaken. That is Revelation 6:16-19. Then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven. Who is with Him? His Bride is with Him, according to Revelation 19:11-14.) and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, (Who is going to do that? Who is going to gather together His elect? Not Jesus, the angels. He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and “they” shall gather together His elect from the four winds…) from one end of heaven to the other.” The Bride of Jesus Christ is getting ready to rule and reign. They come back with Him, just as it said in the Daniel 7. Let us go to Matt 24:38. “For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the dark. And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.” Why is one left? It is not speaking about a saint being left. But you must work with somebody. You have to work with the world. They may even like you. They know who to go to for prayer when they need it. They do not even go to their preacher because he is just a soothsayer. They do not go to him for answers. “Two women shall be grinding at the mill; (Some of you sisters that have to work. Bro. Jackson made a statement on this one time. He said, “Maybe Bro. Allen will be working at Ford, he will go on break and he will not come back.” Somebody may just turn around and still be talking to you. Then they turn around again, and you are gone. There is a real coming of the Lord for His Bride. He is not worried about what the world thinks about it. What do you think that person is going to do? They are going to go looking for you. They looked for Elijah, against Elisha’s word. They looked for Enoch because it said he was not found. This world is going to be missing something when the Bride leaves because that is what is holding the glue together. Until that Bride gets ready, and God is doing it. Until the Bride gets ready. He is readying her at His pace. It is up to us to walk in truth and to live that truth because He knows at the point of Ephesians 4:12-13-14, whenever it is fulfilled. Whether you think it is too hard, it is for perfection. He perfects it through His ministry, a fivefold ministry, through His word. Through the ages of time people have picked their ministry. I like this one, but I do not like that one. You better love the fivefold ministry that stands before you and tells you the truth. Two women shall be grinding at the mill…) the one shall be taken, and the other left.”  Do you think people will be grinding at the mill and in the field during Armageddon at the end of the tribulation? Then He gives a warning. “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” He is not speaking of days there. He did not say what day or what year or what month. Here he brings it down into the hour. In Luke it tells the same story except it adds one thing, two shall be in the bed, one shall be taken and the other left. That one that has been taken has not joined into the world like the other one has. There is a difference. They have peace of mind, peace in their heart.

 

God Hath Not Appointed Us To Wrath

 

Thessalonians 5:1 now. “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, (Brethren, sisters. He is not talking to the world.) ye have no need that I write unto you.” He had already talked to them before. “For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.” In Matthew 24:27, He comes as a thief. What is He doing there? He is going to catch something away, just as we read: one will be taken and the other left. But Matthew 24:29-30 was not as a thief, there was a great sign that appeared in the heavens first.  “For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” He is talking of the tribulation there. “But ye, brethren, (He goes back to the 1st verse, brethren.) are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.”  What he is saying, to some people, it is going to be like a thief in the night. Because people just disappeared. But ye brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. “Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. But let us, (Us. That is you and I.) who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.” Covered with God’s armor, protection. Armor protects the head and chest, because He knows these are your vital parts. “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, (They say this is the only scripture we have to go by to say we will be raptured before the tribulation. Dumb! They sure have missed the picture. God hath not appointed us to tribulation.) but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, Who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, (Whether we are in the ground or whether we are awake.) we should live together with him.” Together, that words comes back again, together. Why can we not get together now in faith? We are going to be together then.

 

Protected Until the Indignation Be Overpast

Now we have covered what they think. Let us go now to some scriptures they leave out. Isaiah 26:19. “Thy dead men shall live, together with my dead body shall they arise. Awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust: for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead. Come, my people, (What is it talking about: come my people? Who are you? You are his people. Come my people.) enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, (seven years. Hide thyself as it were for a little moment.) until the indignation be overpast.” Have I got your attention? Has His word got your attention this morning? Why did it say that? “For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.” What is he saying? Come my people, hide yourself for a little moment until the indignation be overpast. Let me read verse 20 again. “Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.” What is the indignation? Verse 21 tell us. “For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth.” You are not going to be punished with them. Go ahead, you foolish church world: believe you are going to be here until the tribulation is over. We are not going to believe it. We are not going to take one verse of scripture and misuse it, and ignore all the other scriptures related to the rapture, as you have. We are going to be hid away. It is our chamber. He said, in thy chambers. It is God’s place prepared for you, until the tribulation be overpast. You people that believe such a thing, the mark of the beast will get you. You are headed for the mark of the beast. If at one time you believed the rapture was pre-tribulation, and now you have changed your mind: you do not believe the word. You can get all your prophets together. You can get all your teachers together. One believes one thing, one another thing, yet they are prophets. They are not prophets. They are spreading bad news. “The earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.”

 

Ye Shall Be Hid in the Day of the Lord’s Anger

 

Let us go to Zephaniah 2:1. “Gather yourselves together, yea, gather together, O nation not desired; Before the decree bring forth, before the day pass as the chaff, before the fierce anger of the Lord come upon you, before the day of the Lord’s anger come upon you. Seek ye the Lord, all ye meek of the earth, which have wrought his judgment; (That is what we are doing now.) seek righteousness, seek meekness: it may be ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord’s anger.” What are you going to do about that? You study one part of a scripture and hinge everything on that without looking at anything else. You are wrong. Matthew 24:27-31 speaks of two comings. The first coming is as the lightning. A flash. In a flash you will be gone. Just like the lightning hits and it is gone. It does its damage, it can split a tree open, but then it is gone. Where did it come from? It came from heaven. Where did it go to? It went to the earth. As the lightning shineth from the east to the west. It is not just shining from east to west, it has a purpose. It struck something. It does something. God’s purpose is to do something. His purpose now is to do something in our lives to make us worthy of what is coming. The second coming in Matthew 24 is when the sign appears in the heaven. The first coming is to rapture his bride away, the second coming is when he comes back to rule and reign. Zephaniah 1:7. “Hold thy peace at the presence of the Lord God: for the day of the Lord is at hand: for the Lord hath prepared a sacrifice, he hath bid his guests.” Think about it today. We have been made guests. We are guests. If you bid somebody as a guest, you put them in a position. It is not just a drop-in. You did not just drop-in to this, you were called as guests. Called to be a part of something that is greater than what we are.

Go to Revelation 4. In chapter 2 and 3 of Revelation we were shown the church ages, each one of the ages has people in it that are saved. Why is it that He says His coming will be as the lightning from the east to the west? It is to gather up all the saints. Just because China is what it is today does not mean it was always like that. I believe Mao Se Tung killed sixty-eight million Christians. Whenever that Communist government took over, there were believers in that number, there were unbelievers in that number too. But he killed sixty-eight million. India has had saints, that is where the apostle Thomas went and was killed preaching. He was killed on a hillside, a place where it was forbidden for Christians to go. There are many saints that have been part of the bride all over the world. Revelation 4:4, “And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: (This is Old Testament saints, represented by the twelve tribes and the apostles. John is looking at himself when he is looking at that.) and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold. And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: (It is always that way round about the throne, there is always thunderings and lightnings and voices.) and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.” What is not mentioned yet? The four beasts. We have gone over that. What are the four beasts? The four beasts each come forth whenever those horses begin to ride. Each horse is introduced by a beast, by one of the four beasts. Then the horse rider does his dirty work. The beasts are a representation of the church for each age of time. “And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: (That is your life. This is not foolish virgins, because they come out of great tribulation. They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. When John sees them at this time, he is seeing them before the throne. There you are, under that fourth beast, the eagle. The eagle represents the endtime church. Listen to it. Before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal…) and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind.” That is the ministry that God has called, that God has chosen to lead his church in the dark days. “And the first beast was like a lion, (Like a lion because it could not be defeated. Put Peter in jail, he comes out. Put John in a barrel of hot oil, he survives. No matter what you are going through, you are greater than your trial. Why? Because you have the Lord Jesus Christ on your side.) and the second beast like a calf, (That was that bunch that were killing Christians. It was a beast of sacrifice. Right after the apostles had gone, they began gave their lives as sacrifices. They were persecuted, hunted, and killed. Even history says the seed of the church is the blood of the saints. The more they killed, the more they had to contend with.) and the third beast had a face as a man, (Which was under the time when Martin Luther, John Wesley and those came on the scene. The face of a man, because they were smart people. They could stand up to the theologians and wise men of the church world. They put John Wesley out of the Church of England. He stood on his mother’s grave and said, “The world will be my parish.”) and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.” These four are the Bride of Christ, each one of them represent Bride. This last one stands out in the endtime. That is why we have been given so much. God sent a prophet. The world hated him. See what happened? Let me read verse 6 again, “And before the throne there was a sea of glass (which is the trials and tests and all they went through, the sea of glass means it was persecuted and tried. You are hated this morning because of the truth you stand for. Some walked away because it did not come like they wanted it to. If it had been some other man that had preached the third day, they would have accepted it. I will say something: if Deva Govender had preached it, the ones that left would have accepted it. But it was not Govender, and they could not stand it. This is something we have faced in this hour. These bride saints have gone through something, every one of them in our age, starting with Bro. Branham. They went through their trials. It came on through Bro. Jackson. He went through his trials. He almost had a nervous breakdown. It put so much weight on him. He was in Missouri at a church where the Martin brothers were. They were friends of Bro. Jackson at one time, before church order came along. Whenever he did not go along with church order, he said “It is not in the Bible.” He said, “I will not even stand in the pulpit when I say that. But it is not in the book. Faith Assembly will not go along with it. But when we are at the Tabernacle, we will observe it.” Because he believed that God had sent a prophet. He believed the prophet’s message. If you did not go along with church order, it got so bad that if you were seen chewing gum, you were wrong. Some of you people know that. You were told by deacons, “Get rid of the chewing gum.” You could not even put a piece of candy in your mouth. I would have failed every service. Not necessarily candy, but something to help my throat. No, these saints are not going to go along with just anything because they have had a taste. They have had a taste of Matthew 24, verse 28. It tasted so good. This does not connect to Revelation 10, but it tastes so good, sometimes it kind of bothers your stomach. But the taste, you are going to keep eating. You are going to keep eating and forget about the belly. Some have had to walk in hard places, but we will overcome by the blood of the Lamb. Are you ready to go further? Are you ready for what God has in the future? We are taking it one day at a time, one week at a time, one month at a time, one year at a time, until we run out of days, until we run out of months, until we run out of years. Then we will run out of here! Are you ready?

 

… continued in the next edition.

REVELATION-10-No.8

Revelation 10, Part 7: The Millennium and Beyond – 2018, July


Introduction

Rev. James C. Allen

In the last edition, Bro Allen began to look beyond Revelation 10 as he went into Ezekiel 45 to look at the working of the priesthood of the temple during the Millennium. He is still reading from the Lamsa translation of the bible. We are picking up where he left off.

I have really gone beyond Revelation 10 now, and I have added a subtitle. Really, I am looking at the Millennium and the Eternal Age now. We are going to look back into the 45th chapter Ezekiel again. I touched on it a little bit, but we are going to look at the measurements again. Ezekiel 45, 1st verse. “Moreover, when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance.” He is talking about the land of Israel. It will be equal to what David had. It is going to be larger than Israel is today. The building of the temple and the building of Jerusalem and preparing the land is not going to be done immediately. It is going to take time to build the city Ezekiel is talking about. The city is for the priests, the Levites. It will take time to build their places of dwelling and all. In what we are about to read, we will see there is a slice of the country given to each of the tribes of Israel. Each part will work to supply the other parts. You are not going to have farmers among the Levites. They will not be farmers. The Levites are going to take care of the worship of God. This is all a future setting of what it will be like in the Millennium for the natural people. This city cannot be built in a day. They will not have the supply of men and equipment as we do now to do the work. A lot of machinery we have today will be saved, but not the extent of what we have today because a lot of that stuff is going to be destroyed. It does leave some because it said they will turn swords into plowshares, and so on. So that lets us know some of the equipment survived. It will really be machinery that is going to be turned into plow shares and so on like that. There will be a lot that will take place as the Millennium begins and it will take time for God to bring the world into the condition he desires. That is why a thousand years is given. That is time for it to be built back to what God wants it before the Eternal Age begins.

David’s Kingdom. Click to enlarge.

Ezekiel 45. “Moreover, when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord, (the oblation it speaks of is part of the land set aside for a holy purpose. I know oblations are given for sacrifice, that is one thing, but this is an oblation which is to be given for that city.) an holy portion of the land: the length shall be the length of five and twenty thousand reeds, and the breadth shall be ten thousand. This shall be holy in all the borders thereof round about.” This is going to be more or less the central part of Israel where this is at. Whenever Israel had their land in ancient times, it was really a hard thing for people of that time to go to Jerusalem. It was a several days journey for many people. That is why, as you read in the Old Testament, they thought it was more convenient to worship somewhere else because it was closer to their home. When we went to Beirut Lebanon in 1974, we went to a place called Baalbek, where some of the Jews worshipped because they thought it was too far to go to Jerusalem three times a year. So they stopped off at Baalbek. But it was really an ill-famed woman that they worshiped. Some of the columns are still there, just as slick and smooth as they can be. They are still standing there. That is where they worshiped a woman god. It has always been that way. It was that way at Babel. Abraham and those with him were told to come out of Ur of the Chaldees. It was a woman that was worshiped there. We see that happening again in the United States and around the world. Womanhood is put up before everything. The way these babies are being pulled from the womb, some by pieces, is just the same as the child sacrifice that was going on in those ancient times. Think about it: an arm, a leg, whatever. It is just like the ancient sacrifice of children. Women love that today. People march in the streets to demand the right to kill their unborn babies. In Russia, women may have seven or eight abortions. It is getting almost that bad here by some women, because they do not want fool with children. “Of this there shall be for the sanctuary five hundred in length, with five hundred in breadth, square round about; and fifty cubits round about for the suburbs thereof.” This is the suburbs of the temple area. This is inside the temple wall because God has a purpose in that. He has a purpose in everything God wants unity. That is why unity has been preached about here so much. We must have a conviction that we need to come together, to be together, to worship God in a holy and righteous way, to where our brothers and sisters mean as much to us as we do to them. It is not just a one-way thing. You see that in Ephesians, everything is joined together. We see how that works. “And of this measure shalt thou measure the length of five and twenty thousand, (He goes over it again. He wants us to get it.) and the breadth of ten thousand: (Which is seventeen miles.) and in it shall be the sanctuary and the most holy place.” That is the whole compound, the whole area, the city. “The holy portion of the land shall be for the priests the ministers of the sanctuary, which shall come near to minister unto the Lord.” Only the sons of Zadok will be able to have that and there is going to be a noticeable difference in the way they are clothed. These are the only ones that will ever be able to wear that robe that is placed inside the sanctuary. I do not mean to keep beating on this: but God does not forget. Whenever He made this earth, when it came out, it was by memory. Whenever it came to be it was by memory, and you were in that memory. Jesus Christ was in that memory. That is what it mentions in the book of John. In the beginning was the word, or memory, which is God’s eternal security and eternal predestination. God had this all worked out before man was ever here, before the animal kingdom was here, before the prehistoric age ever came, before the Ice Age ever came.

Ezekiel 45:4, “The holy portion of the land shall be for the priests the ministers of the sanctuary, which shall come near to minister unto the Lord.” What is this? They are in that holy portion of the city, not in the Holy of Holies. This is where the priests who work at the temple will have their homes. 5th verse, “And the five and twenty thousand of length, and the ten thousand of breadth, shall also the Levites, the ministers of the house, have for themselves, for a possession for twenty chambers.” God has laid out how it will be built and how the service will work. They do not just walk in one morning off the street, so to speak, saying I am going to minister. They would die right there. “And ye shall appoint the possession of the city five thousand broad, and five and twenty thousand long, over against the oblation of the holy portion: (See? There will be a separate area there from the holy portion where the priests live. You have a section for the rest of Israel where they bring their livestock, where they buy and sell, where they provide for these inside the holy oblation. It is really eight and a half miles wide, by forty-two and a half miles long. That is pretty good-sized city.) it shall be for the whole house of Israel.” God has this other part separated out. The other tribes do not go in holy portion of the city at any time. Just certain times of the year is this allowed. The other tribes of Israel will not just walk in and out of there. They will only enter on certain days: sabbath days, new moons, and the holy days. Verse 7, “And a portion on the sides of the holy portion shall be for the ruler of the people and as a portion for the city, from the east side eastward and from the west side westward; and the length shall be like that of one of the portions from the east border to the west border. The land shall be an inheritance to the children of Israel; and the rulers of my people shall no more oppress them; and the rest of the land they shall give to the children of Israel according to their tribes.” There is a designated portion for each tribe. They will deal out the land in lots, they will not just go in there and live anywhere. God knows where every tribe belongs. He wants order. What does it say, when they asked Jesus: “we who followed you, what shall we have?” He said, “in the regeneration you shall sit on twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel.” They are not going to be in another country judging another people. They are going to be judges, but they are going to be over these tribes of Israel. What I am trying to express is this: all the beauty and splendor that God gives His holy city is nothing in comparison with what you and I are going to have. “In the land shall be his possession in Israel and my princes…” Notice: the ones that he had called priests are now called princes. He called them priests before this in the King James. “They shall no more oppress my people. The rest of the land shall they give to the house of Israel according to their tribes. Thus saith the Lord God; Let it suffice you, O princes of Israel: remove violence.” See their obligation? They are not just going to sit on pretty thrones and eat popcorn and peanuts. “My princes shall no more oppress my people and the rest of the land shall they give to the house of Israel according to their tribes.” Whenever God first brought Israel into the land, what did He do? He divided the land. Each tribe lived in a certain place, but they were all together three times a year. They claim there were possibly a hundred thousand people who lived in Jerusalem, which was a mile square. But at these holy occasions there

could be a million in there. It was built to be inhabited by those who came and worshiped. They are not going to have the same level of refined beauty in this city as they do at the temple area, because the city will be much bigger. But they are going to have transportation. That may sound silly to some, but they are going to have transportation in and out of that city. At these holy times of the year, the whole nation of Israel will be there to worship the Lord. Then once a year, every year, at the time of the seventh month, which will be late October or early November, will be the time for representatives of the whole world to come. There will be representatives because the entire world cannot go there. So we can see there has to be a great transportation system to facilitate all this coming and going.

Measurements and Currency in Israel in the Millennium

Biblical Gallons Liters
Homer 86 325
Ephah 43 162
Bath 9 36
Hin 4 15

*Approximate measurements

Let me go back to the 9th verse again. “Thus saith the Lord God; Let it suffice you, O princes of Israel: remove violence and spoil, (Remember when Jesus went into the temple and drove out the moneychangers? He did that twice. The first time He was at Passover. He cleared the temple of the merchants and moneychangers. The next time was the fall of the year. He went in and cleared it again. They hated Him. But they were doing wrong, it was not Him. “How is it that you make my house a den of thieves and not a house of prayer?” I do not believe in keeping the Law, it is not going to give you salvation. What did Paul say, “We are a law unto ourselves.” We have to control our own selves, our own thinking. Let every thought be subject unto Him. These things are all possible. I am not talking about an impossibility. These things are all possible to bring our thought into subjection unto Him. When we do that, we are a lot better off. Our life is a lot happier, a lot better. “Ye shall have just balances, and a just ephah, and a just bath.” That is not talking about a shower. That is weights and measures. In the margin of the bible, it says an ephah is one bushel and three pints. A bath is eight gallons, a Hin is four. That is not talking about chickens. He is talking about measures and weights. He is telling the priests, you must have fair weights. The measurements have to be accurate. “The ephah and the bath shall be of one measure, (This is two different things with the same measure, but one is for measuring grain and the other is for measuring oil.) that the bath may contain the tenth part of an homer, (A homer is eighty-six gallons.) and the ephah the tenth part of an homer; the measure thereof shall be after the homer.” Because this is the biggest thing. This is the biggest weight, the biggest barrel. “And the shekel (which is money) shall be twenty gerahs: twenty shekels, five and twenty shekels, fifteen shekels, shall be your maneh.” Maneh is another weight of money. This will all be important unto the Jewish people in that time. “This is the oblation that ye shall offer; the sixth part of an ephah of an homer of wheat, (He is telling there what it is weighing.) and ye shall give the sixth part of an ephah of an homer of barley: Concerning the ordinance of oil, the bath of oil, ye shall offer the tenth part of a bath out of the cor, (another weight) which is an homer of ten baths; for ten baths are an homer.” As I said a while ago, the homer is the biggest measurement. He is not telling him this for no reason; he is measuring out what it is going to take to be right. Can you see how specific it is? This is God speaking these measurements to Ezekiel. He has already said He wanted just weights. I do not mean to bore you with this, but we can learn a type from this: God expects things to be exact. Concerning the ordinance of oil, the bath of oil, he shall offer the tenth part of a bath out of the cor, which is an homer of ten baths, ten baths make one homer. See? Now he is talking about the oil. In the other, he was talking about grain. “And one lamb out of the flock, out of two hundred, out of the fat pastures of Israel; for a meat offering, and for a burnt offering, and for peace offerings, to make reconciliation for them, saith the Lord God.” We do this now, because you are saved by grace through faith. God has done measured our portion out to us. What did He say: we get Holy Ghost by measure. Jesus had it in full, but we get it in a measure. We get it through Him. That is why we are baptized in His name. The importance to me in all this is that it points back to Him. In the Old Testament, the law pointed forward to Christ. Then we see here in the Millennium they are repeating things of the law to point back to Him. Why? Because they missed Him. This is for reconciliation. Reconciliation is to bring them back unto a true worship of God. This is not just a feeling. Whenever they do this, the presence of God comes into that temple. What did it say? The twelve apostles will rule over the twelve tribes of Israel. I remember when Bro. Jackson spoke on the Millennium; he said that each race would rule over their own race. As he went through that, talking about how you are not going to go just anywhere. Every people will have their own land set apart for themselves. There will not be striving and contention for land. I want to say this while I am thinking about it. You are not going to be sitting on a man-made throne. It is going to be a holy place that God has designated. The Bride of Christ will be there to correct and guide the natural people.

High Priest

Garments of a priest and the High Priest


“All the people of the land shall give this oblation for the High Priest of Israel.” The prince, or the high priest. It is the same thing here. The prince is the high priest. Whenever I first explained that years ago, I got telephone calls telling me how wrong I was. I did not do it to cause trouble. You can read it for yourself, but I am going to read it from the Lamsa translation, verse 17. “And it shall be the high priest’s part to provide burnt offerings.” We are going to see something a little later. “And meat offerings, and drink offerings, in the feasts, and in the new moons, and in the sabbaths.” See? They will have a weekly worship. It lasts from Friday at six o’clock to Saturday at six o’clock. That is a long service. This will point them back to what they missed. It is going to take a thousand years to correct this. There will be children that will be born. Some of them will be renegades. That is why you have Gog and Magog rise up at the end of the Millennium, it is that old atheistic spirit. That is what motivates Russia: atheism. There is nothing good about it. “And it shall be the High Priest’s part to give burnt offerings, and meat offerings, and drink offerings, in the feasts, and in the new moons, and in the sabbaths, in all solemnities of the house of Israel: he shall prepare the sin offering, and the meat offering, and the burnt offering, and the peace offerings, to make reconciliation for the house of Israel. Thus saith the Lord God; In the first month, in the first day of the month, (that is the new moon) thou shalt take a young bullock without blemish, and cleanse the sanctuary.” The ones who reject what I am saying missed the key word. What does it say? “And the priest (Notice in the King James Version, it has said prince all long, but here both the King James Version and the Lamsa say priest.) shall take of the blood of the sin offering, and put it upon the posts of the house, and upon the four corners of the settle of the altar, and upon the posts of the gate of the inner court.” Only this man can do that. What is he doing? He is taking the sin offering, putting it on the post, and putting it on the four corners of the altar. “And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month for every one that erreth, and for him that is simple: so shall ye reconcile the house.” Did you see that? There are going to be simple-minded people in the Millennium because that is not the perfected age. It is not until the next age, the Eternal Age, that these things are completely gone. Then comes the perfect time where everything is perfect. No more sin. No more rebellion. This was gotten rid of. A few days before that Eternal Age begins, the white throne judgment will get rid of that. The slate wiped clean. I have said that children will be born in the Eternal Age, but it will not be through lust. You will have natural people going into that age, then there will be children born just like it would have been with Adam and Eve. It will not be through lust. Lust is gone. Bro. Branham said this was put in man and woman for the bearing of children, not for lust. I believe that. Adam and Eve were naked, but they did not know it. Not until sin came did they know it. I do not mean that people will be naked in the Eternal Age. They have learned better. But there will be no more lust. What does it say? “Nothing defiles in all my holy mountain.” We are headed for something beautiful. Something that is out of this world. “And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month for every one that erreth, (See? It says for every one that erreth. That is not the perfect age. These weights and balances that I showed you, was to make sure things were done right. This is the result of it. For every one that erreth.) and for him that is simple: so shall ye reconcile the house.” I said this is not the perfect age, but it is leading into it. You still have serpent seed here. When you get out of the Millennium, there will be no more serpent seed. There will not even be any hint of that because it was not so in the beginning. “In the first month, in the fourteenth day of the month, ye shall have the passover, (That is in April. The first day of the month, when the children of Israel were getting ready to leave Egypt, they had to take a lamb, put it up for fourteen days, before it could be offered. Why? To make sure it was pure. To make sure there were no blemishes. Whenever you come to Malachi, we find that God is very angry at Israel because of that. Because of that, they never had another prophet for four hundred years. They asked, “Where have we erred? Where have we done wrong?” He said “in tithes and offerings,” then he goes ahead to say that it was because they brought their sick animals for sacrifice instead of the best. That is what they were offering. If we offer a sick sacrifice to God, we are going to be a sick Christian. I am not talking physically sick, but spiritually. We cannot cut corners. We cannot come down to the end and say, “Oh, I am sorry.” We have to make it right now. Ye shall have the passover…) a feast of seven days; unleavened bread shall be eaten.” By the time that ends, that is the twenty first day of the first month. The first month would be the last of March or first of April, it varies from year to year because a year is 365 days. The earth, whenever you take the water off it, it is going to gradually shift to three hundred and sixty days, which is a complete circle, just like God. It is going to be beautiful. That is what it is going to be, a place of beauty. In the millennium, it talks about the lion and lamb laying down together. Meat will still be ate though; it will be ate in the Eternal Age. How do I know that? Because it would be overpopulated. Why did God put seven clean animals on the ark instead of two like the unclean? That seventh one was for sacrifice. That is what Noah did after it was over. What did God do? He killed sacrificed animals. What happened whenever he made that sacrifice? What happened? The glory of the Lord came down. A lot of this stuff is logic. Be logical because the spirit of God will work in your logic if you let Him.

“And on that day shall the High Priest prepare for himself and for all the people of the land a bullock for a sin offering.” I wonder how you can get mixed up there and say that is not a priest? “And seven days of the feast he shall prepare a burnt offering to the Lord, seven bullocks and seven rams without blemish daily the seven days; and a kid of the goats daily for a sin offering.” Why one goat? Under the law, there were two goats, but here there is only one. Because the scapegoat is already gone. One hanged and one escaped. He became that scapegoat. Here you do not have a scapegoat anymore. Because Christ became our scapegoat. We escaped, and He died. Think about it. How many animal sacrifices will happen in that time? Right here, over seven days, ninety-nine animals are killed. Let me read that 23rd verse again. Seven days of the feast he shall prepare a burnt offering to the Lord, seven bullocks and seven rams without blemish daily the seven days, and a kid of the goats daily for a sin offering. The goat is always described as a sin offering. It you add that up you see ninety-nine animals that are killed in these sacrifices. “And he shall prepare a meat offering of an ephah (here is the weight again) for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and an hin of oil for an ephah.” Which is six quarts. That will be olive oil. “In the seventh month, (We read that in Zechariah 14:16, it will be the fall of the year. That is when Jesus went and cleared the temple the second time. That is the time of the feast of trumpets. It said, “it shall come to pass that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of trumpets.” As I said some time back the other two feasts, the feast of Pentecost, which is the feast of liberty. That is when the Holy Ghost came. Passover is the other feast. Passover has been fulfilled and Pentecost has been fulfilled, but the feast of tabernacles has not yet been fulfilled. That is the reason everybody has to go, because that is when God hovers over Israel at that time. When God encamps with Israel. That is what tabernacles is all about. In the seventh month…) in the fifteenth day of the month, shall he do the like in the feast of the seven days, according to the sin offering, according to the burnt offering, and according to the meat offering, and according to the oil.” This is planned out. To the world this would be a silly thing. But it is a requirement of God for the Jews to be able to inherit the blessings of God upon them. There will be Jews then that will be willing to do whatever it takes for that blessing, because they know that God has done something for them.

Sis. Elinor Creech

Sis. Elinor Creech

I want to spend a few minutes talking about Sis. Elinor Creech and say a little on what her life meant to me. I guess this would be a little bit of a funeral service if I had the opportunity. But as I did not have the opportunity or either one of my brothers, I will do it now. Most of us know she wanted to have her funeral here at church. She had already made it known, but it did not turn out that way. I am sorry about that for her sake and for family members that knew the same thing. Bro. Oscar and Sis. Beulah, I would like for you to be able to see the flowers that you presented as well as our church flowers. Brother and sister, we love you all, your family, and the family of God that have stood for truth through the years and are still standing for it. May God bless you. May He bless the family members that are really in concern. I have a scripture that I will read which does not pertain to my message. The 18th verse of John, 21st chapter. “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdedst thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not.” That kind of says what I would like to say here. I remember in 1977 while Sis. Elinor was the piano player. Whenever Bro. Creech was having to miss several services because of his first wife’s sickness, finally he told me he would turn the song service over to me, which I was not a song leader. Anyway, he turned it over to me. Sis. Elinor was the piano player at that time. She always knew the right key to play when I would go to a song. When I would change from one song to another, she always knew where to pick me up. During that time, I had a dream and I told it to Bro. Jackson when it happened. I dreamed I was singing a song that I could never get right in the natural, but I sung it alright in the dream. The song was “Until Then”. I had a hard time with the verses. I was singing that song and Bro. Creech’s first wife, she had died by the time I had this dream, she came over to the piano and got a songbook and brought it to me and put it on the platform. I could see everything was plush, just beautiful. The songbook she brought was velvet. By that time Bro. Creech was fixing to marry Sis. Elinor. I told the dream to Bro. Jackson. In the dream, after I had dreamed that, I dreamed about Bro. Whitler. My dream was that Bro. Whitler said to me, those are beautiful flowers, those were beautiful flowers that someone had at their funeral. I told the dream to Bro. Jackson. When I told it to him, he said, “you know that would never happen in the natural, that a woman that had a husband, would never bring that in the natural, to some other woman, which goes to show you what it is in the spiritual.” In the spirit life things change completely. Bro. Whitler was having a hard time at that time with his heart. Bro. Jackson said, “It looks like they could do something for somebody’s heart,” because he knew the dream was pointing to Bro. Whitler’s death. After that, Bro. Bill and Sis. Rosie and my wife went to East Chicago. That is the first time I had been there. When I came to the service, they were playing the song, Until Then. It was all something that was a beautiful nature. It let me know that Sis. Elinor was the one who was to be the piano player because she always knew where I was at. I did not know, but she knew when I would change from one song to another. This morning, Sis. Elinor, the words on her casket said, Going Home. Sis. Elinor has gone home. I am going to miss my sister. The last time I saw her here at church a month ago, I stopped and talked to her a little while. As I did, she was always thinking she was missing too many services and people would be thinking something about it. She explained it to me. I said “Sis. Elinor, do not worry, everybody knows your circumstances, what you are going through.” Today I read that scripture because she wanted a funeral here among the saints, she wanted the ministers here to preach her funeral. I know some of her family would not like what I have to say, but I cannot help it. She was more to me than she was to some family members because she was my sister in Christ. So today we have beautiful flowers, but as the song goes, give me my flowers while I am living. Today Sis. Elinor’s body is in the grave, but somewhere her spirit is living in the spirit world. She would never have wanted some homosexual bobbed hair woman to conduct her funeral. But that is what her family chose to do. What a shame, what a disgrace. A funeral is not a comedy. I think a funeral is something you have respect and honor in, instead of something to make somebody laugh. I know this will not be liked, but that is alright. I can take it. Today we are living in a cruel world. There is so much hatred out there, so much evil. Marching in the streets. Obama or Hillary will not say anything about it. Really, Obama glorified it the other day while he was over in another country with Merkel. This is supposed to be his last trip and I hope it is the last trip he takes to other countries. Our country is a country that does not need to be laughed at and mocked. It needs to be respected. I hope in time that it will be respected, that we can look at it as a place where it is going to take something. George Washington’s vision may be at hand. If it takes that to bring the nation to its knees, then that will be. Because this is to be the country that the Jews will come to, fleeing that diabolical Roman system. Something has to happen. So today I have read the one scripture. When a person is young, they go about doing the things they could. When they are older, then others will cause them do things against their will. I hope you can understand what I am talking about.

Natural People Worshipping At The Temple

I am going to go to the 46th chapter of Ezekiel now. This is going to finish up looking at the temple. As I said, the temple will be built and worship service restored before the Millennium, as it is spoken of back in Revelation 11. It said there, “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.” That would be include a restoration of the worship service, which would include the killing of the animals and also the singing that will be going on, which will be of the Levites. “But the court which is without (This is the outer court.) the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.” So we see the parts of the temple that are already completed when the Week of Daniel begins. But here, as we go back to the 46th chapter, we see the fully completed temple area. This completion has to take place after Armageddon is over and the Millennium begins. It is not going to be finished in one day, the temple area and all, and the city. By the time they get through building, it may take fifty to a hundred years. I am not talking about the temple itself. I am talking about the whole, the city. The temple and its grounds are going to more or less cover the old city area. All these shrines the Gentiles have made, the churches they have built will be torn down. These are eyesores to the Jewish faith. They will be torn down. This temple and the sacrifices they will offer is not for the Bride. The Bride has nothing to do with this because it is for natural people, not for Bride people. As we look at this, we will understand where it says the prince in King James Version, in the Lamsa it says high priest. That is what it calls him in the 45th and 46th chapters. Now I am reading both translations, so you will understand. I have gotten so much criticism about this. I want you to be able to see this. “Thus saith the Lord God; The gate of the inner court (The inner court which is the temple area. The inner court is the temple area.) that looketh toward the east shall be shut the six working days; but on the sabbath it shall be opened, and in the day of the new moon it shall be opened.” Now we have here a picture of the temple. What he is talking about is not the outer gate. The eastern gate is the temple gate. It is not that wall standing over there now. That wall which is standing there today has been closed shut for all these years, but then it will be gone. “And the prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without, (See? The eastern part of it will no doubt be here (pointing at the gate to the inner court). This gate will be closed, not the wall gate. This gate will be closed. So, I know the teaching on that. I know what has been said on that, but it does not match scripture. Let me go over that again. Thus saith the Lord God the gate of the inner court, do you get that? Gate of the inner court that looketh toward the east shall be shut the six working days. But on the sabbath it shall be opened, and in the day of the new moon it shall be opened. The prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without, see? There is a porch there. It is going to be something that will be covered because you will have rain during that time. (I was asked a question one time, “Will it rain in the Millennium?” If you go to Zechariah, and it says there will be rain.) The porch of that gate, which is where he will stand in the doorway, as the people of the land stand outside. Nobody enters into the temple but priests and the singers. Those are all that may enter into that area, because the worship has to come from inside to the outside where the people come by. I will move on here. And the prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without…) and shall stand by the post of the gate, and the priests shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings, and he shall worship at the threshold of the gate: then he shall go forth; (He is going to go outside now where the people are.) but the gate shall not be shut until the evening. Likewise the people of the land shall worship at the door of this gate before the Lord in the sabbaths and in the new moons.” That is the people of the land, they are going to have representatives there. The twelve apostles are going to be over the twelve tribes. Because they are going to need somebody to direct them. The Bride has her work cut out for her during the Millennium. Wherever she is at, she has a lot to do, because they are going to rule over this natural population. There are going to be people born during the Millennium that will be brought up under the rulership of Christ and His Bride, plus the sheep people that go into that time. That is where it says a young one shall live a thousand years, because they enter into the Millennium as a young person. The sheep people will never die. They will be more than a thousand years old whenever the Millennial reign is over.

Diagram of the Second Temple

Click to enlarge

“And the burnt offering that the prince shall offer unto the Lord in the sabbath day shall be six lambs without blemish, and a ram without blemish.” These are all male animals. Because God is male. Because He is Father. He is not Mother, He is Father. I am not trying to make anything less out of people who are mothers, but Jesus said pray, “Our Father…” “And the meat offering (He is talking here about grain here. If you look at this you will see. The meat offering…) shall be an ephah for a ram, (See, there is your meat, the ram is the meat. The ephah is a bushel and three quarts for the meal offering.) and the meat offering for the lambs as he shall be able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah.” Which is six quarts of oil. That is a hin. That is not talking about the chickens running around. It is a measurement. Ephah is a measurement. A hin is a measurement, as we already went over. “And in the day of the new moon it shall be a young bullock without blemish, (See? It is always male…) and six lambs, and a ram: they shall be without blemish.” The Bride of Jesus Christ is going to be without spot or blemish, just like these offerings. Bro. Kevin has been talking about family because we cannot let family lead us. There is a distinction in family when it comes to truth. We are the family of God. What does it say in 1st Corinthians chapter 12? We are knit together. We are one body. The body of Christ in the earth today is the most important thing God is looking at. He is looking as the body because it is the body of Christ. He is the head. These sacrifices are looking back at what He has already done. That is what the law always was, something to point to Christ. They could not ever live it under the Law Age. They could not keep it. Thou shalt not, thou shalt not. But in the Millennium they will keep it. 7th verse, “And he shall prepare a meat offering, an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and for the lambs according as his hand shall attain unto, and an hin or oil to an ephah.” This is for people that cannot afford an animal, and it is going to be that way. Jesus said you will always have the poor among you. There will be simple minded people even into the Millennium that need cared for. So, everybody will not be able to give the whole lamb or bullock. If you go through the Old Testament, then you see that two families can get together. That was the first Passover. Two families can get together, if one family cannot afford that lamb. They will get together, but they all have to be under the same roof in order for the Passover to happen. Because outside, if somebody was outside, they were dead. Outside of the wall of protection of Jesus Christ, we are dead. “And when the prince shall enter, he shall go in by the way of the porch of that gate, and he shall go forth by the way thereof.” See? He is the only one that is allowed to do that. The high priest is the only one that can go in and out of the same gate. Because he is a representative of Jesus Christ. “But when the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn feasts, he that entereth in by the way of the north gate to worship (That is talking about the north gate to the temple area. Let that sink in a little bit.) shall go out by the way of the south gate; (I wonder why he would do that? The prince or the high priest, goes in and out the same gate. But the people of the land, they enter into the temple area by the north gate, they have to go out by the south gate. It is very simple. Because they left their offering and must go out another way. Because if he does not, his sin remains. This is a death sentence. This is God’s word. He comes in by the way of the north gate and leaves by way of the south gate. He comes in by the south gate, he has to leave by the way of the north gate. He cannot go out the same way he came in. Brothers and sisters, that is a lesson to us. When we leave our sins at the altar, we cannot pick them up again. Leave them there. Our thinking, our desires have to be changed. Maybe these people will not understand that, maybe some young ones are not able to understand that, but they have to follow the motion of it because it is death if they do not. If you come into this truth and go back out the same way, to some denominational system, it is death. God said to me in 1963 when I heard this message, Revelation 18, “come out of her my people, that ye be not partaker of her sins.” If I go back to that, then I have lost my identity. My identity is to be a part of the Bride of Christ. When the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn feasts, he that entereth in by the way of the north gate to worship shall go out by the way of the south gate. See? What has happened? He has left his load there, and somewhere inside him, he feels relieved. Whenever you came to the Lord, did you not feel relieved? Did you not feel a burden lifted? When our sisters sing their songs, sometimes I cannot contain myself. The tears that come to my eyes, I cannot help it. I do not want to help it. I am glad for the tears. I can still feel conviction whenever something is wrong.) and he that entereth by the way of the south gate shall go forth by the way of the north gate: he shall not return by the way of the gate whereby he came in, but shall go forth over against it.” See? What it does, he is not looking back, he is looking forward because he cannot go back. He cannot turn around. Just like Lot’s wife, she turned around. Who wants to turn around? “And the prince in the midst of them, when they go in, shall go in; and when they go forth, shall go forth.” See? He is not going to stay in there forever. That sets an allotted time that he is in there. “And in the solemnities the meat offerings shall be an ephah to a bullock, and an ephah to a ram, and to the lambs as he is able to give, and an hin of oil to an ephah.” See? He repeats this. God wants them to get it. “Now when the prince shall prepare a voluntary burnt offering or peace offerings voluntarily unto the Lord, one shall then open him the gate that looketh toward the east, and he shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings, as he did on the sabbath day: then he shall go forth; and after his going forth one shall shut the gate.” His job is to keep things right. If he does not, he is going to die. There is nothing else to it. He shall prepare his burnt offering and his peace offerings as he did on the sabbath day, then he shall go forth and after his going forth one shall shut the gate. See? It is closed now. It is not open all the time. It is closed. You have to be on time. There are people out there in Las Vegas, California, overseas, who are our brothers and sisters who sit and watch our services. The only change you are going to see is if God reveals it. We are not going back. Every service we are closing a gate because we are not looking back. That chapter of life that we once lived, we cut it off. I believe you are interested in this message. I hope all of you are. This is important. We are going to rule and reign with Christ. His presence, just as we feel it in the worship service, is lingering here as I preach. It is the same presence that is overseas in Norway, or the Philippines. We have new brothers and sisters in Australia. Bro. Jimmy’s children are living there, three of them that I know are living in Australia now. Remember Bro. Jimmy and the saints in the Philippines in your prayers. “Thou shalt daily prepare a burnt offering unto the Lord of a lamb of the first year without blemish: (This is a daily thing. This is not a time for all the people to be there, but it is a time for the ministry to be there, daily. There is a song, how did you leave your room this morning? Did you forget to pray?) thou shalt prepare it every morning.” Why not in the evening? It has to be in the morning so that it will last through the day. These priests have to eat that every day. Not a weekly reminder, not a new moon reminder, but every day.

Sin in the Millennium – Perfection in the Eternal Age

“And thou shalt prepare a meat offering for it every morning, the sixth part of an ephah, (That is because you have a lamb there. You do not have a full meal like you do at other times. Because there are not going to be as many eating it.) and the third part of an hin of oil, (which would be two quarts) to temper with the fine flour; (See? You mix that with the flour to temper it.) a meat offering (or a meal offering) continually by a perpetual ordinance unto the Lord. Thus shall they prepare the lamb, and the meat offering, (meal offering) and the oil, every morning for a continual burnt offering.” It is a continual thing, they do not stop. They start on the first day of the week. The sabbath is the seventh day to them in this. They start on the first day of the week, and they go that way until the sabbath again. So, it is not forgotten, because there is a continual remembrance of sin. They are not necessarily free from sin because there are people being born all along, all through the Millennial. So, they are still born under sin, sin is not gone. That is why there is this remembrance of sin. When you go from the Millennium into the Eternal Age, then all sin is gone. Then it will be back like it should have been with Adam. If Adam had never sinned, it would be an eternal day. Why? Because they would have ate off the tree of life, which is the Holy Ghost. To me this makes sense. This makes sense of what is really truth. Because they will enter into that age and there will be no more sin. Why? Because the serpent is only alive as a snake. His seed is all gone. It is still manifest in the Millennium, but what happens? This is what makes me happy. What happens when you go to the white throne judgment? Death and hell are then cast into the lake of fire. It is gone. There is no more sin. Perfection is all that is left. Some hate me to say this: every child that is born from then on will be a child of God. Everyone will eat from that tree of life freely in the eternal age, which the Bride is living on already. In the Millennium, the Earth and natural mankind is gradually perfected. You cannot get any more perfected. The Bride of Christ is already sinless in the Millennium. But sin still lingers in the children of the sheep people. Little children will be born, because it will be appointed of God when they are to be born. Until a length of time. Earth was made for man. That is what the Bible said. When Jesus taught His disciples how to pray, he said “Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.” I did not know these things always, God had to show them to me. He is my Teacher. He is your Teacher. We are all being taught together. “Thus saith the Lord God; If the prince give a gift unto any of his sons, the inheritance thereof shall be his son’s; it shall be their possession by inheritance.” He cannot take it back. If he gives it, he cannot take it back. But it has to be out of his own inheritance, which he has inherited in that city. When we go into chapters 47 and 48, we will learn a little more about the city. “But if he give a gift of his inheritance to one of his servants, then it shall be his to the year of liberty; (or the year of Jubilee, then it goes back.) after it shall return to the prince: but his inheritance shall be his sons’ for them. Moreover the prince shall not take of the people’s inheritance by oppression, (or by force. It is his final gift, which we will find out as we go along.) to thrust them out of their possession; but he shall give his sons inheritance out of his own possession: that my people be not scattered every man from his possession.” That is why God has a church. I cannot take somebody else’s ministry. That is why there is a fivefold ministry, one cannot take it all. One cannot do it all. The only One who ever done it all was Jesus Christ. He was God’s complete gift. That is why He became our example. Because He was perfect, with no guile. Whenever we get to that place, we are going to be perfect. We are. We are looking for perfection, getting rid of all the little things that make us where we are not complete. Get them out of our life, throw them away and put them behind us. Why? We are the family of God. How I love this family of God.

I want to get into Ezekiel chapter 47. I have finished looking at the temple. I have more to show you concerning the Eternal Age. I have added a subtitle to my message because I have gone beyond Revelation 10. My subtitle is “The Millennium and Beyond.” So, some of this will be beyond. I know we could think there is not much that we know about what will be happening after the Millennium is over, but there is more than I thought there was. I want to get into that. I probably will mix it together, but I will tell you when I am mixing it together. There is just a lot to happen, especially in the Millennium, that God is going to help us understand and to look into. It may be things that have not been looked into before. We praise Him that He is so gracious to us to let us have understanding in this hour of time. History gives you the past, but the Bible gives you the future. That is what we are looking at here. I want to go back to where the boundaries are now, and where they will be. Israel is a little speck of a nation today, but it is going to spread out. It is going to be several hundred miles long, and some two hundred miles wide. At its narrow point today, it is just a few miles, and the world wants to make it smaller. They are talking of tearing down Amona, a town in Israel. They want to give it to the Arabs. That is not right. The Jews are refusing to leave it. Maybe this is the time for Judah to spread forth into parts that belong to them. It is going to happen, just not on our schedule. God is well aware of what is going on. He is well aware of the leadership He needs in that country, to fulfill His will and purpose. In His time, these things will come to pass.

Things Old & Things New

So, in the scripture, we have looked at the temple, but now Ezekiel goes on to look beyond that. He stopped looking at the temple in chapter 46 of Ezekiel. Now he goes into another topic. The area around the temple will not be completed until during the Millennium. That is going to take some time to finish. People do not realize that. They think it is just an instant thing, but it is going to take years for that city and the area around the temple to be rebuilt because it is such a vast thing. We will see that as we go along. They say “Rome was not built in a day.” Well, that city is not going to be finished in a day. Only the immediate temple area, the sanctuary and the altar, will be completed before the Millennium. That is it. Whenever the Millennium comes, that is all there is. But then it as the Millennium unfolds, the rest will all be finished. God has to bring the Israeli people back there, and He has to get strangers in there to help build. We will read that. It is in here, it is in this 47th chapter, which connects to the 60th chapter of Isaiah where it talks about the sons of strangers. One prophet does not contradict the other one, but the one prophet completes what another prophet starts. What does it say in Isaiah 28? “Line upon line, line upon line, here a little and there a little.” That is speaking of how the picture comes together as you begin to look at the pieces. It is kind of like a puzzle. I never was very good at puzzles. They will have five hundred-piece puzzles, and the picture is an ocean and one little bird. Every piece looks about the same. Whenever I did a puzzle, I would force some pieces into places where they did not belong. I would have the bird someplace else. I have seen people work these Rubik cubes, and get them done in a minute. That would be an all-day job for me. Those things are not as important as this though. This is what God has worked out. It is His word. If He had never spoke it, it would not be there. What does it say? The scripture is for our learning. It is a teacher, but it has to be learned. In Matthew 13, let us go there for a minute. Here we have these verses and seven parables. The seventh parable, verse 47 says, “Again, the kingdom of heaven (the kingdom of heaven) is like unto a net, that was cast into the sea, and gathered of every kind: Which when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat down, and gathered the good into vessels, but cast the bad away.” This has already happened. We are living in the end of this. Then it goes on. “So shall it be at the end of the world: the angels shall come forth, and sever (that hurts sometimes, sever, what do you do when you sever something? You pull it apart. It can be that way with family. God has a family, but it is not always the family we think it is. We have to trust God. I know He has done His part, we must do our part. Sever…) the wicked from among the just.” Among them. Is that hard? It is hard when it comes. But it is not hard to understand. “And shall cast them into the furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. (My!) Jesus saith unto them, Have ye understood all these things? (Parables) They say unto him, Yea, Lord.” They did not understand, though they thought they did. They were not lying. But here, this is the verse, “Then said he unto them, Therefore every scribe (That is the ministry. A scribe in the Old Testament was someone that wrote the Bible, but he was also someone that interpreted the Bible. So, they were both a scribe to write it and a scribe to understand it. Therefore, every scribe…) which is instructed unto the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man that is an householder, (That is the ministry of Bro. Branham. It said the scribe is like unto that householder. He brought truths out that the people hated. It was the truth. One minister in that hour, his son has a television show now, said serpent seed was from hell. They began to say Bro. Branham said Eve had a relationship with the devil. He never said that. He said the serpent. I remember him explaining that. It was easy to understand. But it was not for them.) which bringeth forth out of his treasure things new and old.”

 

Waters From Beneath Temple

 

The Mount of Olives. Click to enlarge.

I will go now to chapter 47 of Ezekiel. This part is after he has talked about the rebuilding of the temple, of the land, and of the city. Afterward, after all that now he is going into something else. “Afterward he brought me again unto the door of the house; (the door of the house. We have a picture of the Mount of Olives here. The picture is looking over at the Mount of Olives from the temple mount. It is a great mountain. You can see it here. We have walked down it. The bus takes you to the top, but then you have to walk down.  It is very steep.) behold, waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward: for the forefront of the house stood toward the east, (He is talking about the temple.) and the waters came down from under from the right side of the house, at the south side of the altar.” Now for us to understand this, we must go to Zechariah, chapter 14:3 “Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, (His feet stood upon the Mount of Olives, that is where He left from.) and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.” What am I saying? Half of it toward the north and half toward the south. It will split right down the middle. Why? You will see who is with Him. This mountain is going to be split in half. When is that? When the Lord comes back and stands on the Mount of Olives. Now the 5th verse, “And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.” See? There you are. You are right there with him as he returns. That is before the resurrection of the rest of the white robed saints, but it is after the resurrection of the Bride, which has happened some seven years before this. This mountain is going to cleave down the middle, and there is a reason for it. To divert attention off of it, he goes into something else here. He just completely leaves that topic alone until later. He says, “And it shall come to pass in that day, that the light shall not be clear, nor dark: But it shall be one day which shall be known to the Lord, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at evening time it shall be light.” See? He completely dismisses the cleaving of the Mount of Olives and goes to this. What is this verse? What is this evening light? When is it? 1963. I know Bro. Branham talked a lot about this. But let us just leave those two verses out for now which are for a different topic, and let us continue the thought he was expressing back in the 5th verse and we will see what happens here. Verse 8 “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; (Where? From the temple area. What are the waters going to do? Go right through that pass that was opened in the Mount of Olives. That is why it is opened up. I think from the temple through to the other side of the pass that will be made in the Mount of Olives is a little over a mile. It says living waters, that is not spiritual, that is physical.) half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be.”

Zechariah 14:8 Living Waters flowing from the temple. Click to Enlarge

There is another part of this. Let us go to the book of Joel, 3rd chapter, starting with the 17th verse. “So shall ye know that I am the Lord your God dwelling in Zion, my holy mountain: then shall Jerusalem be holy, and there shall no strangers pass through her any more. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the mountains shall drop down new wine, and the hills shall flow with milk, and all the rivers of Judah shall flow with waters, and a fountain shall come forth of the house of the Lord, and shall water the valley of Shittim.” We know where that is. That is the entrance into the Dead Sea. You can see on the map how far it is Jerusalem to the Dead Sea. You can picture what this will look like. Living waters, a fountain shall flow from the house of the Lord. Let us go back to Ezekiel. I brought in these other scripture in order to make the picture clear. This valley is not just a valley to be a valley, it will be an entrance for living waters to flow through towards the Dead Sea. What does it say in Zechariah? It says it will flow to the former sea and the hinder sea. The hinder sea is the Dead Sea and former sea is the Mediterranean. Ezekiel 47:1 again.

Map of the Valley of Shittim

“Afterward he brought me again unto the door of the house; and, behold, waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward.” See? He did not see the complete picture. That is why I said, you must go from one to another to get the complete picture. Ezekiel just saw it flowing eastward into the Dead Sea. But Zechariah saw it flowing into both seas, and there is a reason for that. We will see the reason. Somewhere under Jerusalem today there is a great fountain of water. It has got to be there, just waiting for God to remove the cork. “Then brought he me out of the way of the gate northward, and led me about the way without unto the utter gate by the way that looketh eastward; and, behold, there ran out waters on the right side. (Or the right side of the altar.) And when the man that had the line in his hand went forth eastward, he measured a thousand cubits, (which would be fifteen hundred feet) and he brought me through the waters; the waters were to the ankles.” Why is the water shallow here? Because it is so steep from up there down into the valley. The first time we went to Israel we went to Jericho. I remember the water that came out there. That was Elisha’s stream there that was healed. It is still healed today. That valley has trees and is beautiful, because of one spring of water. This will be similar, but much greater. “Again, he measured a thousand, and brought me through the waters; the waters were to the knees. (See? It is getting deeper as it moves on out.) Again, he measured a thousand, and brought me through; the waters were to the loins. (It is leveling out now and the water is running more slowly and pooling deeper. You are going through the Mount of Olives at this point.) Afterward he measured a thousand; and it was a river (I know preachers have preached that this is a spiritual thing. It is not spiritual. This is physical. Do not listen to them. This has nothing to do with a spiritual thing. It was a river…) that I could not pass over: for the waters were risen, waters to swim in, a river that could not be passed over.” See where he is now? He has gone a thousand cubits, he did that that four times, so that is six thousand feet. Where does that put him? It takes you through the new valley in the Mount of Olives out to the other side. Now you are down in the valley toward the Dead Sea. The temple mount is only about twenty miles from the Dead Sea. As the waters slow down a spread out, it gets deeper. But in Zechariah it goes both ways, both east and west. So, one stream goes to the Dead Sea and another to the Mediterranean. God has a purpose in everything He does. “And he said unto me, Son of man, hast thou seen this? Then he brought me, and caused me to return to the brink of the river.” Back at the beginning at Jerusalem. I am interested because God is doing something. “Now when I had returned, behold, at the bank of the river were very many trees on the one side and on the other.” God is healing the land. The weather is changing. What is happening in these verses could not happen if the weather was like it is now, but here we can see in that time the weather has changed. “Then said he unto me, These waters issue out toward the east country, and go down into the desert, and go into the sea: which being brought forth into the sea, the waters shall be healed.” The Dead Sea will not be dead any longer. God is doing something. He is healing the Dead Sea. People like to go down there and get in that mud. Then they go and wash it off, and it is supposed to have a healing effect on their body. No. That is not healing. What we are reading is real healing. God’s word is healing. “And it shall come to pass, that everything that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the rivers shall come, shall live: and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed; and everything shall live whither the river cometh.” Why? Because it comes out of the throne. The throne at Jerusalem. That is not the throne of the Bride of Christ. Natural Jerusalem is God’s gift to Israel. “Oh, I thought I was going to live in Jerusalem.” You are not. You are going to live and rule and reign in your homeland. We will rule and reign in this land. Others will rule and reign in their lands. Natural Jerusalem is for the Jews. “And it shall come to pass, that the fishers shall stand upon it from Engedi even unto Eneglaim; (This is from the Jordan close to the Dead Sea, on into the Dead Sea, where these waters run.) they shall be a place to spread forth nets; their fish shall be according to their kinds, as the fish of the great sea, exceeding many.” What is he saying? The fish from the great sea are going to come across to the Dead Sea. How are they going to do it? You have fresh water and salt water. God is God. It said the same kind. It said the waters will be healed. “But the miry places thereof and the marshes thereof shall not be healed; they shall be given to salt.” The marshland around the edges of the Dead Sea will still be salty, but the interior will be healed and full of fish for them to eat. Someone may say, “Well, I thought when we go into the Millennium we do not eat meat.” Natural people are going to eat something. They are going to eat animals. “Oh, I did not know that.” What are the animals going to do, overspread the earth? No. If something does not happen, the fish will multiply where all you have is fish and no water, just fish. God does not have any problem with eating animals. Only foolish men do. But God does not. Did it not say they will have nets? Why would they have nets unless they were going to catch fish? “And by the river upon the bank thereof, on this side and on that side, shall grow all trees for meat, (or for food. They are not going to be growing squirrels. They are going to be growing fruit. That is why I said that the weather is going to change because they get snow in Jerusalem at times. Last winter Israel had  snow six inch deep. Shall grow all trees for meat…) whose leaf shall not fade, (See? There will be no cold winter season anymore. In South Africa where we visited, the way they know the spring season has come I by the blooming of the flowers. The leaf never falls off. It stays the same year-round. This is what is going to happen at Jerusalem.) neither shall the fruit thereof be consumed: it shall bring forth new fruit according to his months, (every month of the year, it said they will not be consumed, see, because of the fresh water running, according to his months…) because their waters they issued out of the sanctuary: (That is wonderful. There is nothing coming out of the sanctuary that is going to be polluted.) and the fruit thereof shall be for meat, (or food) and the leaf thereof for medicine.” Not only will the fruit be great, the leaves are going to be for medicine. Can you understand that? It is going to put a lot of doctors out of business. That is for the natural person. Think about it, they will live a thousand years. There is something. You are talking fantastic. The word of God is fantastic.

Division of the Land of Israel in the Millennium

Now it goes to dividing the land in the 48th chapter. I have a reason to go down this part. “Thus saith the Lord God; This shall be the border, whereby ye shall inherit the land according to the twelve tribes of Israel: Joseph shall have two portions.” Whenever it divides the land out in chapter 48, Joseph is not mentioned, but his sons are. That is his two portions, Manasseh and Ephraim. Because really there will be thirteen portions. Joseph will get two, one for each son.  The thirteenth part goes unto Levi, which will be Jerusalem. There will be twelve parts beside that, so Joseph, his sons, Ephraim and Manaseh, shall have those two parts of Joseph. That is why Joseph is mentioned here in two parts. “And ye shall inherit it, one as well as another: concerning the which I lifted up mine hand to give it unto your fathers: (He lifted his hand to give it to their fathers. David and Solomon are the only ones that had the whole of Israel.) and this land shall fall unto you for inheritance. And this shall be the border of the land toward the north side, from the great sea, the way of Hethlon, as men go to Zedad; Hamath, Berothah, Sibraim, which is between the border of Damascus and the border of Hamath; Hazar-hatticon, which is by the coast of Hauran.” These places are on our map. “And the border from the sea shall be Hazarenan, the border of Damascus, and the north northward, and the border of Hamath. And this is the north side.” It goes from the Euphrates river all the way south down to the river Egypt. This is what David and Solomon ruled over. I have a map in my Bible that shows the whole thing. This was David’s kingdom. Really, the kingdom is even a little larger than what this map shows, “And the east side ye shall measure from Hauran, and from Damascus, and from Gilead, and from the land of Israel by Jordan, from the border unto the east sea. And this is the east side.” This is the east border of Israel. So, it is not going to be little. Israel is a small thing today compared to this. But all this is going to be their inheritance. “And the south side southward, from Tamar even to the waters of strife in Kadesh, the river to the great sea. And this is the south side southward. The west side also shall be the great sea from the border till a man come over against Hamath. This is the west side. So, shall ye divide this land unto you according to the tribes of Israel. And it shall come to pass, that ye shall divide it by lot for an inheritance unto you, and to the strangers (Strangers, see? I read a while ago where there will be no strangers, but there is a difference. To the strangers…) that sojourn among you, which shall beget children among you: and they shall be unto you as born in the country among the children of Israel; they shall have inheritance with you among the tribes of Israel.” Now why would he say that? Let us go to Isaiah 60. Let us start with verse 8. “Who are these that fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows? Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because he hath glorified thee.” Now listen to this next verse. You will see why he mentions it here as I read this. “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, (This is a special group of strangers. It is not just strange people walking through the land. It will not be the strangers that come from abroad once a year. They are not are going to inherit it, but it is the sons of the strangers that build up thy walls.) and their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee.” That is why I said you have to go to different scriptures to get the answer. Let me go back and read verse 22 again, from Ezekiel. “And it shall come to pass, that ye shall divide it by lot for an inheritance unto you, and to the strangers (Strangers, the ones that build up thy walls. They are going to be as important to Israel as the home-grown Jews. God did not forget them because they helped to build up the walls. They were volunteers. Do you get it? To the strangers…) that sojourn among you, which shall beget children among you: and they shall be unto you as born in the country among the children of Israel; they shall have inheritance with you among the tribes of Israel.” It goes on further and says they will not only have inheritance in the land, but it is wherever they go. Whatever tribe they choose to live in. “And it shall come to pass, that in what tribe the stranger sojourneth, there shall ye give him his inheritance, saith the Lord God.” God does not forget their favor.

Heavenly Jerusalem: The Bride of Christ

God does not forget His Bride, either. In Revelation 21 and 22, which is talking about the Bride, what does it say there? Natural Jerusalem is a replica of the Bride. Let’s look at that a minute. So, we do not forget. Chapter 22, “And he showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.” See? He is talking about another river, which is the river of life. That is where the tree of life is. Are you glad for what God is doing among us? Why is he? Because you are saints of God. Why do you doubt your experience? Why do you doubt your inheritance? Is it because the devil says you are not His? Because somebody has been standing on your shoulder, talking in your ear? I say, get some ear plugs, spiritual ear plugs. Whenever you do, then say, “In the name of the Lord, get away from me Satan.” He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. This is not the same as Ezekiel saw, because Ezekiel saw a natural river running out from underneath the side of the throne. But this which John saw, this is the Bride experience. There is nothing to compare to it. Natural Jerusalem is a replica of how God views the Bride. You have the natural, and then you have the supernatural. We are humans with a supernatural experience that only God can give. It sounds much the same. “In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, (spiritual fruits, three more than what we have now: love, peace, longsuffering, joy,  gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, and temperance. We have these now, but there are going to be three more added. Bro. Jackson said we will not know what they are until that time.) and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree (were not for your healing) were for the healing of the nations.” They are there to take away that old spirit and give healing to the nations, which will all be accomplished after the Millennium is over. It will all be healed because at the end of the Millennium, after Gog and Magog and those who come with them are devoured by fire. God will get rid of all that. Then you go into the Eternal Age. That is for the healing the nations of the bitterness, the strife, the envy that now is upon the earth. “And there shall be no more curse: (See? You are going into the Eternal Age then. You are out of the age of the Millennium. There will be no more curse. The curse will be taken away. This connects to Isaiah 66. The serpent will still have dust for its meat, still be eating bugs because of what he did. But he will still be there. God does not lose anything. He will never talk again, he will never deceive again.) but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him: And they shall see his face; and his name shall be in their foreheads.”

continued in the next edition.

REVELATION-10-No.7

Revelation 10, Part 6 – 2018, May


Introduction

Preached Oct. 30 – Nov. 11, 2016

Rev. James C. Allen


In our
last edition, Bro. Allen covered Ezekiel chapters 40-44 looking at the layout of the holy temple during the millennium. We are picking up where he left off.

We live in a special time, and I feel we are in a special place. We are looking at a picture of the sanctuary of the temple and the Holy of Holies. We are inching toward something I believe is getting ready to take place. I feel we need this knowledge. Two prophets are going to come on the scene. Revelation 11:1 talks about measuring the temple and altar and them that worship therein: there is a time just ahead of us when that will be fulfilled. They will measure the part of the temple that is built. God is working progressively toward that very time, that we may be able to look at scriptures and see the time of the two prophets and what they will face, and how much they are going to be able to see in that time. This temple is only going to be used for a period of time. Because Revelation 21, the first part is about the Bride, but they rest is the starting of the Eternal Age. When the Eternal Age comes, this temple that was used in the Millennium will not be needed anymore. You may think that is a strange statement for me to make. What the Jews were seeing in the Old Testament was pointing forward to Christ. This temple will be pointing back to Christ until the Millennium is over. When the eternal age begins, everything will be in perfection from there on. The Millennium is for moving the entire world into that perfection. But after the entire world reaches that perfect state, we find that the Bible says the knowledge of theLord will cover the earth like the waters cover the sea. That is speaking of the Eternal Age. Nobody will really need to know what we need to know now, or what they will need to know in the Millennium, because it will all be revealed to them. The purpose of the Millennium is to get things back to where they would have been had sin never entered the picture. These things may sound strange to you. You may have to think upon these things. Everything points to the Millennium era where everything is done in Jerusalem, which is two cities. Natural Jerusalem and then the New Jerusalem, which is coming down, which is not a physical place with buildings. When it speaks about a mansion, it is speaking of a dwelling place. A rightful dwelling place as we dwell in the presence of God. I do not want to get into that too much right now, but there is enough that leads you into the Eternal Age, that we know something about it. When the Eternal Age comes, Jesus is no longer Savior. They will be looking to Him for saving grace, because the first temple represented him, and this next temple will too. All the blood offerings, the meal offerings, everything that was done there and will be done there, it is all done to point to Christ. During the time of the first two temples they failed to live up to what God wanted from them. They failed. God does not fail. He is going to bring it all back to the Jewish people during the Millennium, and then they will live it. The rest of the natural people of the earth have it differently. They will go to Jerusalem  for the feast of Tabernacles. That is once a year. These things will only be for natural people who are upon the earth and not for the saints who will be in glorified bodies. Bride people are not going to be a group of ornery, contrary people. Bride people are getting rid of that now. We better. That is what is going on now, the working of the ministry according to Ephesians 4, to bring about a complete picture for us to be able to fathom and walk in in this endtime. We will go into that more later, the Lord willing.

 

The Valley of Dry Bones

Ezekiel in the Valley of Dry Bones

I want to look at Ezekiel 37:1-14 next, to see just what he is talking about here. Let us go there now.  “The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones.” That is the Israeli nation. That is where they had been for hundreds and thousands of years of time. Over the centuries, it looked like they had lost hope. They were out of their land and persecuted. I seemed like they would never be restored what they lost. They are the only nation that was ever taken out of their land and then later restored back to their land. They are the only nation. That was all in the hand of God to bring them back and fulfill His will, because God does not fail. He never does. “And caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry.” It took time for them to be dried out in that way. “And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest. Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live.” This is the last part of that because they have to have the body before they have breath. “And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” Now this goes all the way into the Millennium. This is not just them becoming a nation. Israel becoming a nation is just the start of the bones coming together. There is more to it than just to become a nation, there also has to be something happen in their spirit. The breath is the spirit of life. There is a natural life which they already have, but then there has to be something spiritual added, the spirit of life. “So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.” This has not fully happened yet. All the twelve tribes are not there yet as they will be. Because there has to be enough people there, enough young Jewish men to make up the 144,000. They do not even know who they are now. Many do not even know what tribe they are of. God does. He is the only one that knows what tribe each one is of. “And when I beheld, lo, the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: (This is a gradual process. This has not happened in one day, and it is not done yet. They become a nation in one day, but there was not breath in them, that was just the bones starting to come together. By the time this is done though, it will be an army as it speaks here.) but there was no breath in them.” See? That is a period of time where the bones come together and they have flesh, but no spirit of life in them. God is gradually working. It is 2018 and they do not have the city of Jerusalem back yet. They have part of it. There are different elements there, the Catholic, the Protestant, the Armenian, the Jews, and the Arabs. They are in the way. “Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, (See? He has done spoken in the first part of this, that there might be life in the bones, which was the beginning, a natural life. Now here comes a second part. Prophesy unto the wind. You know what the wind is. Bro. Jonathan Cahn explained that one time. He took up a shofar. He said “If you have one end closed, then it makes no noise. If you have both ends closed, it makes no noise. But if both ends are open, then the breath can flow through it and there is life.  Of course, he was relating that to our lives and to the people he was preaching to. We have to be open to receive from God on one end, and open on the other end to allow what he is doing to come out in our life. I thought that was a great illustration. But the wind: what is it? On the day of Pentecost there came a mighty rushing wind. What was it? It was the Holy Ghost blowing into the room. Prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind…) Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live. So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army.” God is going to bring this to pass very soon. “Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts.” Or for our sins, or for our parts, which is a nation, which is the twelve parts that make up the nation, we are cut off from our parts, or for our parts. “Therefore prophesy and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel.” That is what He is doing now. “And ye shall know that I am the Lord, (They do not know that yet.) when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, And shall put my spirit in you, (My Spirit, that should be a capital letter. You see here he is talking about more than just the breath of life. He is speaking of their revival. And shall put my Spirit in you…) and ye shall live, (This goes all the way into the Millennium.) and I shall place you in your own land: (They are not placed there yet. They still have a way to go to get all of it. They only have a portion of their land today. Do you get it?) then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, (They do not know that now.) and performed it, saith the Lord.” He is going to perform it. It is not just a word that He is going to say, He is going to perform it.

 

 

The Priests of the Future Temple

 

Let us go back to Ezekial 44 where I was in the last edition. Let me start with the 1st verse again. “Then he brought me back the way of the gate of the outward sanctuary (this is the outside) which looketh toward the east; and it was shut.” As he goes there, the gate is shut. There is a purpose for the gate being shut. “Then said the Lord unto me; This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it; because the Lord, the God of Israel, hath entered in by it, therefore it shall be shut.” Not forever, because the Lord has a plan for that. “It is for the prince; the prince, he shall sit in it to eat bread before the Lord; (He is the only one that can sit in that gate. He enters into that gate and goes out that gate. He is the only one that can do that. Why is that? He is a representative of Jesus Christ. He went into the grave and came out of the grave.) he shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate, and shall go out by the way of the same.” What is it? This is representative of Jesus Christ. “Then brought he me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked, and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord: and I fell upon my face.” He could not stand it any longer. You can just take so much. Maybe I should not say this, but last Sunday morning when I got through, I was beat, because it just took all the energy out of me. I went home and went to sleep. Bro. Charles preached Sunday night. I am glad he did. Sometimes the Spirit of the Lord works in you and it just takes all you have got. You are alright as long as you are preaching, but when you sit down, then it is another thing. Because it is the Spirit of the Lord that is keeping you up and going. I am not trying to make some big show out of this. But I can see here, Ezekiel, he lost it. Because the human body responds just like it was with Daniel. He just fell to the ground numb. Bro. Branham in his younger years in the 1940’s, he prayed for the sick. He had nobody to tell him when to stop. He got lost in it. There were times, I know this from eyewitnesses, that he just passed out because it took all the strength out of him and nobody watched him. That is why Billy Paul began to watch him, and in that way he was a help to his father. Whenever he got to that point, then he interrupted. A lot of people did not like it, but that is what happened. I will not go into any more than that, but I know other things that happened during that time. “Then brought he me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked, and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house of the Lord: and I fell upon my face. And the Lord said unto me, Son of man, mark well, and behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears all that I say unto thee concerning all the ordinances of the house of the Lord, and all the laws thereof; and mark well the entering in of the house, with every going forth of the sanctuary.” Mark it well, he is saying, every going forth. He is wanting Ezekiel to observe and record this down, because this is a holy thing. These priests cannot make mistakes. Is that saying something to us? A mistake and they are gone. Some of them do die. I can prove that to you. I will prove it to you, the Lord willing. “And thou shalt say to the rebellious, even to the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; O ye house of Israel, let it suffice you of all your abominations.” Then he is going back now to them again, just like he did in the 43rd chapter. “In that ye have brought into my sanctuary strangers, uncircumcised in heart, (This is not speaking of the  Millennium. This has already happened, and he is reminding them, this has gone on but it will go on no further.) and the uncircumcised in flesh, to be in my sanctuary, to pollute it, even my house, when ye offer my bread, the fat and the blood, and they have broken my covenant because of all your abominations.” See? He said they have, which it is putting it back before Ezekiel’s time. Ezekiel is seeing what Israel did in his days and what caused them to be out of the land during their captivity, and he is bringing this in to show them what future will be. “And ye have not kept the charge of mine holy things: but ye have set keepers of my charge in my sanctuary for yourselves.” Or guards, which there will be an element of guards of the priests, to make sure of the sons of Zadok and the other Levites do it right. They are saying, we are going to get it right this time. I am saying that tonight, we are going to get it right before we leave here. We are going to be glad, because we are going to see the accomplishments of the God of Abraham. I am not trying to bring fear. I am saying this to bring purity. Purity to our lives. We should every so often during the day, raise our hands and say, “Father, make me pure, let me think pure, let my life be pure.” Is that right? If you have a Scofield Bible it says The Priests of the Future Temple as a heading for this section. “Thus saith the Lord God; No stranger, uncircumcised in heart, nor uncircumcised in flesh, shall enter into my sanctuary, of any stranger that is among the children of Israel.” He is talking about the Millennium sanctuary. They will not be there. God is going to clean house. How many want perfection? How many want to be perfected yourself? How many are willing to work and let yourself be perfected? So that we may glorify Him and say “Thank You Lord,” every day, for bringing me a little closer to that time. Young people, I will go further than that, children, this is for you. How old was Samuel when the Lord spoke to him? In times past, there were young ones here who have seen the glory of God while the service was going on. Brothers and sisters, it is time we see something. We have got a great message. We have the best. I am not going to sit around and worry what this nation is going to become, because it is God’s plan. It may not be God’s will, but it is God’s plan. Remember me using the black board? We have a chance to scrub it now, to make it clean. To clean our lives that they may shine forth. So that when you go to work or go anywhere that there is a spirit following you, there is a life following you because it is inside you. I do not want Jesus Christ to be my partner, I want Him to be my life. Christ in you, the hope of glory. I do not want Him just to walk beside me. I do not want Him just to carry me either. I want to be able to stand on my own two feet, in Him, not on my own. I want to see the glory of God working in Faith Assembly. I want us to come in here with a shout inside us. We do not have to put it out, but it is going to explode to where you will see the glows of it. We sing the song, How great is our God, how great is His word. It is great.

 

“And the Levites that are gone away far from me, when Israel went astray, which went astray away from me after their idols; they shall even bear their iniquity. Yet they shall be ministers in my sanctuary, having charge at the gates of the house, and ministering to the house: they shall slay the burnt offering and the sacrifice for the people, (See? They are outside. Not outside the gate, but they are outside of the worship. They get a lesser role because of what happened in the past.) …and they shall stand before them to minister unto them.”  That is talking about the people that are outside: that is who they will minister to. The other priests are inside. What is going on inside? It is where the glory of God is. See, what they have done, they have put His presence off. God is going to take His presence and put on the sons of Zadok. Then these other priests will get the spillover. They get to slay the sacrifice. They slay it, while the sons of Zadok are in there taking the sacrifice and doing with it as they are, and then they have eat the sacrifice. You have to eat it. Jesus said, my flesh is bread indeed and my blood is drink indeed. All this is going on to represent what has already happened. “Because they ministered unto them before their idols, and caused the house of Israel to fall into iniquity; therefore have I lifted up mine hand against them, saith the Lord God, and they shall bear their iniquity.” That is in the Millennium. The iniquity of their fathers that is passed down, down, down, many centuries of time until you get down here to the endtime. Sure, they are saved. Sure the great multitude is saved. Sure the foolish virgins are saved, but their inheritance is not what yours is. It is a different level. These natural priests are in a different level. “And they shall not come near unto me, (Their ministry is out to the people, but their ministry is not inside the inner working of God. I am trying to say this to say that God is working inside His saints in this hour. We need to watch our lives.) to do the office of a priest unto me, nor to come near to any of my holy things, in the most holy place: but they shall bear their shame, and their abominations which they have committed.” See? Right here in the middle of this, in the most holy place.

Worship Service at the Holy Temple. Click to enlarge.

Go to Daniel 9:24. “Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people (Jews, we are talking about Jews, seventy weeks are determined upon thy people.) and upon thy holy city, (God is looking at it now as a holy city) to finish the transgression, (It is finished, just like it tells you in the last part of the 27th verse.) and to make an end of sins, (To make an end of sins: that goes all the way into the Millennium.) and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.” The most Holy, which is that inner part of the temple. The place that only the high priest or the prince, as it says, can enter. (It fits both ways. Lamsa says high priest.) Only he can go in there, nobody else, no other son of Zadok. I do not know how he is appointed. I do not know if he is appointed of the Jews, but I know he is appointed by the spirit of God. He will be the only one that can go in there and place blood inside that, then upon the doorpost. Nobody else can do it. Nobody else could die for sin. All this, that ram, that bullock, that he goat, is all coming about to represent He who died, that we might have life. I did not die for that, He did. I am just a little tool, maybe a screw driver, maybe it gouges you. Like an agitator. Whatever we are, we will take it. We are not interested in what we become, we are interested in what He becomes in us.

 

Go back to Ezekiel 44, verse 13. “And they shall not come near unto me, to do the office of a priest unto me, nor to come near to any of my holy things, in the most holy place: but they shall bear their shame, and their abominations which they have committed.” This is going to take a Millennium. “But, it was not my fault,” they might say. You cannot say “I did not do it.” No. That great grandfather did it. “But I will make them keepers (or guards) of the charge of the house, for all the service thereof, and for all that shall be done therein. But the priests the Levites, the sons of Zadok, that kept the charge of my sanctuary when the children of Israel went astray from me.” “Oh, it does not make any difference if I do some little things God is not pleased with,” some may say. You read in Malachi 3, will a man rob God? I do not want to be a robber of God. See what happened to the ones that did. See what the Jews done that caused the trouble, there in Malachi, they were bringing the worst of their flock. They were not seeking out the best sheep. They were not looking for the best lamb. They were not giving God their best, they were giving him the scraps. God does not want that. “But that will grow up to be a great sheep, I can use that. It will bring me much money,” they were looking at that. But God is not forgetful. God sees today if we are giving our best. That is why now we can make things right through the blood of Jesus Christ. This applied to them because they were to be a perfect people, as Abraham. You might say, well Abraham had his faults. But he did not have anything to go by but the word of God, he did not have a Bible. He was making it. What Abraham was, has been fulfilled all the way down to the Bride of Jesus Christ. We are the seed of Abraham through Jesus Christ. Why? Abraham believed God. God looked upon that and counted it for righteousness. I admire people of God. Faith Assembly has done well. I am not just speaking on tithing, this goes beyond that. “But the priests the Levites, the sons of Zadok, that kept the charge of my sanctuary when the children of Israel went astray from me, they shall come near to me to minister unto me, and they shall stand before me to offer unto me the fat and the blood, saith the Lord God.” Where is the blessing in that? It is the anointing of God that comes on them for obedience. It said the others cannot come near to Him. They have to stand off and watch while the sons of Zadok can get close. That great anointing, that Shekinah glory that fills the house is going to fill their lives. They are going to feel something. They are going to put on the best robes. These are going to minister unto Him. “They shall stand before me to offer unto me the fat and the blood.” They shall stand where? They shall stand before me. He is right there to accept their offering. “They shall enter into my sanctuary, and they shall come near to my table, to minister unto me, and they shall keep my charge.” Nothing gets by them. They are a higher level of priest. The anointing breaks the yoke. What we are, or what we come up in, many times we have to let it go because God has something better for us if we can listen to Him and not just say, “well that is the way I am.” No, that is the way we want to be, like Him. “And it shall come to pass, that when they enter in at the gates of the inner court, (See? They are all the way inside.) they shall be clothed with linen garments; (What do you think that represents? That is what we are being clothed with now. I have on a blue shirt and a blue suit, but you and I are being clothed with linen. There is nothing whiter than linen, because it has a shine to it. It is not man made. He made us for this purpose. You are not here by chance. You are not here because one day you decided, well I am going to go to that church. If you did, you would not stay. The same thing that caused you to decide to come would cause you to leave. There are people here tonight that desired to be here years ago, but circumstances just would not let them. Now they are here, and they are happy. God has to call you into truth. They shall be clothed with linen garments…) and no wool shall come upon them, while they minister in the gates of the inner court, and within. They shall have linen bonnets upon their heads, and shall have linen breeches upon their loins; they shall not gird themselves with any thing that causeth sweat.” Maybe I should not say it, I do not mean this the way the world does: This it is going to be a cool bunch. “And when they go forth into the utter court, even into the utter court to the people, they shall put off their garments wherein they ministered, and lay them in the holy chambers, and they shall put on other garments; and they shall not sanctify the people with their garments.” This is very strict. This is only the priests that are the sons of Zadok. See what they are wearing? Why? They are representing the purity of God in that holy place that God has hallowed, and the glory of the God of Israel will cover that place while they minister. It is going to be something. There will be a hallowing to it where people that come there, that want to be there. That is why that ground is so large. “Neither shall they shave their heads, (If you go to Israel you will see those with the long locks, that is wrong. I would have to say if I was looking at the Jewish priests at that time, they would look more like Jonathan Cahn does right now. This is representing something, it is a representation.) nor suffer their locks to grow long; they shall only poll their heads.” Or cut their hair. They will be neither bald nor long haired. I am not talking about Bride people. I am talking about those people in that hour. “Neither shall any priest drink wine, when they enter into the inner court.” The Jewish people have always been people that have known how to drink a little wine, but that does not go to the Gentile people. It tells you, do not drink wine, which is excess. God is not going to have a bunch of drunks in there. God is going to keep them sober minded. That is talking about sober mindedness. “Neither shall they take for their wives a widow, nor her that is put away: but they shall take maidens of the seed of the house of Israel, or a widow that had a priest before.” That is where I say some of these priests are going to die. I said that earlier in the message. Some of them, I am not talking about the sons of Zadok, but some of those priests are going to disobey God. Why would it say that? Let me read that again. Neither shall they take for their wives a widow, nor her that is put away, but they shall take maidens of the seed of the house of Israel, or a widow that had a priest before. She was a widow. Somebody died for her to be a widow. “And they shall teach my people the difference between the holy and profane, (What is he saying there? He is not saying renegades, he said they shall teach my people. He is very direct in what he says.) and cause them to discern between the unclean and the clean.” See? This is a teaching time for the Jewish people, because they are a natural people. He is teaching them how they will live when it comes to the Eternal Age. The Bride of Jesus Christ is learning how to live now. There used to be a little song about excuses. The preacher preached too hard, or maybe he preaches too soft, or he preaches too long, or maybe the sermons are too short. I saw preach it brother, preach it. Help us learn what is right and what is wrong. “And in controversy they shall stand in judgment; and they shall judge it according to my judgments: and they shall keep my laws and my statutes in all mine assembles; and they shall hallow my sabbaths.” I will stop there with that verse because it goes into something else there.

 

Isaiah 60

 

I am wrapping up looking at the layout of the temple, and I want to bring in some other verses that are related to the timeframe of the temple’s construction. These verses also go into the Millennium and the Eternal age. I want to go to Isaiah 60 now. First I want to go over the verses that can connect to Revelation 10, that have effect during the first half of the week of Daniel. I will read most of that. I will start with verse 4. “Lift up thine eyes round about, and see: all they gather themselves together, they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side.” That is is connected to the end part of this chapter. “Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, (Now he is talking about an element of people. The abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee: riches is really what he is talking about. The riches are coming to them for one purpose, we will find that out.) the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee. The multitude of camels shall cover thee, (That doesn’t necessarily have to be all camels, because that was transportation at that time. But it will be some kind of caravan of different big trucks and things of that nature.) the dromedaries of Midian and Ephah, all they from Sheba shall come: they shall bring gold and incense; and they shall show forth the praises of the Lord.” Now this happens because of a war that has not happened yet in the Middle East. That war is going to cause Saudi Arabia and those countries, which had children of Abraham, to come to the knowledge of the God of Israel and develop a friendly relationship with Israel. “All the flocks of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee: (He is talking about the temple worship here. These are the animals that will be used for sacrifice.) they shall come up with acceptance on mine altar, and I will glorify the house of my glory.” He is talking about the temple. “Who are these that fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows?” He is talking about the shipment by air, because of what it says here. “Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, (That is talking about all the way over there in Spain. They will bring their abundance because there are many Jews there.) to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because He hath glorified thee. Verse 11, “Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; (Now he enters into the Millennium there.) they shall not be shut day nor night; that men may bring unto thee the forces of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought. For the nation and kingdom (That goes to Zechariah 14) that will not serve thee shall perish; yea, those nations shall be utterly wasted.” In other words, if they refuse to come at that time, then they are going to be wasted. Their economy is going to be gone. “The glory of Lebanon shall come unto thee, the fir tree, the pine tree, and the box together, to beautify the place of my sanctuary; and I will make the place of my feet glorious.” In other words, God is dwelling there. That is what it is talking about, the place of His feet. Heaven is His throne, earth is His footstool. So God’s presence will be in there. “The sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending unto thee; (That is the Arab people.) and all they that despised thee shall bow themselves down at the soles of thy feet; and they shall call thee, The city of the Lord, the Zion of the Holy One of Israel.” Now he goes back to tell what he will do when he restores that land to Israel. “Whereas thou hast been forsaken and hated, so that no man went through thee, I will make thee an eternal excellency, a joy of many generations.” I know that Mark Twain went to Israel in 1869 and we wrote about his time there. He said it was a forsaken place that could never be revived again. He went for miles and miles and there was not even anyone living in most of the land. He said there was not even any roads there. The land was in the hands of the Arabs. But God promised to change the picture. “Thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles, and shalt suck the breast of kings: (In other words, they are drawing out from their riches, from their substance.) and thou shalt know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy redeemer, the mighty One of Jacob. For brass I will bring gold, (That is God speaking. What did He say earlier? That He was going to beautify the house of His glory. It is going to be the most magnificent place in the whole world. It will be more than Trump Towers, because whenever God gets through with it, it will be beautiful because His presence is there. His presence doesn’t just enter into any old place. That is why He is looking at a Bride without wrinkle, without spot, or blemish, or any such thing. That covers it all. He mentions three things, but then He covers it all, any such thing, as it speaks in Ephesians. For brass I will bring gold. See? Everything is upgraded from Solomon’s temple.) and for iron I will bring silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness.” This connects directly to what we see Ezekiel 44-45. “Violence shall no more be heard in thy land, (He goes on into the millennium here.) wasting nor destruction within thy borders; but thou shalt call thy walls Salvation, and thy gates Praise.” Whenever we look at Jerusalem today, we see the faction fighting for control. There is no peace there. The little streets where the Arabs are today, they are maybe ten feet wide. All along both sides, some people see treasures, but I see junk because it is just something to distract you. See? That all has to go. It does, it has to go. For the temple, they are going to dig down to where they can get some footing where the Jews were. It is there. There is a whole city underneath that. To me, that is the reason why it is going to take awhile to build that whole temple area, because they have to go down. The preachers cry out because of the excavation by the Arabs. God will protect what is his from the Arabs. We do not need to be worried about that. When we were in Israel, we were able to see those great big stones that had been placed there from before Christ. Stones that were forty tons. How did they get them there? They were placed together to where you could not even get a knife between them. So it will be right whenever God gets ready. In a way, it is a good thing what the Arabs have done because they have not been able to build in that city, because it is going to be leveled. That old city will be leveled. That is going to be the temple area. We have gone over that in the last edition of The Contender. Forty five hundred feet each way. That is going to be a big area. You can’t dispute the word of God. It is right there for us to look at, that we haven’t been able to see.

This is talking about the Eternal Age now, but I will go ahead and read it. “The sun shall be no more thy light by day; neither for brightness shall the moon give light unto thee: but the Lord shall be unto thee an everlasting light, and thy God thy glory.” Now what is he talking about? Is he talking about that natural Jew? Absolutely not. He is talking about that resurrected person, or that changed person. You are not going to need the sun. The sun will still be shining. The moon will be shining. There will be day and night as long as time is. But for the Bride and that resurrected group of people, there will be no more darkness. At one time an old time preacher preached and said Elijah went to heaven for a day and stayed, because there is no night there. You spend a day with God, you will never sleep, you won’t have to. This old body now gets tired. But there is a resurrection coming that is going to take this away. It is going to bring back your youth again. He is going to fill your mouth with good teeth. He is going to take away the glasses. He is going to take away the ear plugs. “Thy sun shall no more go down; neither shall thy moon withdraw itself: for the Lord shall be thine everlasting light, and the days of thy mourning shall be ended. Thy people also shall be all righteous: they shall inherit the land for ever, the branch of my planting, the work of my hands, that I may be glorified. A little one shall become a thousand, (That is the natural one that goes into the Millennium, a little one shall become a thousand.) and a small one a strong nation: I the Lord will hasten it in his time.” That is where patience comes in, it is His time. I am getting older, but it is His time. When we are in our youth, we don’t think about age.

 

Isaiah 26

Construction of the Third Temple, as depicted by the Temple Institute. Click to enlarge.

Now let me go to Isaiah 26, verse 19. “Thy dead men shall live, together with my dead body shall they arise. Awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust: for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, (That is what brings life. You take the daytime sun shining on your plants, they wilt. Get up the next morning after the dew has come, here they are. They spring up. The flowers, everything is rejoicing.) and the earth shall cast out the dead.” When people begin to say that the Bride goes through the tribulation, that is a lie. Not because I say so, but because the scripture says so. Let us read it. “Come, my people, (He is talking to you this morning. He is talking to Bride people.) enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast.” Until the tribulation be overpast. You are away, you are hid in His closet. “For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: (That is Armageddon.) the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.” Brothers and sisters, we are the most blessed people on the earth this morning. You have an inheritance. Something just beyond our clouded vision, it is there, you can reach and touch it if you were in that spirit body. It is here. God’s spirit is here. His angelic beings are here. We don’t worship them, but we worship Him today.

 

Isaiah 49

 

Let us go to Isaiah 49. I will start in verse 12. We have a picture here, this is looking from the Mount of Olives. See? We are not looking at an Arab mosque, we are looking beyond that. I do not know just how much the Jews have prepared for the temple, but they do have a lot prepared. If you get all this junk out of the way then they can begin to build. “Behold, these shall come from far: and, lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.” Which is China. Why? China can build a thirty story building in ninety days. Our people cannot even make a study of it in ninety days. The devil is in the work somewhere. Regulate this, regulate that. I heard a preacher say they had a hundred and twenty five acres of land. I do not know why they needed it. But he said they can only use twenty five of that because the rest of it is regulated because of some kind of bird that lives there. I tell you, there is some kind of bird that lives up there in Washington. “Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted his people, and will have mercy upon his afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her suckling child, (I thank God for good mothers and good fathers here. You won’t find such good parents outside of the body of Christ. I see young boys sitting with their parents until they are teenagers. I sat with my mom when I was twelve years old. Why? Because I was sitting in the back of the church cutting up and she came back. I was afraid of that bony hand she had, she never was very big. I went back up with her like a sheep-killing dog and sat right down by my mother. That will take the starch out of you. Can a woman forget her suckling child…) that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? Yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee.” They may even forget. We live in a day that they have forgotten. I know somebody close to me that works in a hospital over here in Louisville. I believe it is a women’s pavilion. Little children are being born that are high on dope. You don’t hear about that in the news. One woman took a hit in the parking lot and she passed out in the parking lot while she was having a child. Those little babies cried. They have a reason to cry, because they are full of dope. The woman has seven children, but she don’t take care of them. Yes, a woman may forget her suckling child, but God doesn’t forget Israel. “Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me.” God is seeing the future. He hasn’t forgot. He didn’t forget those Levites that went astray. It is still there in His mind. They might say, well I had nothing to do with it, but it is the spirit that comes with it. That spirit never did change. Brothers and sisters, if we have something in our heart, let us get rid of it. Well that is just the way my mom and dad was. Forget it. We are individuals that God has called to live a better life, to live a holy life. To live sanctified, purified by the blood of Jesus Christ. “Thy children shall make haste; thy destroyers and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee.” Those that have claim, the Catholic Church that has claim there in Jerusalem, one day they will get out. There will be no mercy left whenever the Jews do what they are supposed to do. Then it will not matter what the United Nations says. “Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, (God is going to clothe Israel with Jews.) as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth. For thy waste and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants, (It is getting that way now. Eight and a half million Jews are there.) and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away. The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other, (Talking about in time, talking about the land, you have lost the other.) shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me: (Too strait, too narrow.) give place to me that I may dwell.” Widen it out. “Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a captive, and removing to and fro? and who hath brought up these? Behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been?” An influx of Jews coming. These, where have they been? It is going to be some people, some Jews that care about the land. A bunch of those northern Jews don’t care, it is the southern Jews. Judaea, the Judaean Jews really care. They build. The army comes in a tears it down. Before they leave, they are building again. They come and tear that down, they go ahead and build again. It is that determination. That determined spirit within us is what God is looking at. He is not looking for something wishy-washy. Or some has-been. He is looking for something real, real in our lives, real in our midst to where we are not ashamed of Him. Help us Lord. “Thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I will lift up mine hand to the Gentiles, and set up my standard to the people: (God is going to get into it. He is going to lift up His standard to the Gentiles.) and they shall bring thy sons in their arms, (Like a little baby, God is going to nestle the Jewish believers in that hour. He is going to bring them home. Do you understand that? He is going to bring them in their arms, not necessarily carrying them, but they are going to care for them as a child.) and thy daughters shall be carried upon their shoulders.” Did you ever see anybody when they were out among a bunch of people and that little child, two or three years old, wanted to see. What does the father do? He puts that child up on his shoulders. That is care. That is not necessarily how they are going to carry them, but it is with care, compassion. Because they know the God of Israel is back again. He is back among His people again. “And kings shall be thy nursing fathers, and their queens thy nursing mothers: they shall bow down to thee with their face toward the earth, and lick up the dust of thy feet; (The world hates the Jews. They say “That Jew, I hate that Jew, look what trouble they caused in the Middle East.” But we can see in this scripture God is going to completely change that. Then what are the Jews going to do? Where are they going to put their trust then? They are going to begin to cry, I want to go home. Young men that died in World War Two on the battlefield, the last thing they were doing, they were crying for mama. Grown men, taking their last breath, wanted the comfort of mama. They shall bow down to thee with the face toward the earth and lick up the dust of thy feet. They would not do it now. Today the world says “Jew him down. Get that price down a little more, Jew him down.” God said they would become a byword. You should never speak that way. That is wrong. That is a byword of the world, but a true Christian would never speak that way. Do not even let it be in your vocabulary because it is a degrading word to the Jewish people.) and thou shalt know that I am the Lord: for they shall not be ashamed that wait for me.” You will not be ashamed because you have waited, as it is speaking there to the Jewish people, so it is speaking to us this morning. You don’t have to be ashamed. You don’t have to be ashamed of truth, of the way of God. “But thus saith the Lord, Even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for I will contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save thy children.” God is going to contend. He is going to contend with this Gentile world. The United Nations is a failing foe. Here in the United States we pay for that ungodly thing through taxes. I do not like it. But right now there is nothing I can do about it, but God will do something about it. The United Nations is nothing but a rat hole that you pour sewage into. “And I will feed them that oppress thee with their own flesh; and they shall be drunken with their own blood, as with sweet wine: and all flesh shall know that I the Lord am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the mighty One of Jacob.” All flesh will know it. Soon they will see it, that the God of Jacob is the Redeemer.

 

Zechariah 14

Zechariah 14:8 Living Waters flowing from the temple. Click to Enlarge

Let’s go to Zechariah 14, starting with verse 1. “Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee.” He is talking about the middle of the week now. This is the ending of that 10th chapter of Revelation, because you come to the middle of the week. “For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, (He is talking about the middle of the week, half of the city shall go into captivity. That is what the Arabs want. But that Arab spirit is akin to a Catholic spirit. There is no difference. Arabs are killers now. The Catholic Church is just an extension of that, they were killers and they will be killers again. Whole cities were taken. Every once in awhile you see something to glorify the Jesuits. The Jesuits were put in there to take the blame off the pope whenever the killing took place. He had them to do his dirty work. Whole cities of people were killed by the Jesuits, the gates were shut and they burned them, not letting one inhabitant leave. Half of the city shall go forth into captivity….) and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. Then shall the Lord go forth and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle.” What will be Armageddon. “And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, (That is when the mount of Olives splits, then the water comes out beneath the altar. You will see, we will go into that, Lord willing.) which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.” The Mount of Olives is going to split, waters come out. Half of the mountain shall remove toward the north and half toward the south. “And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.” That is when He comes back. When will He come back? After the tribulation is over, His saints with Him, as He stand upon the Mount of Olives, His saints will be with Him. That is exciting.

 

Beyond Revelation 10

The Mount of Olives. Click to enlarge.

So far all my scriptures have had a connection to Revelation. I am going to begin to go beyond Revelation 10 now. I have scriptures I want to read that will go into the Millennium. I did not feel like Revelation 10 was part of that, because Revelation 10 really stops off in the middle of the week. We are going beyond that now, into the Millennium and things that will happen there. Further on it will be into the Eternal Age. So, I wanted to include all that in there as connection. We know that Jesus in Matthew 24 is asked certain things and his answer had a relation to what we have been looking at. I want to look at that, and then I will go back to Ezekiel. “And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to show him the buildings of the temple. And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all these things?  (He is asking a question there. That is not an answer, it is a question, see ye not all these things? That is not a statement, it is a question. He wants them to get something in their mind of what He is talking about. We are going to the Mount of Olives where He is looking at. We have a picture of that, which you are looking at now, the Mount of Olives, going into Jerusalem. This is the cemetery down here, close to what they call the golden gate, or the eastern gate. The Mount of Olives sets over from that. There are certain things I want to talk about concerning the Mount of Olives, in this message, at another date. We are going to find out some things from the scripture, what is really going to happen when Jesus and His Bride come back. That is going to be the starting point, which will bring in the Millennium, whenever this happens. The war takes place, then Jesus sits His feet upon the Mount of Olives. I have always read that and thought of it, but there is somebody else with Him when He does. We will find that in Zechariah. See ye not all these things?) verily I say unto you, There shall not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down.” They are talking about the temple of Herod’s time. Herod had beautified the temple in order to appease the Jews, because he was a politician. Just like the politicians today, they promise much but do little. If Trump does half of what he has said he will do, he will be a good president. But if he does not, then four years and that will be it, or less. I am more concerned with the nation than I am the politicians. We find that Israel has politicians. Netanyahu is a politician. Right now they are talking about giving up a little city which has twenty five hundred people or so. They are talking about tearing it down, letting it go into the hands of the Arabs, in order to appease the United Nations and all those. Netanyahu has been prophesied to, if you do that, then your kingdom is up, your rule is up. I will be glad it is, if he is going to do that. I think God is just about through fooling around with the political system. Whenever He begins His campaign, it will not last long because He is going to show who is boss. Whenever He does, it is not going to be a fun place. As I look around America and see all that has happened since this election took place, all these people demonstrating, tearing up stuff, you can almost see George Washington’s vision in focus as you look at that. It is going to take strong leadership for this nation to ever come back to where it should be. America will be a minor nation really, in the eyes of the world, because Europe has to come forth. Europe and the east countries. I do not want to get into that right now, but I was thinking about where it talks about the strangers that will be given land in the land of Israel, which is in Ezekiel 47 and 48. I am not going into that, but I was thinking about it and about the strangers building up the walls. That is going to be them. It could be Chinese, it could be Japanese, it could be Indians. But they are going to have an inheritance. Why? Because they have helped Israel build up the walls. Whenever you get into scripture, it is amazing. As you read it, you almost have a smile on your face because you know what God is going to do, and what He is doing. So begin to think about the things of God if you have problems and troubles, which most of us do. Sickness, many of us do. Begin to put that in another compartment and begin to think upon the goodness of the Lord. It is His goodness that brought us to repentance. As we see all the walls that were torn down in 70 A.D., which Jesus had prophesied, He said do not look upon this. It really started in 68, through 70, to the time that Jerusalem is taken over. Then in 73 Masada was finally defeated. That was the last of Israel’s strongholds.

 

Another Look At The Priesthood

 

I am going to be reading from the Lamsa translation in this part of the message. We will see how this is worded. Much of it is worded the same as the King James Version, but where it talks about the prince, then in the Llamsa translation it brings in the High Priest. I have had much criticism about this, but I intend to show you what is scriptural. There are certain things that no prince is able to do. Let me start in Ezekiel 44:23. This is what I wanted to get to before I got to the rest. “And they shall teach my people the difference between the holy and profane, and cause them to discern between the unclean and the clean.” This is what the priests, plural, will be teaching the Jews in the Millennium. This is part of the Millennial reign. In reading this, there are certain things that apply in the Millennium that should apply to us now, because of the scripture I read. They shall teach my people the difference between holy and profane, and cause them to discern between the unclean and the clean. That is talking about the Millennium, talking about teaching the people, because they are going to have to be taught. The priesthood is going to have to teach them that. I feel that the ministry, as my brothers preach, sometimes it may seem hard, but it is really not. It is for our protection. If I can protect you, if I see a wolf coming, or a lion coming, I must warn you. When I visited South Africa to minister to the saints there, they took me to see a nature reserve. We stopped where there were bushes. Some of them got out of the car, I stayed close to the door. I did not know what is lurking behind that bush. We stopped where there was a wallowing place for rhinos. There were two or three big rhinos down there. They were a hundred yards away. But whenever one of them began to get up and look at us, they said, get in the car. I do not want a thirty five mile an hour rhino running into the car I am in. That warning was for our protection. That is using understanding. I am glad for scripture, because it gives us an understanding of what we are to do, and what we are not to do. “And in controversy they shall stand in judgment; and they shall judge it according to my judgments: (They are not going to get this off the top of their head because it is scriptural, scriptural understanding teaching them how to apply the Law. Really it is the Law in that time. The Millennium, the Law comes back into effect. Like is says, honor thy father and mother. I am going to let you in on a secret. I like to watch the Lone Ranger. In that there are two Indians, a son and his father. One of them was as mean as the devil and one was good. The one that was mean wanted to get rid of the good one because he was going to be heir to the throne of the Indian camp. When it finally came close to the end, that one was a little stronger than the other one, he had the other by his head with a knife at his throat. The dad, which was sick, all at once he got up and came to the edge of the teepee and sees what is happening, so he shoots the mean son. That sounds terrible, but as I was watching that I thought, that is exactly what is going to happen in the Millennium. Because it said, children shall die at a hundred years old. And it said that a father and mother shall take the life of their own son. You might think that is terrible. No, that is God. You shall do judgement of my judgment. His knowledge, His understanding. I am getting a little bit ahead of myself, but I thought I would throw that in. In controversy. See? Controversy, what is controversy? That means that there is something not being settled. You are going to have judges, but it is not the Supreme Court like today. It will be Supreme, but it will not be a bunch of politicians making the decisions. These judges will be some of the sons of Zadok, which are the ones that will really be over the rest of the priesthood. In controversy they shall stand in judgment and judge according to my judgments…) and they shall keep my laws and my statutes in all mine assemblies; and they shall hallow my sabbaths.” See? This is exactly what the Law was intended to do. But this time it is going to work. The devil is cast into his prison, but natural man still has a fallen nature. Young people will still have controversies, but it is not going to last. There will be older people with controversies after a certain time. I am not talking about the sheep people. I am talking about their children, and grandchildren, and great grandchildren, and so forth. The sheep people are there because they are sheep people. Jesus said my sheep hear my voice.

 

“And they shall come at no dead person to defile themselves: but for father, or for mother, or for son, or for daughter, for brother, or for sister that hath had no husband, they may defile themselves.” If the sister had a husband, then they cannot go to the funeral. This is what God thinks about this whole thing in the Millennium. The priesthood is the ministry of that hour. I am not talking about coming into contact with a dead person in the ministry now, because we are Gentiles. But in the Millenium God is taking natural man and presenting something that is going to last into the Eternal Age. Natural man in natural bodies are going into the Eternal Age, which the Methodists do not believe. You are going to have natural man going into that Eternal age, but everything will be back like it should have been in the Garden of Eden. In the Eternal Age the people are going to have the Holy Ghost. But it is going to be natural people. What they have done, they have learned to discern between good and evil. There is nobody going into the Eternal Age without having some kind of experience with God. It is going to be perfect. Adam and Eve, before they sinned, were perfect. They were naked and did not even know it. Why? Sin was not in the picture. God is not going to be defeated. He is going to bring it back the way it should have been had sin not been there. Here we are looking at a thousand year period of time in which the Bride is going to rule with her husband. He is the head, the man is the head of the woman. He is our head. When we get into the Millennium, He is our head. Whatever thought He thinks, is our thought.  All the thinking of the head reaches into the body. We have our movement because something is going on in our brain sending out the instructions to the legs and arms. It is going to be automatic. This goes on into the Eternal Age. Habbakuk 2:14 says the knowledge of the Lord will cover the earth as the waters do the sea. That is in the Eternal Age.

 

Verse 26. “And after he is cleansed, they shall reckon unto him seven days.” After they go around a dead body and are defiled, they cannot go back and serve at the temple the next day. They wait seven days. There are certain things that have happened in Faith Assembly, in times past where there had to be judgment given. Then there is a certain time that has to elapse before that person is allowed to come back into the congregation. You may think we are mean, but no, we are following the scripture. That is all I will say about that. God is seeking perfection in the Bride now. When we pass from this time to that time, we are not going to have problems lingering in us. What does Revelation 19:7 say? It did not say He. He is already ready. But His wife hath made herself ready, past tense, which is now. We are getting ready for a rapture. Whenever that time comes, Isaiah 52:8 will be fulfilled. I believe we are seeing that, that we are seeing eye to eye, that we are singing the same song. The ministry first, and I see that closer than anything else. Why? For the perfection. I say again, perfection. Say it with me, perfection of the church. “And in the day that he goeth into the sanctuary, unto the inner court, to minister in the sanctuary, he shall offer his sin offering, saith the Lord God.” See? He does not just walk in, even after seven days, he does not just walk in. He has to offer a sin offering because he went to a funeral of a family member. That is how strict the Law will be in that time, because God is seeking perfection for another age. Because why would someone die in the Millennium? They will die because of sin. The Millennium is a thousand year period of time before the Eternal Age for God to clean up this world. That is the reason it is there. What does the 1 Corinthians 6 say? It said we shall judge angels. Know ye not how to judge the smallest matters?

 

“And in that day that he goeth into the sanctuary, unto the inner court.” See? He is going into the holiest of all places. We have pictures of that. What does it say in the book of Daniel? To anoint the Most Holy, the 24th verse of the 9th chapter. The Most Holy, that is the Most Holy place. Only once a year can the high priest go into that. It is not a place you go in and out, in and out, and in and out. It is a place of reminder, this is what I have sent my Son for. That is the reason when He came, and when He died, then the veil of the temple was split from top to bottom. God sent a great lightning bolt and split it right down through the middle. Why? Because the way into the Holiest was made. So, we entered into the Most Holy through the Holy Ghost. You enter into that Most Holy place, to which the Jews could never go, except the high priest once a year. Not without blood. If he went in without blood he would never make it out alive. Not his own blood, but the blood of an animal sacrifice. Jesus, as you go into Hebrews, Jesus went into the Most Holy place once and for all. We are getting down to the nitty-gritty. It is good. It is good to know there was a way made for us, that we are not just denominations. If we were not going to learn anything we should have stayed there. What did He say? Learn of me. Our learning is not coming from ourselves. In that day that he goeth into the sanctuary, into the inner court, that is the inner working of the temple. That is in there where God is. That is where the singers are positioned. But the outer court is out there where everybody that is looking on can see that Shekinah glory coming from that inner court, so the blessings spread out there too. The inner working of the ministry that God has raised up for this hour is not just ours. It is supposed to be something that shines out among the people. We are sharers. When I was a boy, my dad had my uncle living on his place. A certain part of it he farmed. That made him a share-cropper because he got half of whatever he produced, my dad got the other half. If you are working in a factory today, just say Ford Motor Company, you are sharing whatever the profits are. It could be any other company, I just happened to pick that one because that is where I have worked. I am at Faith Assembly now and we are sharing the things of God with one another. I can see that the blessings come in the song service when people are worshiping. We do not have to put on a show. We do not have to put on anything except Jesus Christ and Him crucified. We put Him on, then the glory is ours. “And it shall be unto them for an inheritance: I am their inheritance: and ye shall give them no possession in Israel: I am their possession.” The only possession the sons of Aaron have is that city. They have no inheritance outside that. It is all in the ministry. They eat and they drink whatever the other people have. It talks about if they have sheep, somebody had two hundred sheep, then they are to bring that one of the two hundred in for the priests. It said to bring it out of the fat pastures of Israel. Do not bring no poor lamb, do not bring no scrub goat, something that you do not want. When you come here, bring your best because we are sharers. Let everybody see what you have got. We do not have to put on anything of our own. Except putting on Christ. If God has made you to sit there and you are doing what He wants you to, you do that. I am not trying to elevate anybody to any position, saying that you need to shout just because you want to shout, but shout because of Him. You are part of something God is presenting to the world as a witness. Jesus, when He taught the disciples, He said, ye are not of this world. I do not want to look like the world. I do not want to be a part of the world. “They shall eat the meat offering, and the sin offering, (See? Everybody has to take part of that. Because really the Millennium is looking back at what happened at Calvary. That is why all these offerings are made. It is to recognize Calvary because these people that are born in the Millenium, they do not realize what really happened for them. They have to be pointed back. They shall eat the meat offering and the sin offering…) and the trespass offerings: and every dedicated thing in Israel shall be theirs.” Eat it, eat the sin offering, eat the trespass offering. What God is doing, He is showing them that the ones outside the inner circle, they are still part of this. I am saying the same thing this morning: You out there that cannot get to be at Faith Assembly, you are still a part of what God is doing. That goes for Bro. Holmes and the brothers and sisters in South Africa, Bro. Ram and Sis Angie, God bless you. Those in north and south Norway, and Bro. Jimmy and his wife in the Philippines, as well as the people. There are good people in the Philippines. All the saints around the world, wherever you are, I greet you as you receive this message. You are part of us. We are one body. “And the first of all the firstfruits of all things, and every oblation of all, of every sort of your oblations, shall be the priest’s: ye shall also give unto the priest the first of your dough, (That is not talking about money. That is talking about what you have grown. God is making an example. He is making an example in Israel. That is the same example it is when we get a paycheck. The first of every month I pay my tithes for the whole month. Everybody cannot do that. It is not mine after it leaves my hands. It is not mine, I do not worry about it. That is my gift to God because of what He gave to me. There is a song that says “I am a millionaire.” That is mighty cheap. I am not a millionaire here on this earth, and I will not be a millionaire as it pertains to money in the next, it is really the kingdom of God coming to earth. The Bride will be complete. Every part of her, when she comes back, she going to be complete. Why? Because she was complete when she left. You are not going to get there with one foot hanging out. No. It may seem hard here, but it is because of the flesh. We just do not want that thing to die for some reason. We keep hanging on to it, dragging it along. It is just a weight, a load to carry and weigh us down, to keep us from that perfection.) that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house. The priests shall not eat of any thing that is dead of itself, or torn, whether it be fowl or beast.” God is setting forth the ministry in that hour as purity. It will not be like Mikey, who will eat everything. That was just an advertisement that used to be on television. They will not eat just anything in that hour, and we cannot just have any idea or revelation in this time. It has to be perfect.

 

In chapter 45 you are going to see some things mentioned in this that there is a different working to, as you look at the Llamsa translation. “Moreover, when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, (This is all in the Millennium. Israel is going to get her land back, but she is not going to get all that belongs to her. Because she is only going to get the temple and the altar.) ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord, (You do not just go in there empty. Everything that is an inheritance is costing them. Brothers and sisters, we should be the happiest people in the world, it did not cost us anything. There was a joke I heard years ago. This old preacher was preaching. He said salvation is free, free as the water that runs. He kept on going like that until he come to the end of the service. He took up a collection. There was a fellow in the audience that said, I thought you said it was free, that it did not cost you anything. The preacher said, you have to pay to get it piped into your house though.) an holy portion of the land.” That is talking about the land of Israel. They are offering an oblation. Let us do this right, that is what they are saying. That is according to God. I am glad that God has made a way, a perfect way that we as Gentiles may accept the Lord Jesus Christ through faith, not of ourselves. It is a gift of God. In the Millennium the Jews are having to go back and redo it, because it was not done right in the first place. God gave them a Law, an inheritance. God gave them a priesthood. It was not carried out right. Now they are going to have to get it right. We have had denominational systems. God sent a prophet. He said, “If the United States does not get it by 1956, she is gone.” There were many preachers out preaching healing. They would get a little tent and go around with a healing ministry, come and watch miracles, signs, and wonders. Then in 1956 that all began to die out and fade. Why? Because it was not following truth. It lasted ten years. Then they began to seek gimmicks. Blood flowed out of somebody’s hand. Oil out of another’s hand. Bro. Branham made fun of that stuff. Holy water, holy oil. Then they began to sell it and people had to buy their miracles. A.A. Allen had a great ministry at one time. There were great miracles. I had a preacher who wanted me to go see him at one time in 1966, over at Memorial Coliseum in Louisville. I went. They took up three offerings. In the middle of the service he came out, I never will forget it, he came out with a green jacket on. He pulled it back and said, “This came from Fifth Avenue.” I do not know what Fifth Avenue is, I guess New York. He said, “This was gave to me.” He preached about five minutes, then he began to pray for the sick. He said, “If you want prayer for sickness, then I want a hundred dollars. Everybody that wants healing, you can pay me now or pay me later, but if you pay me later, that will delay your healing.” There were about seventeen people that went up for healing, but they would not be healed unless they paid a hundred dollars. That was a lot of money back in 1966. It is still a lot of money now. He was bargaining with God. Some will not like this statement but it is the truth: he was drunk when he died. I read the book written about those things, he was in there, and Bro. Branham was in there too. They told what a great healer Bro. Branham was, which he was not a healer, it was God working through him. It told what a great healer and what great miracles he had, but then they said he got off track, because he said Eve had a relationship with the devil. That is a lie. He never said it. I was there when he preached that sermon, he said she had a relationship with the serpent, which did happen. You see that seed everywhere today. He has many descendants today. It may be in family members. We cannot hold back because of somebody in the family. Sin is sin. Homosexuality is sin. I would rather see these doors padlocked than to have to put up with that stuff. If you want to live that kind of life, keep it out of here. If you want to live with somebody and you are not married, stay home. Do not bring it in here. We believe in marriage between man and woman as it was in the beginning. Jesus even referred to the beginning in marriage. I know I am getting away from my subject. “Moreover, when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, ye shall offer an oblation unto the Lord, an holy portion of the land: the length shall be the length of five and twenty thousand reeds, and the breadth shall be ten thousand. This shall be holy in all the borders thereof round about.” Now this land that is being given to the Levites is inside the portion of land God has given to Judah. It is right in the middle of Israel. “Of this there shall be for the sanctuary five hundred in length, with five hundred in breadth, square round about; and fifty cubits round about for the suburbs thereof.” In other words, there are fifty cubits that go all the way around the inside of that wall that will be there. This is helping us understand where the Levitical priesthood will live within the land of Israel.

 

…continued in next edition.

REVELATION-10-No.6

Revelation 10, Part 5 – 2018, April


Introduction

Preached October 16th & 23rd, 2016

Rev. James C. Allen


In our
last edition, Bro. Allen began reviewing the dimensions of the Temple Mount as it will be in the millennium. We are picking up where he left off as he continues looking at the dimension and design of the Holy Temple and the city of Jerusalem during the millennium.

 

According to some of the measurements we read in the book of Ezekiel, we can see that the temple is going to be a tremendous place. The blessings of God are going to be upon Israel in that day, which is going to help finance the construction and beautify the place. Then we see in the 43rd chapter, how the Spirit of God fills the house after it is built. How it comes from the east, through that eastern gate and will enter into the holy place. His presence will meet there with the people of Israel’s natural leadership. Their leadership will be the leadership of the house of God: the Levitical order under the sons of Zadok. As I said this before, God never forgets his Word. He remembers what He said. He knows everyone. He is going to be able to pick out the sons of Zadok from the rest of the Levitical order. Of course, the rest of the Levitical priesthood is going to be blessed, they are going to have a part to play too, but God is going to give leadership to the sons of Zadok. They will do the slaughtering of the lambs and the bulk of the work of the temple. There is going to be a difference though between them and sons of Zadok, because God never forgets, He remembers.

The Inner Court & The Outer Court

Diagram of the Second Temple

Click to enlarge

I know in this message I am going to be reading quite a bit, but I would like for you to bear with me as I do read because this is something important for the Millennial reign. Ezekiel 40:19, “Then he measured the breadth from the forefront of the lower gate unto the forefront of the inner court without, an hundred cubits eastward and northward. And the gate of the outward court (As we look at the outer court, it is not in this area enclosed by walls. The outer court is the area outside these walls. (Pointing to picture of the temple complex, see next page) What we see in this picture is spoken of in the Bible. We will see that as we look at these different things. It has many chambers to it as you see here, around the temple area, doors and things, which all have something to do with the worship of God.) that looked toward the north, he measured the length thereof, and the breadth thereof. And the little chambers thereof were three on this side and three on that side; and the posts thereof and the arches thereof were after the measure of the first gate: the length thereof was fifty cubits, and the breadth five and twenty cubits. And their windows, and their arches, and their palm trees, were after the measure of the gate that looketh toward the east; and they went up unto it by seven steps.” See? There are only seven steps that go there. There is a reason that there only seven steps. How high would seven steps be? Maybe four feet would be the height. God is speaking something to us here. The priests are going to have to go up those steps. It is not going to be a mountain of steps. As you go back through the Old Testament you will find why they do that: it is so that nothing is shown as they walk up because they do have robes on. Of course, that is speaking of the perfection God is looking for. The Millennium is not the perfect age, but the Millennium is the age when God will perfect human beings in the natural sense, in order that they might go into eternity which is eternal life. Through this time God is teaching the natural people to walk with him. We see that in the scripture also. “After that he brought me toward the south, and behold a gate toward the south; and he measured the posts thereof and the arches thereof according to these measures. And there were windows in it and in the arches thereof round about, like those windows; the length was fifty cubits, and the breadth five and twenty cubits. And there were seven steps to go up to it, and the arches thereof were before them: and it had palm trees, one on this side, and another on that side, upon the posts thereof. And there was a gate in the inner court (There was a gate to enter into the inner court. The inner court is what is going to be explained here because this is where the worship really is, the worship of God happens in that area.) toward the south: and he measured from gate to gate toward the south an hundred cubits. And he brought me to the inner court by the south gate: and he measured the south gate according to these measures, (The same measures as the other.) And the little chambers thereof, and the posts thereof, and the arches thereof, according to these measures: and there were windows in it and in the arches thereof round about: and it was fifty cubits long, and five and twenty cubits broad. And the arches thereof were toward the utter court; and palm trees were upon the posts thereof: and the going up to it had eight steps.” I want to skip some here and go on down to the 39th verse. “And in the porch of the gate were two tables on this side, and two tables on that side, to slay thereon the burnt offering and the sin offering and the trespass offering.” These tables are not big, they are small tables where they slay the animals. There are eight tables. There will be a lot of animals that are sacrificed here. Because it is the worship of God. This is all representing Christ.

 

Biblical Measurements

Bible Metric Standard
Span 0.25 meters 10 inches
Cubit 0.45 meters 1.5 feet
Reed 2.7 meters 9 feet
Furlong 201 meters 660 feet

*approximate numbers

 

Animal Sacrifice

 

It is the people that are born and grow up during the Millennium that will come to make these offerings. They will come not knowing salvation. The ones that go into the Millennium as sheep people are different from those born during the Millennium, because as natural beings, they have been acquainted with what happened on this side of the Millennium. They will know that there has been something that has happened, and they have escaped. There has got to be people escape death in order to fill the Millennium with people. Everybody is not going to die in the tribulation.

 

It says there in Isaiah that there will be few men left. That is why I have talked about polygamy. Polygamy will not go on for the entire millennium, but at the beginning it will be for a time until the earth is replenished with mankind, so that the devil does win. You are not going to have millions of women in child bearing age with no hope. I know I get criticism for these things, but that is the way it is. That what it says in Isaiah 4. We are looking at scripture, we are not looking at man’s ideas. If you listen to these prophecy preachers and you are depending on them to tell you the truth, you are going to be led far from it. One will tell you one thing, and another will tell you another thing. It is all wrong. You have prophecy preachers that do not understand the seven-year period. They do not know if the rapture is going to happen before the seven-year period begins, or after it is over, or in the middle of it. God is more precise than that. God is not a guess work. That is not what His word is for. It is for a precise reason, to let us know the time we are living in. He pulled the curtain off things in 1963, something happened. There was a separation between church members and God’s people. It grew slowly. At times it was almost as though it was only Bro. Jackson’s ministry. After Bro. Branham died it looked like people were drawn to that. It was the way God was moving. It was promised that way by the prophet of God. Because he brought everything back in line. That is what he was to do because he was an apostle called of God, appointed of God. Even in 1965, August 1965 when he went before Bro. Branham in an interview, Bro. Branham told him, “You have a work to do, I do not know what it is but when it comes,” he held his Bible up and said, “stick with the word.” Then a couple years later Bro. Jackson had a dream. I remember him telling about it. It was one afternoon here at church. He had people to come together. He told us his experience. He told us about going before Bro. Branham and that he had the dream. God had told him, “I have called you to be an apostle,” he was given a dated letter in a dream. It said August 1, 1965, the same day he met with Bro. Branham. So, God has worked in this work. He is a very present help in the time of need. When Bro. Branham left the scene, people went every which way. He said they would. He told Bro. Jackson that. He said something is getting ready to happen, when it does, they will go every way. It happened. I watched it happen. I knew it happened.

 

Verse 39 again, “And in the porch of the gate were two tables on this side, and two tables on that side, to slay thereon the burnt offering and the sin offering and the trespass offering.” Why does he say that there will be offering made for sin and trespasses? We are in the Millennium. This lets us know there will still be sin in the Millennium That is not talking about saints of God. That is not talking about Bride people. That is not talking about foolish virgins. That is not talking about the great multitude. That is talking about the natural people born in the millennium that have not been redeemed yet. But it will happen. They will be redeemed, those who accept God. There is a lot in this, and it will come to pass because it is God’s word. Verse 42, “And the four tables were of hewn stone for the burnt offering, of a cubit and an half long, and a cubit and an half broad, and one cubit high: (See? That is not very big. See how precise God is? It has got to be uniform. That is what He expects out of us, a uniform life. We are getting there. We are not going to let this pass us. I do not care where you are from. If you are from Norway, the Philippines, we are going to get this thing right. South Africa, you are all my brothers and sisters. I love you very much. Across the United States and into Canada. What do we say? What do we preach? It is like Jesus did, a little flock. As I said, this was not very big.) whereupon also they laid the instruments wherewith they slew the burnt offering and the sacrifice. and within were hooks, (Why would they have hooks? To hold the animal as they slew them. This is going to be a bloody thing. Remember, you had a bloody cross. I remember Bro. Bud explaining how the blood is drained. When you sink down on the cross, as you die, the blood drains out. When that soldier took that spear and pierced the Lord’s side, the blood that had not come out of Him through his hands and through his feet drained out. They put a spear in His side. My Dad used slaughter animals. You had a certain way you had to do it to drain all the blood out because you did not want blood left in it. That is the same way with these animals. They had to suffer a death, but they were put here for that purpose: to be eaten. They will still be eaten in the Millennium. They will. You animal rights activists: you are crazy. The main diet of these Jewish priests will be meat. The sacrificed animals are eaten. Within were hooks…) an hand broad, fastened round about: and upon the tables was the flesh of the offering.” See? There are a lot of animals that will pass through here to be slaughtered. This area will need to be cleaned every day. It must be clean when morning comes so that they can do it over again. In some cases, seven days straight and in some cases twenty-one days straight. It is all in here. It is in the book. Now here we are, “And without the inner gate were the chambers of the singers (What are they singing? Psalms. They are singing psalms to God. They will not have to write a bunch of new songs, they are already there. Many of the psalms are about the Millennium. The Jews are skipping twenty-five hundred years without sacrifice, without censer. Here they are fulfilling scripture. This is scripture. This is not something man thought up. Singers…) in the inner court, which was at the side of the north gate: and their prospect was toward the south: one at the side of the east gate having the prospect toward the north. And he said unto me, This chamber, whose prospect is toward the south, is for the priests, the keepers of the charge of the house. (These are the main priests, the sons of Zadok.) And the chamber whose prospect is toward the north is for the priests, the keepers of the charge of the altar: (They are guards to make sure everything is kept in order.) these are the sons of Zadok among the sons of Levi, which come near to the Lord to minister unto him. So he measured the court, an hundred cubits long, and an hundred cubits broad, foursquare; (That is how big the court is to where they are at and where the temple is at.) and the altar that was before the house.” 

 

The Ark of the Covenant

 

We are going to see something done away with in the new temple, something that is not there. I know people are looking for it, but it is not there. It will never be there. When you see the Holy of Holies, there is something missing in there. But there is something else to fill its place. We will see that as we go on.  Let us read Exodus 25:10-22. “And they shall make an ark of shittim wood: two cubits and a half shall be the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof. (Look how small that is, two cubits and a half in length and a cubit and half in breadth.) And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, within and without shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a crown of gold round about. And thou shalt cast four rings of gold for it, (It is overlaid with gold, but the inside is wood. There is a reason for that. You know the reason, Christ was both flesh and deity. That is all represented there in Him.) and put them in the four corners thereof; and two rings shall be in the one side of it, and two rings in the other side of it. And thou shalt make staves of shittim wood, and overlay them with gold. And thou shalt put the staves into the rings by the sides of the ark, that the ark may be borne with them. The staves shall be in the rings of the ark: they shall not be taken from it. And thou shalt put into the ark the testimony which I shall give thee. (Listen to what he puts in there.) And thou shalt make a mercy seat of pure gold: two cubits and a half shall be the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof. And thou shalt make two cherubims of gold, of beaten work shalt thou make them, in the two ends of the mercy seat. And make one cherub on the one end, and the other cherub on the other end: even of the mercy seat shall ye make the cherubims on the two ends thereof. And the cherubims shall stretch forth their wings on high, covering the mercy seat with their wings, and their faces shall look one to another; toward the mercy seat shall the faces of the cherubims be. And thou shalt put the mercy seat above upon the ark; and in the ark thou shalt put the testimony that I shall give thee. And there I will meet with thee, and I will commune with thee from above the mercy seat, from between the two cherubims which are upon the ark of the testimony, of all things which I will give thee in commandments unto the children of Israel.” This is all a representation of Jesus Christ. These cherubims are guard angels that are to protect what is inside the ark. The mercy seat represents what Christ is to us. As they put these staves in there, that is what they carry it with. When they are carrying it, they are not even supposed to stumble. Remember during David’s time, instead of carrying it, they put it upon a cart and the cart at one place hit a bump. The man standing beside it thought it was going to fall off and he reached out to steady it and died immediately. God’s protection was upon it. You see how God protected it. Now they are looking for the ark. They are looking for it because they think they need it to put back in this new temple, but it is not in chapter 40 through 46, the mercy seat is gone, the ark is gone. It bears out: it will not be in this new temple. It held Aaron’s rod that budded, it had the manna, the two tablets of stone. These tablets of stone were not big. Aaron’s rod, they would have had to cut that in two in order to get it in there. The manna they put in the ark never decayed. It stayed right there in the pot that it was in. It never decayed until Israel went astray. Then the ark went missing. They will never find it.  They are looking for it, but they will never find it. They think they have found it in the walls of Jerusalem, but this is just speculation. There will be no ark placed in the Holy of Holies because what that represented has already came: Christ. He is our mercy seat to plead forgiveness for us before the throne of God. We look to that. This temple worship was never for Gentiles. This is for teaching the Jews all through the Millennium of what came before, because there are little children that will be born all the way through there. It will teach the little children why they were given life.  It was because of Christ’s life, and they will be looking back to commemorate that. That is why there is no ark in there. You have the place that is built for where the ark used to be, but the ark will not be there because it is not necessary. Because Jesus Christ took the place of the ark.  What was in there? It had bread which was manna. Jesus Christ was the bread of life. They had a miracle, they had that, but then they had the Law. This was all in there, but it all came back to Christ.  When He rose from the dead it took this thing away. It was no longer necessary.

 

The Holy Temple

Chapter 41 of Ezekiel. “Afterward he brought me to the temple, and measured the posts, six cubits broad on the one side, and six cubits broad on the other side, which was the breadth of the tabernacle. And the breadth of the door was ten cubits; and the sides of the door were five cubits on the one side, and five cubits on the other side: and he measured the length thereof, forty cubits: (That is not a large room. That is not talking about the whole temple area. That is talking about the Holy place.) and the breadth, twenty cubits.” Forty by twenty. That is about thirty by sixty feet. That is how big the room is. That is right in this area. (Pointing to the back portion of the temple building) See? There is not much going on in there, only once a year there is a priest going in there, the High Priest. The King James Version says prince, but it in the Lamas translation it is says High Priest. I do not say this to be different, I say it to be true. Look in the scripture: a prince does not offer a sacrifice. You have priests of the sons of Zadok, and then you have other priests of the sons of Levi who have a lesser role. From the sons of Zadok one will be brought out to be High Priest. Write your letters, whatever you want. I do not say it to be different. I say it to be true. Because there is no ark in the Holy of Holies. The only thing that is in there is the beautiful work that is in there. In there is the face of a man, and the face of a lion on one personage.  They look opposite directions because there was a time span between. A time span between when Christ suffered and when He becomes King. When you look at Revelation 5, what do you see when it said that the Lion of the tribe of Judah had prevailed and opened the book or opened the seals? When he comes out there, he is that Lion. But that Lion is not going to reign until the Millennium. The Lion of the tribe of Judah. Then on the other side is the face of a man. That figure is throughout this small place, because of its beauty, the beauty of holiness. “Then went he inward, and measured the post of the door, two cubits; and the door, six cubits; and the breadth of the door, seven cubits. So, he measured the length thereof; twenty cubits; and the breadth, twenty cubits, before the temple: and he said unto me, This is the most holy place.” What did they have in there in the first temple?  They had the mercy seat. They had the ark of the covenant. They had two angels standing over the ark. These things were the Holy of Holies, but nobody could go in that place but a certain man, and only once a year. Israel had those things from the time of David until it was lost, which was more or less five hundred years. Five hundred times was all that priests ever went in there. The job passed from one to another down the line until it was those things were taken away.  This ark was never put back in the second temple, after Israel had lost the first temple. That second temple was not as beautiful as the first. In the day they rebuilt the second temple, Zerubbabel and other men wanted to beautify it, but they had nothing to beautify it with. They did not have the means. But they looked at the mercy of God in it. “This is the most holy place. After he measured the wall of the house, six cubits.” Which would probably be about nine or ten feet. The height of the room is pretty high, but the room’s width and breadth is small. This is all God’s measurements. It will be done right. This part will all be completed before the millennium. When the week starts, they have this part completed (pointing to the sanctuary and the inner court), but they need to still build the rest of it here (pointing to the area outside the walls of inner court), which is a lot larger.  How long will it take in the Millennium to finish it?  There is more to read about the sanctuary. Verse 7. “And there was an enlarging, and a winding about still upward to the side chambers: for the winding about of the house went still upward round about the house: therefore the breadth of the house was still upward, and so increased from the lowest chamber to the highest by the midst.” 

 

Let’s go down to verse 12. “Now the building that was before the separate place at the end toward the west was seventy cubits broad; and the wall of the building was five cubits thick (that is a thick wall, it is going to last) round about, and the length thereof ninety cubits.” What would that be? A hundred and thirty-five feet by seventy, which would be like a hundred and five or a hundred and ten. So, we are looking at this, what it is going to be. Look at the thickness of it’s wall. “So he measured the house an hundred cubits long; (That is with the wall.) And the separate place, and the building, with the walls thereof, an hundred cubits long; Also the breadth of the face of the house, and of the separate place toward the east, an hundred cubits.” Now you are coming up with the wall, with the house, a hundred by one hundred. That is the size of the building. Outside of the building in here (pointing to the inner court) is the place where the priests are doing the work, all round about here. “And he measured the length of the building over against the separate place which was behind it, and the galleries thereof on the one side and on the other side, an hundred cubits, with the inner temple, and the porches of the court. The door posts, and the narrow windows, and the galleries round about on their three stories, (It is three stories high.) over against the door, ceiled with wood round about, and from the ground up to the windows, and the windows were covered; (He is looking at a finished work here.) To that above the door, even unto the inner house, and without, and by all the wall round about within and without, by measure. And it was made with cherubims and palm trees, (What a beautiful work inside.) so that a palm tree was between a cherub and a cherub; and every cherub had two faces; So that the face of a man was toward the palm tree on the one side, (A cherub with two faces is what it is.) and the face of a young lion toward the palm tree on the other side: it was made through all the house round about. From the ground unto above the door were cherubims and palm trees made, and on the wall of the temple.” See? It is going to take time, you cannot just throw this together. “The posts of the temple were squared, and the face of the sanctuary; the appearance of the one as the appearance of the other. The altar of wood was three cubits high, (That is the altar where sacrifices will be offered. This is outside and in front of the temple.) and the length thereof two cubits; and the corners thereof, and the length thereof, and the walls thereof, were of wood: and he said unto me, This is the table that is before the Lord. And the temple and the sanctuary had two doors. And the doors had two leaves apiece, two turning leaves; (You did not just walk up to the door because it turned. God was looking at a modern time because it is going to be a modern building. Two turning leaves.) two leaves for the one door, and two leaves for the other door. And there were made on them, on the doors of the temple, cherubims and palm trees, like as were made upon the walls; and there were thick planks upon the face of the porch without. And there were narrow windows and palm trees on the one side and on the other side, on the sides of the porch, and upon the side chambers of the house, and thick planks.” 

 

When we look at how these things will really be, it may not match up with what our natural mind had imagined. We read the setting of the altar and the way it will be.  I never would have thought it was that way. It is different than what I thought it would be, until I began looking at the scriptures. In times past we have looked at scripture in the denominational light, even though we are not of the denominations. But God has brought us to a point where we can really see beyond denominational thinking. That denominational thinking is kind of impossible to get away from until we hear a revelation to open our understanding beyond what the denominational world has. They used to have a rail across the front of churches and they called that the altar.  That is not an altar at all! Some called it a mourner’s bench. That is not an altar. That is not what an altar looks like and that is not what it is. We are going to read now what this altar really looks like. I thank the Lord for the truth of His word.

 

Another Look at the
Inner Court

 

We have been in Ezekiel chapters 40 to 46, which starts by explaining the measurements of the temple in the first two chapters. Then it goes into the building of it and the layout of it when it is finished in the Millennium. If we go to Revelation 11, we will see how much is going to be done before the Millennium. What we see in Revelation 11 is all that will be done before the Millennium comes. I was asked a question about the inner court, so I want to go to chapter 11 again, the first two verses. “And there was given me a reed (Remember, a reed is a measurement that is nine cubits long. That will measure out the wall, it will measure out the altar and all.) like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. (So what is therein is what is being measured. This is the first part of that verse, the measuring of the temple and the altar, which is the inner court. That is all that will be built before the Millennium. There is nothing else there to measure. The rest will be built after this. Because it goes on to say,) But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; (There are two courts, the inner court and the outer court. The outer court is a different place. That is where the people can begin to get in closer. There is no congregation inside the inner court. This is all priesthood and singers. That is all that is in there. That is why he said measure (or count) them that worship therein. That is the sons of Zadok and they are the only ones that are in there. The other Levites are not permitted to enter, and they have to be pushed out into the outer court to do their jobs. But that will happen in the Millennium. The inner court is where the priests, the sons of Zadok, will minister. That is where the prince, which is the word used in the King James Version, will be at. The prince is the High Priest, really. As I already said, if you read the same verses in the Lamsa translation, we see that instead of prince, it says high priest. We also see, and we will read it, that the prince (or High Priest) is offering sacrifices. We are going to prove that. I am not doing that in any way to cause controversy, but it has caused controversy. Because people do not really realize that no prince offers up sacrifice. It is only the High Priest. And he is from the sons of Zadok. I will explain more about this later.) The court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.” So, the holy city, which is Jerusalem, they will tread under foot forty and two months, that starts when the two prophets are killed and continues through the second half of the week of Daniel. You see the two prophets’ message if we continue reading these verses, and by the time it is over, what is it called? Sodom and Egypt. That Sodomite spirit will entered into it because they take it over. Because the Jewish leadership will have sold out the nation.

 

As I read those verses, it tells about the inner court. What happens in the inner court? We know what the inner court is. The inner court is where the worship takes place. It is the place of worship. So, what will happen in the Millennium? The worship of the inner court spills over into the outer court in the Millennium. Only Levites are allowed into this inner court. Those, and the singers, that is all. People do not just walk through there. It is an orderly place.

 

Feast of Tabernacles

Let us read St. John chapter 7 now. I want to look at something that will be happening in the Millennium at the temple. “After these things Jesus walked in Galilee: for he would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill him. Now the Jews’ feast of tabernacles was at hand. (When does the feast of tabernacles take place? In the fall of the year. This is when the Jews build their little booths. In some places it is called the feast of booths, which is the same things as feast of tabernacles. The Jews call it Sukkot. These are words that bring you into that season of time. This is the end of the year, the end of the harvest when everything is brought together.) His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, and go into Judaea, that thy disciples also may see the works that thou doest. For there is no man that doeth any thing in secret, and he himself seeketh to be known openly. If thou do these things, (See? These are His family members. This is not talking about his disciples; it is speaking of is His family members. If thou do these things…) show thyself to the world.” This is their human thinking. They came around later, but at this time they were very much opposed to some of the things Jesus has taught, because it is strange to them. Just like the things we are looking at in this hour are strange to the world. They will never receive it because it is not given to them. As Matthew 13 said, I speak to them in parables. This is like parables to the world. It is in the book, but it is like parables. Many things that Jesus spoke was in the book, it was in the Old Testament, but it became parables to them. He had to rebuke them. He told them where they were wrong. “Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come: but your time is always ready.” That does not speak well of his brothers. I am talking about Mary and Joseph’s sons. The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof are evil.” What is He saying? He is saying that He has testified against the world. If you say something in this hour about homosexuality there are many people that sympathize with them who will condemn and attack you. We live in a do-not-care generation. They do not care about morals. They just live any way, like animals in the forest. Why? Why would they act that way? Because that animalistic spirit is in them.  It goes back to their father which was Cain. Jesus said, I speak against the world. “Go ye up unto this feast: I go not up yet unto this feast; (He did not say He was not going up, He said I go not up yet, because He did go to this feast.) for my time is not yet full come.” He is looking at the fall of the year against the spring of the year when He will be offered up. I go over these things because I want you to understand. “When he had said these words unto them, he abode still in Galilee.” Verse 14, “Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught. (He goes up and talks.) And the Jews marveled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned?” He did not go to the university. He did not need to. “Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me. If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, (That is us. They talk about a thumb print. Let us put our thumb print on something here. If any man will do His will, (the Father) he shall know of the doctrine whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: (Joel Olsteen) but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him. Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill me?” He already knew in His heart, they had done talked it over. They talked it over when Lazarus was brought forth from the grave, they were going to kill Him and Lazarus. Go on down to verse 37. “In that last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, (He is speaking loudly.) If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly (Out of his inwards. He never did talk of walking beside you. He talked about it more or less being a bubbling stream. What did he offer the woman at the well? He said “I give you living water.” He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly…) shall flow rivers of living water.” What do you think that river of life is in Revelation 22? It is the same thing. It is something that springs up into eternal life. “But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified.”

 

Let’s go to Zechariah, 14th chapter, starting with the 16th verse, which connects with this feast. This is looking at the Millennium. “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations (See? There are going to be some people left in all nations because God is not defeated. That includes China, India, Russia, all nations.) which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” This feast that will be kept in the Millennium. There are three great feasts God commanded the Jews to observe: Passover, Pentecost, and Tabernacles. These were types of things to come. Two of them, Pentecost and Passover, have already been fulfilled, but Tabernacles is the one that goes into the Millennium. “And it shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto Jerusalem to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, even upon them shall be no rain.” He is going to bring a drought on those who refuse to send representatives to Jerusalem for the feast. You see here the spirit that is in the offspring of some of the sheep people. That is stubbornness. It is bred into human beings. The Bible speaks of it as being like witchcraft. “And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the plague, wherewith the Lord will smite the heathen that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles.” The last scriptural feast of the year is the feast of tabernacles, because that is ingathering of everything that is grown through the year. At that time, the Jews build their little booths. I saw some on television the other day. They had it covered over with branches laid on top of it. The Jews go and stay in there for a week. They eat in there, they sleep in there. It may even be just on a balcony. But they go there for a week. They do not know what it means. It is just something commanded to them in the wilderness. Because of that, the orthodox Jews go through the motions, not realizing that it really has a deeper meaning. God had them to do that in the wilderness. In the Millennium it does not speak about booths, but it is a time of the ingathering of the world leadership. Not everybody comes to Jerusalem for the feast. It will be representatives of all nations. They come to the feast of Tabernacles and worship the Lord. “This shall be the punishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. In that day shall there be upon the bells of the horses, HOLINESS UNTO THE LORD; and the pots in the Lord’s house shall be like the bowls before the altar.” See? It is all climaxing. “Yea, every pot in Jerusalem and in Judah shall be holiness unto the Lord of hosts: and all they that sacrifice shall come and take of them, and seethe therein: and in that day there shall be no more Canaanite in the house of the Lord of hosts.” It is going to be a magnificent place. Much stuff will be overlaid with gold. It is going to be an amazing place for all those people to see when they come to worship God at the Feast of Tabernacles.

 

A Memorial to Jesus Christ

 

All the scriptures I have been looking at concerning the new temple and the surroundings, are all pointing to Jesus Christ. It is not pointing to His second coming, but it is pointing to His reign and to honor what he has done for mankind on the cross. The Jews could never keep the Law in the days of the Old Testament, but then they will keep the Law. They could never live above sin, but then they will live above sin because they are in the presence of God during that time.

I want to go back to Ezekiel now. To look at this part again. Chapter 41, verse 12, “Now the building that was before the separate place at the end toward the west was seventy cubits broad; and the wall of the building was five cubits thick round about, (The wall is five cubits thick which would be close to eight feet. But there are little buildings in that wall. This is really the anchor of the building but there are little sections in that.) and the length thereof ninety cubits.” Seventy cubits by ninety cubits will be the temple itself, where the inner court is. As I said before, this is where all the worship takes place. Think about the music and the horns that are being blown. It is spilling out into a larger area. The people outside are being blessed because of what is taking place inside. The only difference between that and us, is we are sitting inside. I am not saying inside Faith Assembly, but we are sitting inside with God because He has brought His presence among us to teach us. “So, he measured the house, an hundred cubits long; and the separate place, and the building, with the walls thereof, an hundred cubits long.” It is talking about the walls that hold up the building. “And he measured the length of the building over against the separate place which was behind it, and the galleries thereof on the one side and on the other side, an hundred cubits, with the inner temple, and the porches of the court.” This is what is going to be there when the middle of the week happens. This inner part with the altar will be there. All the directions for building it are here in the word. “The door posts, and the narrow windows, and the galleries round about on their three stories, (There are three stories to the building. Each story is a little less than the other one.) over against the door, ceiled with wood round about, and from the ground up to the windows, and the windows were covered; To that above the door, even unto the inner house, and without, and by all the wall round about within and without, by measure. And it was made with cherubims and palm trees, (Pay attention here, I want you to get this part.) so that a palm tree was between a cherub and a cherub; and every cherub had two faces; (Here is what I want you to see. A cherub is an angel, but they have two faces.) So that the face of a man was toward the palm tree on the one side, and the face of a young lion toward the palm tree on the other side: it was made through all the house round about.” Why would he have a cherub there with two faces? The face of a man is the face of young life, because it represents Christ. The man was when he was here, the Lion is when He reigns in the Millennium. “The face of a young lion toward the palm tree on the other side: it was made through all the house round about.” This is what you would see if you could go into the temple sanctuary. Gentiles will not be allowed. Bride saints will see these things because then we will not be tied to the fleshly bodies we are in now. The Bride is above all this. “From the ground unto above the door were cherubims and palm trees made, and on the wall of the temple. The posts of the temple were squared, and the face of the sanctuary; the appearance of the one as the appearance of the other. The altar of wood was three cubits high, (This is a separate altar.) and the length thereof two cubits; and the corners thereof, and the length thereof, and the walls thereof, were of wood: and he said unto me, This is the table that is before the Lord.” See? It is made of wood. This is not gold. It represents Christ’s life on earth. As I said before, you have no ark of the covenant in the temple. It is not there. The ark is gone. Some Jews and Gentiles have been looking for the ark. They have not found it. They think they have spotted the place where it is. If they have, why is not it brought out? It is not there. It is missing. It will never be in that temple because what it typed has already been fulfilled. The wood that made up the ark, and the gold that covered it represented Christ’s flesh and then His kingship. I will stop at that and go on down to chapter 42.

 

“Then he brought me forth into the utter court, (which is outside the inner court, which is still a part of the Jewish worship) the way toward the north: and he brought me into the chamber that was over against the separate place, and which was before the building toward the north.” See? He has everything lined out, north, south, east and west. When the presence of the Lord comes into the temple, it will enter from the east. East to west. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. It never changes. It never goes north and south, it is always east to west. That is where the presence of the Lord comes from: the east. It will settle right there in the temple area. That is where the high priest will sit, at that magnificent gate. It has a porch to it. What he does, he comes in from the east, and when he leaves he goes back out through the eastern gate, but he is going west when he leaves. The gospel started in the east and settled in the west. God is (I do not know what word to put for this), but God knows what He is doing. If we understand these things a little bit, it will make us understand our position. When the other people come to the temple, they come from the north gate and leave to the south gate. Or they come from the south and leave through the north. They cannot leave the same way they came in. If you come to Christ, you leave your sins behind because He is the one that bore our sins, and he causes you to change your ways. You leave your sins at the altar of God. The Jews have to go out a different direction than what they came in, because that is represents that something has changed. It shows God’s expectation: do not leave the way you come. Let him change you. Do you get it? This is thrilling to me. I am thankful He has let me see it. So, the Holy of Holies itself is thirty by sixty. That is what the inner house is: it is the Holy of Holies; only the High Priest is able to enter there. I said I will prove that to you. I will explain that later.

 

Priest’s Chambers

 

Let me go down to verse 13. “Then said he unto me, The north chambers and the south chambers, which are before the separate place, they be holy chambers, where the priests that approach unto the Lord shall eat the most holy things: (Jesus said, “except you eat my flesh and drink my blood, you have no part of me.” The priests kill the sacrificial animals. They are the only ones that are permitted to eat from the sacrifices that are offered, because it has to go to the ministry first. You cannot have it any other way. They be holy chambers, where the priests that approach unto the Lord shall eat the most holy things. These are the things that have been sacrificed unto God. They must be the first to partake of what they kill. Because if they are going serve it as food, they are going to make sure it is safe. It is the same way with the gospel, if we deal it out, we have to be first partakers of it to see what it does in our own selves. If it does not help us, it will not help you.) there shall they lay the most holy things, and the meat offering, and the sin offering, and the trespass offering; for the place is holy.”  That is what we are doing in this hour. This is not dished out to the world. This is to God’s inner circle of saints, of believers.

 

We will see next that the sons of Zadok must put on different clothes before they go into the most holy place to perform their jobs at the temple. Not wool, not cotton, but it has to be sacred. It has to be something that does not cause sweat. When you go into the chamber of the Holy God, it could make you sweat because you are partaking of the most holy things. “When the priests enter therein, then shall they not go out of the holy place into the utter court, but there they shall lay their garments wherein they minister; for they are holy; and shall put on other garments, and shall approach to those things which are for the people.” First, they have to put on holy garments before they enter. Then they have to take them off before they go back into the outer court. The inner court is where God is dwelling. That is where you see His glory as He comes from the east and goes into the temple.

 

The City of Jerusalem

“Now when he had made an end of measuring the inner house, he brought me forth toward the gate whose prospect is toward the east, and measured it round about. He measured the east side with the measuring reed, five hundred reeds, with the measuring reed round about. He measured the north side, five hundred reeds, with the measuring reed round about. He measured the south side, five hundred reeds, with the measuring reed. He turned about to the west side, and measured five hundred reeds with the measuring reed. He measured it by the four sides: it had a wall round about, five hundred reeds long, and five hundred reeds broad, to make a separation between the sanctuary and the profane place.” The profane place is outside the walls of the temple mount. Like I said before, there has got to be a separation between the temple area and the rest of the city of Jerusalem. When we were last in Israel we went to the teaching steps where you walk into the temple area. That was the border between the two areas during those times. That is where the Jews approached the temple, walking, the singers led the way, singing psalms 73 through 83. That is where the worship service begins. It goes right into the temple area as they march in. The temple mount is going to be a much larger area in the Millenium. It will be between forty-five hundred and five thousand feet long and wide. All the symbols of the Catholics and denominational world are going to be torn down. Those things will be torn down to make room for the expanded temple mount. Denominational preachers are worried about the Arabs getting in and digging around the temple mount, but really, they are not reaching to where that temple will go. That is going to have to be tore out. There is an old city buried under Jerusalem. There is a holy place in that temple mount, but those Arabs will never destroy it. The Jews will find that holy place and build the temple on it, and in the Millennium they are going to broaden the temple mount. It will make the whole temple area almost a mile square. The profane place will be the area outside of that square mile area. That temple area will mostly be for the Jews during the Millennium, except the Feast of Tabernacles when the Gentiles will also come.

 

The Glory of God

 

“Afterward he brought me to the gate, even the gate that looketh toward the east:” The 43rd chapter. He is taking Ezekiel there after he has seen the building of the temple, and it is mostly built when he sees it here. “And, behold, the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and his voice was like the noise of many waters: and the earth shined with his glory. And it was according to the appearance of the vision which I saw, even according to the vision that I saw when I came to destroy the city: and the visions were like the vision that I saw by the river Chebar; and I fell upon my face. And the glory of the Lord came into the house by the way of the gate whose prospect is toward the east. So the spirit took me up, and brought me into the inner court; and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house. And I heard him speaking unto me out of the house; and the man stood by me.” He takes him to the temple, but he does not take him into that Holy of Holies. He is on the outside of the Holy of Holies, God speaks to him from inside the Holy of Holies. “And I heard him speaking unto me out of the house and the man stood by me.” The man stood by him. “And he said unto me, Son of man, the place of my throne, (Jesus Christ’s throne in the Millennium, the place of my throne, and what?) and the place of the soles of my feet, (See? The worship goes from the Father, the spirit of the Father, into the man, because he has a man speaking to him. What does he go to to say to him?) where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever, (Forever is a period of time. That is not eternity. This is speaking of the thousand-year period of time.) and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile, neither they, nor their kings, by their whoredome, nor by the carcasses of their kings in their high places.”

 

I hope you are getting something out of this. Because it is showing a unity. It is showing the working of God. It shows how He is going about the things He is doing in this endtime. He is talking about the church of the living God, the unity. How blessed it is for brethren to dwell together in unity. It is like the oil that flowed off Aaron’s head onto his beard, and onto his garment. See? It covered him. We have to be covered with that oil. It said in Revelation 6, the third horse, three measures of barley for a penny, but see that ye hurt not the oil and wine. The oil is the Holy Ghost, and the wine is the stimulation. That is not talking about natural oil and natural wine. We need unity. We need unity among one another. We need our lives to be able to shine forth unto one another as we walk in the endtime. May the Lord bless you.

 

 

Continued in the next edition…

REVELATION-10-No.5

Revelation 10, Part 4 – 2018, February


Introduction

Preached October 2nd & 9th, 2016

Rev. James C. Allen

I am continuing my message looking at Revelation chapter 10. It has been the hub of this message as we look at the many different scriptures that relate to Revelation 10. I want to continue on with that, but first I wanted to share with you about the trip we took last week.

Trip To See Bro. Jonathan Cahn

Several of us took a trip to New Jersey to see Bro. Jonathan Cahn and hear his message.  His message left an impression on me. Especially at the end, when he blew the shofar. He used three different shofars. He went from one small one to another medium sized one, then finally to the big one, which was about thirty inches longs. That makes a kind of a chilling sound. It lets you know what it would have been like in the day when Israel crossed the Red Sea. It was a sound that was loud but did not penetrate your ears, as far as being hurtful. It was just a sound that reached out. The reason they blew the shofars was for of their celebration of Rosh Hashanah and the feast of the trumpets. Bro. Cahn talked a lot about the trumpets and about Baal worship. In September there was a memorial to Baal unveiled in New York City. We showed you the video where he went to that unveiling to condemn it. Shortly after he had done that, his son fell and broke his chin. Then Bro. Cahn got sick so that he could not minister. He felt that was an attack of the devil, which I believe it was. But he has recovered and was able to preach when we went to visit him last week. He preached on the Elijah spirit and how that it went even into this day. As hedid, I thought he brought out some great illustrations about the ministry of Elijah. You really do not see much preaching by

Jonathan Cahn visits a ceremony to celebrate the unveiling of the Arch of Baal where he condemned the act as a sign of America’s rejection of God and Christianity.

Elijah in the bible because he just appears. Ahab was king, but when Elijah came along, he really took over the nation. When he prophesied, that changed the whole scene, and the whole setting. I like that because it is showing that God has rule over man and he can take over the picture whenever he likes. I like that, I believe that. I believe that when the time comes for those two prophets, Moses and Elijah, their ministry will overpower the Jewish Knesset because they are going to have rule. They really are. I remember Bro. Branham said that God liked that Elijah spirit so much that He was going to send it five times. We know that four have already come. Bro. Cahn read from the 17th chapter of 1st Kings. It is unusual. A man that you have never heard of just appears. That has been the way it has been each time that Elijah anointing came. It just suddenly takes over. I remember Bro. Branham talking about his calling. He warned everybody up and down the Ohio River, all the businesses and everything. He said there is a flood coming, prepare yourself. He told them how deep it would be on Spring Street near the Wilcox Motor Company that sold Chevrolets. He said it would be 22 feet deep on the electric pole. I remember that marker, it is probably gone by now. There was a little silver marker there to measure where the water came to, it was 22 feet. But they did not listen to his warning, they did not take heed. Let us look here at the verses Bro. Cahn read. Because we too are expecting another Elijah to come on the scene.

Elijah Appears

There is no introduction to Elijah, he is just there. Elijah has no background. He just appears on the scene. “And Elijah the Tishbite, who was of the inhabitants of Gilead, (That is his introduction. There is no background given. He is just there. But he has the word of the Lord, but no one believed him. When Elijah had first spoken that there would be no rain, nobody believed it. Just like the people up and down the Ohio River, they did not believe the warning of the flood because that was just a little man that grew up in the woods. If you ever heard his life story, you know that. The little cabin in Burkesville Kentucky where he was born was just a little one room shack with a dirt floor. He was born in poverty. His dad had to leave the state because of something he had done, so the family moved to Indiana. He had a vision when he was three years old that he would be in Indiana in a place near New Albany. That is all he knew. It was actually Jeffersonville, but I guess it was too much for a little boy to remember and say that. But when it did happen, he moved to Jeffersonville. A lot of his early ministry was in New Albany. Elijah the Tishbite: that was not a familiar name to people either. In the Methodist Church, more preachers of the early ministry came out of Cumberland County than most any county in Kentucky. I remember a story of a man. They had not had any rain down there for some time. So, they were praying for rain. They would all gather and pray for rain. One day this man went out with his water bucket and a rain coat. They made fun of him. He said, well if we are going to pray for rain, let us believe it is going to rain. Before they got home, they got wet. But he did not get wet because he was prepared. See? God is a God of miracles. When we shut Him out, we shut out the miracles. All these big preachers: God is not in what they are doing. It is just a farce. Elijah the Tishbite, who was of the inhabitants of Gilead. That is not much of an introduction, but that is all we learn about his background, where he came from.) said unto Ahab.” That is his first message. God had probably dealt with him from childhood on up. As he lived his life he could see the fallacy of what Israel was going through. The rulership of the kingdom was not supposed to be in Samaria. The nation was not supposed to be worshiping Baal. Rulership was supposed to be in Jerusalem and they should have been worshipping God, but the northern tribes broke away because of Judah. Judah was God’s warring tribe, but it ended up that population of Judah was almost as much as all the other tribes together. But Solomon raised taxes very high, because he had a big government, just like it is now. He surrounded himself with women who he had to keep up. He had many marriages. He began to bring other women in from other countries. He had a woman from Egypt that became his queen, and he built a great mansion for her right there in Jerusalem. God looks at that, he sees when unbelievers are mixed in. I was asked the question, when God gets this temple going and working in Israel, will it just be for Jews? I said yes, because God is not going to have a mixed congregation. Just like it is here at Faith Assembly, we cannot accept the foolishness and religious feelings of the world. With God’s people there is no compromise. It is all shut out, there is nothing we can compromise with because we have something we cannot let go of. It is the best that God has in this hour that we are growing into. We may seem strange sometimes in our preaching, but it is just to get people ready. When I see Faith Assembly among another group, it makes me proud. It makes me feel good. You can make a circle around them and separate them.

Bro. Cahn’s message was great. He was comparing Elijah’s ministry to our day. I want to go further a little further with this. “And Elijah the Tishbite, who was of the inhabitants of Gilead, said unto Ahab, (A man that could strike off Elijah’s head, if it were not for God protecting him. As Bro. Branham always said, God and one is a majority. Elijah did not stick around after delivering his message. He preached his message and left.) As the Lord God of Israel liveth, before whom I stand, there shall not be dew nor rain these years, but according to my word.” It was an answer from God. As the Bible says in Amos, God will do nothing until He shows His servants the prophets. That was the Old Testament prophets. Today God has a five-fold ministry. The people are not going to get ahead of them. The only ones who did that in ancient times were the false prophets. They had them in Elijah’s day. False prophets told Ahab to go to battle at Ramoth-Gilead. But Jehoshaphat did not trust the false prophets. “Are there any prophets of the Lord here,” he asked. Ahab said “There is one, but I hate him, he does not speak good about me.” But he spoke truth. When Micaiah came he said, “Go ahead, go on to battle, the Lord is giving you the battle, go right ahead.” Ahab knew he was not telling him the truth. He said “I want to hear the word of the Lord.” Micaiah told him, “I see your army scattered by the enemy.” “Put him in jail, put him in prison until I return,” said Ahab. “If you return, God has not spoken it to me,” said Micaiah. My, that is scary. “And the word of the Lord came unto him, saying, (God is going to take care of Elijah during the famine. I have said before, in case of some kind of catastrophe, have should a little food on hand. But we do not need to make preparation to store up years’ worth of supplies: that shows a lack of faith. God has a way. He has ravens. There was not just one raven. Every morning and every night, here comes a raven. God will provide.) Get thee hence, and turn thee eastward, and hide thyself by the brook Cherith, that is before Jordan. And it shall be, that thou shalt drink of the brook; and I have commanded the ravens to feed thee there. So, he went, and did according unto the word of the Lord: for he went and dwelt by the book Cherith, that is before Jordan. And the ravens brought him bread and flesh in the morning, and bread and flesh in the evening; and he drank of the brook. And it came to pass after a while, that the brook dried up, because there had been no rain in the land.” God is not just going to keep you on a special diet, but He will provide. He is Jehovah-Jireh, He will provide.

The Menorah and Two Olive Trees

This menorah is located near the Temple Mount and has been prepared for the third temple by the Temple Institute. Two Olive trees have been planted next to it.

Now I want to go to the 4th chapter of Zechariah. We have a picture here of the candlestick, which is a menorah. This is what Zechariah is looking at in these verses. This represents the church and its seven ages, according to Revelation 1:20. And these two Olive trees, they represent the two prophets, according to Revelation 11:4. See how they are connected? See how close they are together? The two olive trees, which is the two prophets, and the church and its seven ages represented by the Menorah. “And the angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, And said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked, and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven pipes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof.” Seven pipes, with the lights on top of them. It is a Menorah. In the next verse we see what feeds them their oil. “And two olive trees by it, one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side thereof. So, I answered and spake to the angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my lord? Then the angel that talked with me answered and said unto me, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then he answered and spake unto me, saying, This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts. Who are thou, O great mountain? Before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain: and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace unto it.” So, what does he see here? He sees the church ages, but he does not understand what he is seeing. He sees the two olive trees. The angel is not giving much of an answer to his question. Instead of an answer, the angel’s words are for Zerubbabel, which is really a different subject. Why would Zechariah see this? These two trees, and this menorah? Because it all works into something at the endtime. These two trees do not appear until the endtime, because their ministry is at the end. Let us go to Revelation 11 now to see that. “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.” He is not going to measure people, he is going to count them. “But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.” (I will examine this verse later and bring in Ezekiel’s vision of the temple. We are going to look at it in that fashion. Let us read on to the next verse.) “And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.” Zechariah saw the olive trees and the menorah. Now, I wonder why John does not see the menorah, but he does see the two trees? This is the answer: he does not see the menorah because it leaves in the beginning of the week. This verse in Revelation is after the rapture has already happened. John just sees the olive trees. Do you see that? The church is gone, but the two prophets are still there. So, we see a connection here between the trees and the menorah. We see a connection in Zechariah, but then the connection is gone when John sees it. John is not seeing the seven pipes and so on. John does see the two candlesticks. The two candlesticks and the two olive trees are the same thing: the two prophets. This should make us happy. We see how God is working in the endtime to bring about a complete picture. He is opening up things that are way beyond me. There is no way I could study and get these things because I have been over it for years. If I could get it by study, I would have already seen it. It takes God to reveal his word to us. God is wanting to teach His people something in this endtime.

Two Prophets vs The World

These two prophets will be in Israel during the time of their prophecy. The first four trumpets are part of their ministry, and the fifth trumpet begins to happen at the time of their death and resurrection. If their ministry is represented by trumpets then it is going to be a sound. These trumpets are going to sound. God ordained that we are not going to be here when the trumpets begin to sound. I do not know how far into the week of Daniel we will be here. In Daniel 9:27 there is an agreement that is signed between Israel and the beast. Remember, the beast is not the Catholic Church. The papacy rides the beast. That Catholic system is the Great Whore. The papacy is not the one that signs the covenant, it is the beast. Then the Pope takes over. He is not an elected official, no, he has more power than that. They talk about the most powerful person in the world being the President of the United States, but I tell you, there is one that trumps that, and I am not talking about Donald Trump: it is the pope. The world is looking at him. He is the most popular person in the world. It is looking to him. Daniel 9:27, “And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: (many nations. They will intend for it to last longer than one week, but that is what is determined by God. He will not let it last longer than that. Earlier in Daniel we find that one day equals one year. So one week would be seven days, which will be seven years.) and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease.” The midst of the week, that is halfway into this seven year period. This tells the story, but not the whole story. Chapter 11 of Revelation gives you the full picture of what the middle of the week is like. That is when the three woes begin. That is when the two prophets are killed, that brings on the woes. All of this occurs in a very short period of time. As I said before, I will say again, the woman of Revelation 12 is already where she is supposed to be when that time comes because it said she will be fed for one thousand two hundred and three score days. Let’s get the story straight. Get it in our mind and in our heart. The Bride of Jesus Christ are the only ones who will ever understand these scriptures until these two prophets come on the scene. Then they will know what they have missed here. I would advise anybody, if you are ever around Jonathan Cahn, do not try to preach to him. If he is to be one of these two prophets, God will open his understanding. I believe as Bro. Charles dream was, we are going to be able to sit down and talk together before the end comes. But do not hurry anything. God is not in a hurry.

When these two prophets come on the scene. It will start out minor. We see that with Elijah, it started minor. They paid him no attention at first. But then the drought started to take its toll, then they went looking for him, to kill him. These two prophets will bring plagues on the world and Israel. Gradually the world will be forced to take notice. The opposition will build against them. The more the opposition builds, you will see, they will call fire down from heaven. They are untouchable for three and a half years. They are over the government. They are telling the government, shut up Prime Minister, shut up Knesset. John the Baptist did it. Herod was just like Ahab, one of the most evil kings that Israel had. John said to him, “You have a wife that does not belong to you. You have your brother Philip’s wife. That is wrong.” They might have just been living together. This is not right. The only thing we can do today is to say, our nation is not living right. Our government is not doing right, you have brought in abortion and you have brought in gay marriage. It is a filthy adulterous generation of people that has no morals. You have authority in this world, but you do not have authority over the word of God. God will defend His word, and God will defend his two prophets until they accomplish their purpose. “In the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, (The anti-Christ will say “Get rid of that religious bunch.” But every day he will be getting closer to his doom. For three and a half years he rapes and pillages the country of Israel, all because the nation was sold out by a bunch of politicians. Those two prophets will stand up and condemn the leadership for what they had done. Think about John the Baptist when he stood in the face of Herod saying, “You are wrong!”

You might say I do not have any authority, but I am using it anyway, because our government is wrong. You have opened up gay marriage. There is no such thing. No gay couple has ever had children. You may adopt them, but you are filthy. As it was in the days of Sodom, it is here today. It is in America. They just could not wait to pass something like that. America: You are wrong! One Supreme Court Justice tried to do things right: Justice Scalia. Do you know what? The coroner did not even go out to see him, he pronounced him dead over the phone. Is there some reason he died suddenly after trying to do the right thing? Did they not want an examiner? You might think I am putting something in the hearts of the people. People need to know what goes on. If they can find dirt to bring against a person, that is what they will dwell on. They punch and probe and do whatever they can. People will vote. Twenty percent of the people in America right now do not know yet how they are going to vote. It is so fickle. They hear something, they change their mind. They hear something else and go the other way. Why can we not make up our mind as saints of God and stick to it? Stay the course. There will be no straddlers on the fence. If you sit on the fence you are going to fall off. Sitting on the fence can get tiresome sometimes.

For the overspreading of abominations, he shall make it desolate…) even until the consummation, (That is the pope, who is the anti-Christ. He is the one doing this. When the middle of the week of Daniel comes, he comes out and says, “I am boss, I am God.” Read Daniel 11. Then it is up to God to show him who is boss.) and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” Upon the desolater. It is already determined. His fate is already in the book. What is determined will happen. Let us get our house in order. Let us get our lives in order. Let us make up our mind once and for all. As Joshua said when he talked to the children of Israel, “You cannot serve the Lord, He is a holy God.” Joshua was trying to get them to make up their mind. Elijah was doing the same thing with the contest and Mt. Carmel. “Bring all those unbelievers in, I will stand against them all,” he said. “Bring all the worshippers of Baal in.” That was not good enough for Jezebel, she had to have her own social party. Her four hundred prophets had to come, too. There are eight hundred and fifty false prophets standing there against one little man. He knew what would happen. We know what is going to happen. We are just waiting for the time. We are just biding our time until it happens, but we are using the time, we are not wasting the time. Come on Elijah! At the sixth hour he gets up. He goes over and taunts them a little bit. “Where is Baal at? Maybe he has gone on a journey? Maybe he is on a holiday? Maybe he is asleep?” Then he goes back to wait until the time of the offering of the evening sacrifice, which is three o’clock in the day. “Go ahead,” he said. By this time, they are cutting themselves and their blood is gushing out. “Oh Baal, hear us,” they cried.

There was a fellow in Burkesville named Danny Wells, a preacher down there who was on fire for the Lord. He was on the road all the time traveling. He went to a place in New York. As the custom was, he came up on the front row and sat down. Ushers came and got him and took him to the back row because he was not dressed like the rest of the people. He offered them ten dollars to let him preach. That was a lot of money back then. They would not do it. His wife and two sons shut him out of the house because he was living right and they did not want to. He told some of those churches down there, this place is not big enough for me, then he would go outside and preach. He would walk up and down and preach. Throughout time there have had righteous ones that stood out, and when the saints go marching in, they will be in that number. It has not always been easy for people, but it has been good. These two prophets are going to be outnumbers and standing against the world. They will be hated by many. But they will stand until their job is completed.

Temple Construction Interrupted

Let’s go to Ezekiel 38. These verses fit into a time just before the week of Daniel begins. “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against Gog; the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him.” Which is a man. This could be Vladimir Putin. Time will tell. Putin gets out there and struts on the back of a horse without a shirt. That made Obama shakes in his boots with fear. If Putin is Gog, and he looks like it, God is going to show him who is boss. “And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: (Which is Russia. Meshech is Moscow.) And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, (When he says that, I will turn thee back and put hooks in his jaws, what is he saying? It is going to be a forced thing. Russia is going to be drug into this against their own will. Netanyahu and Putin are getting to be chummy fellows. But Putin is deceitful. What he is doing is trying to keep Israel from going across the border and attacking Lebanon and Syria. When God gets ready, when Zechariah 12 happens, there is nothing going to stand in Israel’s way. What I am reading are the events that happen right before the week of Daniel begins. None of this goes into the week, except the part where Israel is burying the dead bodies and cleaning up all the wreckage. When this happens, then Israel’s commerce comes back for a short time because you have passengers, people who are passing through will see a dead bone and put a marker up.) and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords: Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya with them; all of them with shield and helmet.” I will not go into all of this at this time, but there is one thing I want to look at beginning verse 9. “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: (Now it will tell us what his evil thought is.) And thou shalt say, (See? He is speaking to himself. God knows what his thought is.) I will go up (Everything is up. When it is talking about Jerusalem, everything is up. You do not read in the scripture where it says, I will go down to Jerusalem. It is the mountain of the Lord. I will go up…) to the land of unwalled villages; (Now we are getting into what has just happened before this attack by Russia and her allies.) I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates.” See? Israel has already reached a time peace when this happens. They have torn down their walls and torn down their fences. As you go near the Dead Sea there is a fence, all electric. It is a different type of electric fence than what we have here. It tells where somebody is getting ready to cross. They have an outpost that monitor for it. When someone comes close to the fence, it tells them. But things are different when this attack by Gog comes against them. They are dwelling without walls, without bars or gates. Why? Because Samaria is theirs, Judaea is theirs. Those Arabs that have caused them trouble are far removed. “To take a spoil, and to take a prey; (That is what he came for.) to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, (occupied) and upon the people that  are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land. (Now this is what I want to look at.) Sheba, and Dedan, (which are sons of Abraham. Saudi Arabia) and the merchants of Tarshish… We have a map here. Here is Iran (which is Persia), Turkey (which is Gomer), Ethiopia, and Libya. Then Sheba and Dedan (which is Saudi Arabia). The very bottom part of Russia (which is Magog) is on here. These are nations mentioned here in Ezekiel 38. Tarshish is all the way over in Spain, which is not on this map. This is where many Jews went to live after Jerusalem was destroyed.


Bro. Jackson was there years ago because he wanted to see Toledo Spain since that is where many of the Jews went to. Because it looked so much like Israel. Look at the map. Gog has come to take a spoil from these countries like Saudi Arabia. At this time, Israel is at peace with her neighbors. Saudi Arabia is no longer an enemy of Israel, they are now friends. This is where Gog attacks first. Saudi Arabia and Iran do not get along. Iran is wanting to take over Saudi Arabia now at this time. If it was not for Israel they would do it. Right now, Israel is protecting Jordan and Saudi Arabia. Iran knows Saudi Arabia is a rich country and they want it for themselves because of the richness. The only export Russia has is oil and natural gas. That is why they would like the oil fields of different countries.) with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? Hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? To carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?” So, we can see they hit this first because Saudi Arabia asks the question, “What have you come here for?” Saudi Arabia does not have an army to fight against it. There was a miracle war that happened before this according to Zechariah 12, and it brought Israel peace. That is why they are living in unwalled villages. Since the time of that miracle war and up until the time Russia and these other nations attack, Israel has been building the temple. This attack comes before the temple is fully completed. Because of this attack Israel does not have time to finish it before the week of Daniel begins. It could possibly be a year of time between the miracle war, and the start of the week of Daniel. It will not take many years of work to build the temple. It took seven years for Israel to build their temple in ancient times, and they did not have cranes and advanced machinery. In this modern age, it could be built much faster. Maybe a year to a year and half. All the time God is getting two men ready. Why? Isaiah 52:8, they shall see eye to eye when He brings again Zion. The ministry has got to get ready. We are looking at scripture right. We know we have a short time. We have to get ready, and quickly. Israel could fool, fumble, and plan all they want to, but until that time comes, until Israel gets her land back there will be no temple. In 1968 Bro. Jackson went to Israel with some other men. He got to talk to a rabbi. He asked the rabbi, “I do not quite understand when reading Ezekiel 46. I do not quite understand the dimensions and all of this, which is complicated.” That rabbi told Bro. Jackson, “When that time comes we will know.” They will. There are just some things we understand, we know there is going to be a temple. But there are some things that God has reserved. “Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?” God is hitting Gog on the head now, can you not understand? “And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, (come up) as a cloud to cover the land; (the cloud is talking about a great armada of planes. You can just see them as they come in flying formations: it is a sneak attack on Israel. You can imagine that coming, their helicopters and planes dropping all kinds of things along with men. They come as a cloud to cover the land.) it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their (television) eyes.” I guess it would be the cell phone and internet now. They claim television is losing a lot of viewership. I could go on with that this, but I hope you have an understanding of something that is going to take place before that temple is completely finished, and understand why it is not completely finished before the week of Daniel begins. This lets you better understand Revelation 11, and the state of the temple when the two prophets are there prophesying.

The Temple and the Two Prophets

I am looking at Revelation 11, verses 1 and 2 now. Jerusalem and the temple is going to be the place where these two prophets do their prophesying. Here it gives the introduction to them in these two verses. It gives the introduction and the ending. These two verses have a lot in them. “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod… (Do you know what a rod is? Is it a stick? No, it’s not. A reed like unto a rod. A rod is a measurement tool. When we look into the book of Ezekiel, it says a rod is nine feet. I do not know if they do it that way now, but that is the way they used to measure land when a surveyor came along, by rods. Because that was easier than measuring in feet. It talks about the temple ground in Ezekiel. When the temple is built, then the temple ground is going to be square. It is rectangular now, but it is going to be square then because it is going to be five hundred rods one way, five hundred another, north, south, east, and west. It is going to be five hundred rods, each one. Five hundred rods is it between forty-five hundred and five thousand feet. That is a big area for the temple ground. Why would He make it so big? Because of worship. There are going to be people there that will worship at the temple. Many Jews will be there. The Gentiles will not be overrunning it when the millennium comes. The city of Jerusalem is going to be a big city. All the measurements are in the book of Ezekial. So when it says reed, it is not talking about some reed you get along a river bank.  It is talking about a measuring rod, like a big yard stick. A reed like unto a rod…) and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God… (That reed is what he is going to measure it with. It is measured by cubits. Then when you get the big measurement, it is measured in rods. A rod is six cubits according to the scripture. Measure the temple of God: this is all something future. None of this has come to pass yet. The second temple had already been destroyed when John had this vision. The third temple has not been built yet. No one has yet fulfilled this vision. But this will be fulfilled in the time of the two prophets. Here are instructions being given. First measure the temple of God, and then what?) and the altar… (The altar is in front of the temple door. You can find all these measurements and the layout in the Book of Ezekiel, beginning in the 40th chapter. The altar is in front of the temple and the front of the temple is toward the eastern gate. That is where the prince will sit. I am going to say prince for right now because that is the word used in the King James Version. That is where he will sit and will eat. God has unusual places to do things. He will eat his bread right in that gate. He will sit in the eastern gate, which overlooks the Mt of Olives. It is going to be a magnificent thing. It is not going to lack anything. The directions and blueprint of how to build it are already there in Ezekiel. The materials that are to be used are in Isaiah 60. I looked in Haggai and it said the silver is mine and the gold is mine. So, it does not belong to China. It does not belong to Ft. Knox. It belongs to God and whatever and how much is needed, God knows where it is, and He is going to put it in some willing hearts to do something concerning the temple ground. Some of the Jews here in the United States are wealthy, especially some working around Wall Street, because God has blessed them. They have a lot of money. Some of them are going to contribute from their fortunes to help build that temple. Measure the temple of God and the altar…) and them that worship therein.” The measurement is for the temple and the altar and the counting of those therein. God is not going to measure each one, oh, you are six foot two inches, and the next one is five foot. No. He has a check list. There is a certain number he needs to count up to. God has a check list. He is precise. When He said the temple area would be square, it is going to be square because God is not rectangle. God is not oblong. When I say that, God speaks as a cube, complete. That is what He is looking for: perfection. “But the court which is without… (That is talking about the outer court. There is an inner court and an outer court. They are different. When you come to the inner court, who is there? It is not the regular run of the mill people. This is the worshippers and the priests. I will go more into that later. But for now, just understand that is who is on the inside being counted. The court which is without…) the temple, leave out… (He is not ready to have it measured, because it is not time. It is going to take a little time to build the temple. We will see that in Isaiah 60.) The inner court is where the priests offer the sacrifices. God looks back in time, and He sees and remembers. He remembers the sons of Zadok, when the Levites walked away from God and began to offer strange offerings to strange gods. One man’s family resisted that:  Zadok. He had some sons and they did not stray from the will of God. God remembers. When the temple is restored, the priests who are descended from those who strayed will not be allowed to come to near the temple. They will have jobs out away from the main building. Their jobs are on the outer fringes of the inner court because they transgressed against God. God still lets them be priests, but they have lesser jobs to do. When He goes to choose 144,000, He chooses out of every tribe. He knows which ones are which. God is not some old man sitting on a throne some place. God is kind of like your mind. When we get to be seventy or eighty years old, your mind is still thinking. When you get that age you still feel like you can do things like you did when you were young. But it does not work that way. But your mind is still working that way. You remember when you were a boy. You remember when you were a teenager and it seemed like just a little while ago. But in years it could be a long while. Your body shows your age, but your mind does not. The body lets the mind see its limitations. Let me read on here, but the court which is without the temple, leave out…) and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles… (That happens at the middle of the week of Daniel. Not the first half of the week. The Gentiles dare not enter into there as long as those two prophets are there. God may strike them dead by the two prophets. Those prophets will stand up to everyone, no matter who they are. Remember King David. There is no telling how many people he slew because he was trying to bring Israel out of its stupor, which he did. When he did wrong with Bathsheba and killed her husband, the prophet Nathan came and told him a story about a visitor who had a little lamb he thought so much of. A great man had flocks, he had everything a man could want. Then the visitor came, and the great man coveted the visitor’s lamb. So he killed the visitor and took his lamb. David was angry, he said “Let me get that man, I will kill him.” Nathan looked at him and said, “You are the man.” David knew he was, he knew what he was talking about. It shows. As the old saying goes, a little bird told me. The Bible said, be sure, your sins will find you out. What did David do? Read the 51st Psalm. He cried out, God, restore to me thy salvation. So we can see how God’s prophets will stand up against even the mightiest kings. The court which is without the temple leave out, measure it not for it is given unto the Gentiles… that is the middle of the week. We know that because it goes on here.) and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. Which is the second half of the week of Daniel. God uses different ways to express the same thing, he will say “time, times and half a time.” Then when He was talking about the two prophets He would say “twelve hundred and sixty days.” Here it says “forty and two months.” God is not complicated. We just need to understand Him. Those are all three the exact same length of time: three and a half years. And when you add three and a half with three and a half, you get seven. Seven years.

The Completion of the Two Prophets Message

Let’s look at Daniel 9:27. It is the middle of the week of Daniel when the pope will take over the temple and force the sacrifice to stop. Let us read it. “And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week.” Many what? Many nations. Revelation 11:1-2 fits into this space of time. Those two prophets fit in that space of time. Israel’s hope, and Israel’s demise is in two men. Because God said in the book of Amos He would do nothing except He would show His servants the prophets. That is how God speaks to Israel. For speaking to his church, God has a fivefold ministry in this hour. Do not start picking them, saying I like this one, I do not like that one. No, it is all for your benefit. He would not have chosen a fivefold ministry if it was not for the benefit of the church because He chose it to bring perfection. It says, till we all come to that perfection. How many is all? Everyone. If you stick around you are going to be perfected. If I stick around I am going to be perfected. God has the last word. Some things may be contrary some people’s emotions. Emotions are a dangerous thing. It can be a good thing, but emotions, if in the wrong place, can cause dire circumstances. He shall confirm the covenant with many for one week. God already has that week in mind, he knows exactly when it will start. As He talks in Revelation 9, a certain year, a certain month, a certain day and a certain hour. He is precise. “And in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice (That is the middle of the week. This happens at the temple. The temple is where they are offering sacrifices. They are not working on building the temple in the first half of the week. It was already built before the week started. Nothing is going on in the first half of the week except those two prophets and their message. Some might say, well I thought they would still be building it. No, that outer court is not built. The court which is without leave out. It is not manicured, it is not finished, because there are two men dressed in sackcloth who have taken over the scene. Oh, they are going to look odd. Elijah looked odd, dressed in camel hair. John the Baptist was the same way. I would say it had some hair on his leather girdle. It was an odd sight out there. But it was not showing off his naked body, he knew how to dress. He was covered up. So was Elijah. What did Elijah tell Ahab? “I hear the sound of abundance of rain.” Then Elijah took off and gathered up his garment, so he could run. That lets you know it was a long garment he was wearing. It went down below his knees. Cause the sacrifice…) and oblation to cease, (The old pope has done took all he is going to take from those two prophets. They have been embarrassing and angering him for three and half years by this point. He is angry. He has in his mind that he is god now. That is what it says in Daniel 11. He outgrew his dress, or his bathrobe, whatever it is, and now he thinks he is god. He is going to take over that temple and force them to stop offering sacrifices, and kill those two prophets.) and for the overspreading of abominations (The abominations will be going on in the temple area. Once the pope takes it over, he begins committing abominations there. God moves out of the way and lets the pope have his way because this is the last stab the devil is going to have toward mankind before the Millennium. It will get so bad that, in the 16th chapter of Revelation, people from the Middle East will want a little piece of the action.) he shall make it desolate, (In other words, he pushes the Jewish worshippers out of there.) even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” The pope is the desolate, the one who desolated it. He is the desolator. The judgement will be poured out on him. God has his number. I have went over these things to let you see where Revelation 10:11 finally stops. It stops at the middle of the week of Daniel. The message of the two prophets finally ends at that point as the pope takes over.

God is Protecting and Blessing Israel

Shimon Perez died on the 28th of September 2016. That marks something. In 1992 Shimon Perez made a peace accord with the Palestinians, it was called the Oslo Accords, because it was negotiated in Oslo. There were two of them. He agreed to give away land. That was on the 13th of September and on the 28th of September, he made the second Oslo Accord. I heard Jews talking about this. He had his stroke on the 13th of September and he died on the 28th of September. So, God remembers, and he shows he remembers. He remembers what has been done. There has been a lot of praise for Perez these past few days. Barack Obama went to his funeral. What did he do when he went to the funeral? He pushed for a new peace initiative when he was talking. His peace initiative is to take place before the 20th of January, 2017, which will be his last day in office. So, he is really pushing the peace initiative among world leadership and at the U.N., to force a settlement on Israel. His plan is to take the land, half of Jerusalem, Judaea, and Samaria. That is his plan to make a Palestinian state. There was someone in the church world that had a vision, whether it is right or not is up to God. The vision was that if they succeed in dividing Israel, then God will divide this land right down the Mississippi River. East and west would be cut off from one another, if this vision be right. So today Israel is prospering more than she has ever prospered. 97 percent of tomato seed the world over, comes from Israel. That is 97 percent. There are many statistics like that which we could cite. We have a Silicon Valley in California. They are working together on projects with Israel that the world is seeking after. Different parts of the world have a boycott against Israel, saying they do not want to receive Jewish goods. That is outwardly, but inwardly they secretly want their goods, and they are receiving them. So, the economic growth of Israel from 2015 to 2016 has increased a hundred percent because God’s blessings are upon Israel. I heard this in the news listening to Jay Sekulow and a Jewish leader. This is not just coming from some religious idea. These are facts. We are dealing in facts. I believe the saints of God are able to know what is going on in Israel and recognizing God’s blessings upon it. But Obama wants to split Jerusalem. He will not recognize Jerusalem as the capital. He wants to force the Jews out of Samaria and Judaea, he wants to force them out. Do you remember what happened when this was tried before? How Prime Minster Ariel Sharon had a stroke thirty days later after he gave away Gush Katif, which was would be on the Gaza Strip. He never did recover. There was a certain length of time, which was a biblical length of time, and then he died. So, God has everything marked. He has time marked. God is precise. He knows what He is doing. We just need to follow Him and His word, because His word trumps everything.

Obama went to Israel the 30th of September, which was on a Saturday, for the funeral ceremony of Perez. This is when he made the statement defying Israel. He never had anything good to say about Netanyahu because he would not yield to him, but God keeps blessing Israel. The U.S. economy keeps going lower and lower, sinking deeper and deeper. What happened? Hurricane Matthew comes in. Look what it has done. Look at the devastation. The last count was forty some dead, twenty-six in North Carolina, and the water still covers three towns. Be sure your sins will find you out. Obama gets up there and brags about what he is doing, but he does not have any legacy. This insurance thing, this Obamacare thing is getting ready to tank. The premiums after 2017 will skyrocket. He said you could keep your doctors and keep your insurance. It is headed for a one payer system and the government is going to be over it. That is what they are headed for. Why is it that people come from Canada to healthcare here in the United States? Obama wants to copy Canada’s system of healthcare. But in Canada if you need to see a doctor, you are put on a waiting list. If you are Canadian, you know that. You cannot get waited on there in a timely manner. You cannot see your doctor when you want to. If you get an operation, you are lucky or you had to wait months or years. I do not like to use the word lucky, but that is the way it is.

The Bride is Making Herself Ready

Everything that man is seeking to do, God’s word has already told about it. It is just a matter of getting in there and studying. The Bible said to study and make yourself approved, to show yourself approved. That is what we are doing in this time, we are studying the time which He gives us. As it was in the days of Noah, we see it. Violence fills the earth. And then in the days of Lot, Jesus said in the 17th chapter of Luke, as it was in the days of Lot. Look at it. Look what the decision was from the Supreme Court. This nation now has the arch of Baal in New York City, which is close to the center where the two towers were. Everything that man is doing is a mockery of the law of God. They are taking the power away from the police. This is all planned. Everything you see going on is planned, something in the making where they can have a police state if necessary. I am not saying there will be a police state, but if certain things happen it is in the making so that it could be ruled, and you will be told what you can do. Some have plans to tell you what you can preach and what you cannot preach. I pray those people never rule this nation. It happened in Israel when the Jews began to preach Christ. That same thing that happened then is going on again today because if you preach Christ, this world condemns you. Many of the churches are taking their crosses down. They have just become social halls. You do not have to go far to see that, and to see people that do not even care about God. It is in people’s minds to do whatever they want to. They just go to church and feel it is all right to live any old way. The preachers do not preach anything about sin, they do not preach anything about righteousness. It is just a social gospel. But God said that Jesus Christ would have a Bride. This was all in the making. This was planned out. As we live here in the endtime, the plan is working. We are seeing the Bride being brought out, not of their denominations, but out of their stupor, out of things that have gone on for years that many times we overlooked. Many times, we knew, but we overlooked it because it was something we did not really feel like was that important. But the way my brothers are preaching here, Bro. Kevin and Bro. Charles, you better listen. We are in that time, you just cannot pass it up. It is so important that we get our lives in order and straighten ourselves up for the last day because He is coming back after someone that has been made ready. According to Revelation 19, it said the Bride hath, that is past tense. I am not talking about in the 1950’s, or the 1960’s, but in the time we are living in now, the Bride is making herself ready.

The last two messages Bro. Jackson preached was “Darkness is setting in.” He walked back the aisle to a certain pew and stood right beside some of the people, he had even talked about calling out certain names. He did not call their names, but he had planned on it because he had told Bro. Bud and me that he might. He walked right back there and said, “Could it be that there be tares in our midst?” He stood right next to the people he was talking about, he put his hand on the bench they were sitting in. You see what happened to the very ones he had mentioned, they left shortly after that. These were the last two messages he preached. It was on Sunday night that he did that. Of course, people want to look at it now and say it is a new thing to preach hard against sin and wickedness. Bro. Jackson preached it just as strong, and he went right down to the people he was talking about. You may think it is not really that important because it is not Bro. Jackson preaching. But it does not make any difference, the message is still the same, just the one preaching has changed. That is the only difference because the Holy Ghost does not change. The Holy Ghost is not a smart aleck. I have seen Bro. Kevin preach pretty hard, but he will tell you, it is because he loves you. I believe that. I believe I know his heart, I know I do. I praise the Lord for that.

The Third Temple

This next part of my message may seem a little unusual, but it is something I have been asked questions about and it goes along with the message we have been on. This is something that takes quite a bit of understanding, and it takes time to go over it. I have spent more time looking at this during the past week than anything else in a long time. I want to give praise to the Lord because there is a lot here to know and understand and be able to grasp. I have already looked into Ezekiel 38 and Isaiah 60 to talk about the conditions in the world at the time of building of the temple. Now I want to look at the building itself. We read in Revelation 11 what was spoken there concerning the measurement of the temple, but the measurements are not spoken of there. Really the dimensions are in Ezekiel 40, 41 and 42, and into 43. All these visions, as I have been over, are connected and related. These prophets were all looking at the same picture, some were just shown more in some areas than others. After Ezekiel records the dimensions, he then explains in the later chapters how the worship will be done in the temple, the way it is and will be in the Millennium. The sanctuary building of the temple, let me put it that way, will be built before the week of Daniel starts, because after the week starts there will not be any building on it. We see in Revelation 11, that sanctuary is already there when the week begins. The construction works stops when those two prophets begin to prophesy, then judgment of God begins to come to Israel and parts of the Middle East, and even affects Europe. It shows you how far the impact of their prophecy really goes. This is going to anger the European system because it is the European system that is so much against Israel in this time.

Let us go to Revelation chapter 11. He gives John a reed to measure the temple, but we get no dimensions. “And there was given me a reed.” As I said before, a reed is a measurement. It is six cubits and a span. A cubit is about eighteen inches. A span is the width of a hand. So that would made a reed to be about nine feet plus a few inches. In Ezekiel we find the temple mount is five hundred reeds on the width and the length: it is square. So that would be between forty-five hundred and five thousand feet. So, you are looking at almost a mile square, and that is the temple ground. I wondered why they did not rebuild in Jerusalem, I wondered that ever since the first time I went over there because it is just old buildings, churches, and all this stuff. It is all going to be torn down. It will eventually. It will be torn down and leveled. Much of that will happen during the Millennium. That is the reason why it talks here like it does here in Revelation 11. That has to come later because there is not going to be time for it before the week of Daniel begins. But the temple area will be almost a mile square, which the old city of Jerusalem covered a mile. That is going to be the temple ground. There are thirty-five acres there now, but that is a small place compared to what we see in Ezekiel. Why is it going to be so big? Because during the Millennium people will be coming there from everywhere. Gentiles will not be allowed into the inner temple area, but they will be on the outskirts. Really the only ones that are around the temple building are the Levites, which are the sons of Zadok. You see there what God does. The sons of Zadok were priests that did not turn to idol worship when Israel went astray. They kept things straight. Most of Levites compromised themselves and went astray to worship false gods. But the sons of Zadok stayed true to God. The descendants of the Levites who went astray are still going to be priests, but they are going to be on the outside. There is going to be a noticeable difference between the sons of Zadok and the other priests. One noticeable difference will be in their dress. God remembers what happened in the book of Kings, all the way back to what happened in the book of Judges. He remembers what they did, how they led the children of Israel astray to worship Baal. Baal is the god of Molech, which is the same thing. The Israelites began to flirt with him very early on. It begins in the book of Judges and it gradually gets worse. Maybe that does not make any difference to you, but it does to me. It shows that God remembers. He said, be sure, your sins will find you out. We do not want that. We do not want to come up in the last day and here all this stuff comes upon us. It is better to confess it to Him and get it out of the way, then to go on to live a life that will be pleasing unto Him. I believe in dressing holy and modestly. The thing about it is, you may dress right, but how is your heart? The inside needs a dressing. That is what is going to be important in Revelation 19. The Bride hath made herself ready, what is it? She has on a white linen robe, something that cannot be whiter. Fine linen it is not a man-made material. It is silk like material. You can put cotton, wool, or whatever you want to beside it, but it is just not the same. It has a shine to it. If you take that shine away, then you have something else. This is what is important in this hour, to get out the worldliness, all thoughts of some kind of ambition we might have that is not really of God, and our plans, whether we plan to build a house or whatever we plan to do, we should put that in the hands of God. We should say, “Not my will, but your will.” Let Him help you plan. Let Him help you plan the future. Let Him help you plan your bank account. I have a charge card, I am not speaking against that. But it is unwise to let the balance linger. It is a lot easier for me to go to a gas station and get gas with a card. It is a lot easier for me to do that, just put the gas in and go. But then pay it off at the end of the month. That way you do not get in trouble with a big debt. There is a great penalty if you let it go over a month. I am not talking about charge cards, but I am talking about getting ready, getting ready for this last day.

11th chapter of Revelation. “And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: (As I said before, this is like a yard stick.) and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.” That is all there is to measure at this point of time, which is the start of the week of Daniel.  He does not have the grounds and the out building to measure. He just has the sanctuary area and altar to measure. None of the outer parts are there yet, so there is nothing there to measure, because all that will not be built until the Millennium. But the inner part, which is the main part, is there. Of course, God recognizes the whole area because He is going to keep that holy. That is why I say this temple will be built before the week starts. And the altar, why the altar? Because they are going to be offering sacrifices. They will be offering sacrifices because there are Jews that are going to catch on to this all the way up until the middle of the week. Because Daniel 9:27 said in the midst of the week he will cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease. Just like Antiochus Epiphanes, that is the same thing he did. He is recognized as being the type of the antichrist. People preach him as being the antichrist, which if they would read history they would know he was not. Some of the prophecy preachers preach that Antiochus is that antichrist, because he fulfilled parts of Daniel chapter 10. But it already happened twenty-five hundred years ago. They got it all messed up. History does not mess it up, it is right in the margin of the Scofield Bible. It will give you a list of these things and tell you who Antiochus was. Because he is the one that took over the temple and offered a sow on the altar. He was a forerunner of the antichrist. But the antichrist is going to take over this third temple in the middle of the week of Daniel. He is going to proclaim himself as god. As you look at the scripture in Ezekiel, you will see how they spend so much time cleansing that altar and cleansing the Holy of Holies when the Millennium begins. Why do they do that? Because the antichrist will have desecrated it. Here I have a picture of the temple area. This comes from a replica of what Herod’s temple looked like. The temple faces the eastern gate, it looks toward the Mount of Olives. I did not know where the entrance was at first because I had not studied enough. But the main entrance is from the eastern gate because the eastern gate is the gate God’s presence entered by, in the 3rd chapter of Ezekiel. There are three levels in this temple, each one a little higher than the other. The most holy place is one of the first things to be built, and it is on the highest level. That is the sanctuary, this main large building.  When Bro. Jackson went to Israel in 1968 he talked to a rabbi and told him, I have looked over Ezekiel and I do not understand the layout of the temple. Ezekiel goes back and forth. When you go back and forth looking at it you can find many of the answers because it repeats itself. Some things are repeated three or four times as you look at it in Ezekiel. Really the Holy of Holies is the first thing to be built. Because that is the most important thing in the whole building. When I preached on this before is where I got criticism, because in looking at this I called that prince the high priest. That is on the list of what I preached wrong, according to those who have left us. I apologized for it at the time because inside of me, I apologized for something I was not sure of. Because I did not want to cause problems. But if you go look in the Lamsa translation it does not say prince. It says high priest. If you go to King James, one place will call him a prince, and another places calls him a priest. If the bible calls him a priest, that is good enough for me. I am not apologizing today. I might as well get myself in trouble, not to be disagreeable, but to be true. Because there has never been a prince to offer sacrifice in the Holy of Holies. Princes do not offer sacrifices in the Holy of Holies: high priests do. You can take that and do whatever you want to with it because I have scripture.

“And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.” Who is “them that worship there?” It is the sons of Zadok. That is not the Gentiles. Only Jews are allowed in this part. Because God is honoring what He promised to Abraham. “But the court which is without.” See? That is the outer court which is not a part of this. It is outside the inner court. You have an inner court and an outer court. The worshippers are in the inner court. We will see that as it goes on into Ezekiel. That is where all the sacrifices take place and that is where all the singers are at. What are they singing? I know what they are singing. I know where they are singing from, from the book of Psalms. This is what they begin to sing. Remember those steps we went up when we were in Jerusalem? They were called the studying steps. When you get to those steps you are supposed to be obedient. Because this is where the singers began to worship and go into the temple area. They walked slowly. They take their time because Psalms 73 is where they start. I am not going to read them all. This was a song they sang as they marched up to the temple. “Truly God is good to Israel, even to such as are of a clean heart.” This is the beginning of their worship service. They sing this while they are walking into the temple. What is it? A psalm of Asaph. Psalms 74, Psalms 75, Psalms 76, 77, 78, that is a long one. Psalms 79, 80, 81, 82, and 83. There are 11 psalms there that are sang. That is a long song service. It would probably take a couple of hours to sing it all. Imagine the music, no wonder when David came back he was so happy he started dancing before the Lord. So the singers march up the steps, then they enter into the inner court and they keep up singing. That is their part of the service. What is going on inside while they sing? The sons of Zadok are worshiping God by killing animals. You animal rights people, this is going to go on in the Millennium, but you are not going to be there to see it. The best of the lambs brought out of the fat pastures of Israel, the best of the beef, the best of the rams, of the goats. What is a goat? It is a sin offering. You have others that are listed as sin offerings, but they are also listed as offerings to God, but the goat is always a sin offering. During the Millennium it is just one goat offered at a time. In the Old Testament times when they were offering sin offerings in Israel, they would take one goat and slay it, then put the blood on the other goat, take it out and turn it loose. One was going to bear the sin of the other with the blood upon it. It represented Jesus. Jesus became our sin. He took upon Him the sins of the world because He was the Lamb of God. Then his blood went upon us, and we went free. When Jesus died, He became our sin offering. But what He did, He went all the way to hell and preached to those imprisoned spirits. Then He rose again on the third day to do what? To take his sacrifice to heaven. “Do not touch me, I am not yet ascended,” he said to Mary when he first arose. He could not let her touch him and defile the sacrifice. After he sees Mary, He goes to heaven and there He presents his blood, God’s sacrifice. That is why you see it in Revelation 5, when the seals are opened. Jesus come forth, not as a lion, but as a bloodied lamb. The Jews will pay honor to that in the millennium. You have that in the temple. The face of a man and the face of a lion on one being, they are looking different directions. Why? Jesus lived that first role of man when he was on earth. In the Millennium He becomes a lion and he rules as king. You have both faces there. The children of Israel will recognize Him as King of Kings and Lord of Lords. But they will also have to see the man part, where He died. Let us begin reading, this will show the things I have already been speaking of.

Ezekiel’s Vision of the Third Temple

Ezekiel 40, verse 1. “In the five and twentieth year of our captivity, in the beginning of the year, in the tenth day of the month, (In the beginning of the year, that would be either March or April.) in the fourteenth year after that the city was smitten, in the selfsame day the hand of the Lord was upon me, and brought me thither. In the visions of God brought he me into the land of Israel, and set me upon a very high mountain, by which was as the frame of a city on the south.” He is seeing Jerusalem. In the Millennium, Jerusalem is going to be a very big city. Twenty-five thousand reeds long. Ten thousand reeds wide. This is the holy place of the city. This is for the priests, for their dwellings during the Millennium reign. There are going to be many people there. Then outside that there are another five thousand reeds, plus twenty-five thousand long, which is the city for the rest of Jerusalem’s people who are not priests. It calls their part of the city the profane place because it was not the most holy place, the holy city. That is why you can look at it and see what a big enormous place it is where the walls will be built for the temple ground. “And he brought me thither, and, behold, there was a man, whose appearance was like the appearance of brass, with a line of flax in his hand, and a measuring reed; and he stood in the gate.” This is the same one that was measuring there in Revelation 11. Ezekiel sees the same scene. You can see how these things fit together into a unified picture. “And the man said unto me, Son of man, behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, and set thine heart upon all that I shall show thee; for the intent that I might show them unto thee art thou brought hither: declare all that thou seest to the house of Israel. And behold a wall on the outside of the house round about, and in the man’s hand a measuring reed of six cubits

The Eastern Gate as it appears today. This gate was built in 520 AD by the Roman government.

long by the cubit and a hand breadth: so, he measured the breadth of the building, one reed; and the height, one reed. Then came he unto the gate which looketh toward the east, and went up the stairs thereof, and measured the threshold of the gate, which was one reed broad; and the other threshold of the gate, which was one reed broad.” He is talking about the eastern gate there. “He measured also the porch of the gate within, one reed. Then measured he the porch of the gate, eight cubits, and the posts thereof, two cubits; and the porch of the gate was inward.” See? The eastern gate has a porch on it. Ezekiel is starting outside the temple area, and he is going towards to the temple sanctuary starting at the eastern gate. I tell you, reading this, even the gate of the place is going to be beautiful. Everything is beauty. In Isaiah 60 you see the beauty of the temple, everything is upgraded from what it was in Solomon’s time, which at that time was the most beautiful city there was. They talk about the price of the materials that went into the building of the temple, if it were in our days, it would be billions of dollars. The beauty of it is going to be amazing. God is not cheap. He said all the silver is mine, all the gold is mind. China, you do not have it. The sons of strangers will build up thy walls. What we see in Revelation 11 is all you got before the Millennium starts. You have the temple and the altar, and that is all. But as the Millennium gets underway, all the rest of this will be built. “And the little chambers of the gate eastward were three on this side, and three on that side; they three were of one measure: and the posts had one measure on this side and on that side. And he measured the breadth of the entry of the gate, ten cubits; and the length of the gate, thirteen cubits.” This is all coming together. Ezekiel is giving a perfect measure of what it is going to be. I do not know if this is interesting to you or not, but we are going to go through it. “The space also before the little chambers was one  cubit on this side, and the space was one cubit on that side: and the little chambers were six cubits on this side, and six cubits on that side.” Let me go on down to the 17th verse. “Then brought he me into the outward court, (When the temple is built, the outer court is not finished before the week of Daniel begins. It is just the temple area and inner court. Why? The inner court is where God’s worshippers are at. I am talking about the singers. I am talking about the priests. I am talking about the high priest. I do not say these things to be different. I say them to be true.) and, lo, there were chambers, and a pavement made for the court round about: thirty chambers were upon the pavement.” See? The building is different than all these chambers here. It says there are three stories. This is the art, the beauty of the whole thing. But everything else is built to last. God has a way of making things last. The children of Israel when they crossed the Red Sea, their shoes, and clothes lasted forty years. If you have shoes forty years old, it is because you have set them in a closet and have not worn them. But we see God can keep things from ever aging. “And the pavement by the side of the gates over against the length of the gates was the lower pavement. Then he measured the breadth from the forefront of the lower gate unto the forefront of the inner court without, a hundred cubits eastward and northward.” I will stop here and we will continue this in the next time.

Continued in the next edition…

REVELATION-10-No.4

Revelation 10, Part 3 – 2018, January

Revelation 10, Part 3 - 2018, January

Introduction

Preached September 23-25, 2016

Rev. James C. Allen

I was thinking about the scripture I had mentioned in the last sermon, Luke 17:30. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. We know this came about as he was revealed through a message, and it was a message that was to bring the Bride together. The Bride was mixed up in the church world before that message came. I want to get into that message and the outcome of Revelation 10:7. But first I want to look the conditions that will be present in the world at that time. We have many things happening in America and the world. You see riots and everything that is happening here in our country. It used to be at one time, in this place and in other countries, they did not lock any doors, because their neighborhoods were safe. But now we see in the news what is happening even in Norway. It is because Middle Eastern refugees are coming in and committing acts of violence against the people of the land. They had not been having problems like this before these refugees started arriving, but now they are. There are people who would not like what I have just said, but the scripture said, even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. The revealing started in 1963. You can hinge it all back to March and April of 1963 when this all began to happen and to come about, because God showed a man something that was going to have an effect. As I have said before, this was the most dynamic thing that has happened since the early church, because Jesus Christ himself descended with a shout. Bro. Branham and Bro. Jackson both taught that the shout was the message. If that be right, then we have to say that Jesus Christ really did show himself, it was more than just a vision seen by a few people, it was something that was seen by many and photographed, and put into newspapers and magazines. I am not talking about the light over Bro. Branham’s head, I am talking about what was seen in the sky. The thing that God had brought about when all this happened. There was a thunder, a real thunder that happened in Sabino Canyon, Arizona. So we have that to look at. You might say, well you should not be referring to the man, but it was the start of something. Should we not refer to Elijah, or not refer to Moses and Elijah as they came. It would all be darkness and I do not want to be in darkness, I want to be in the light and I want God’s people to be in the light in this hour of time. Something really happened, what does it say there? Even thus shall it be, this verse does not have a separate meaning from the verses that came before it. He is saying, this is what it will be like when the message comes and the Son of Man is revealed through it: this homosexual thing, as it was in Sodom, the violence that is in this world, as it was in the days of Noah. You see both happening in this time, intertwined. And while those wicked conditions are in the world, then he is also being revealed. It is happening all together. The revelation is here this morning, here among God’s people to where we understand the time that we are living in, because we have something to go on. With the world churches today, they are looking at getting big crowds and big sums of money, building big homes and making a name for themselves. That is exactly what they are doing. John Hagee is building a big complex for unwed mothers, a whole bunch of houses being built for that. It is all to make a name for themselves. They are wanting to leave a legacy just like a president, he wants to leave a legacy. So they are leaving a legacy for people to look at. They want people to say, “look at what he did, look at what she did.” You have as many women ministers on television today as there are men. That is contrary to scripture. There is no place in the Bible for that. It is happening in Israel today, there are women trying to become rabbis. Some of them are becoming rabbis. They are not satisfied with what Lord has gave them. When you go to the Western Wall, there is a separation there between men and woman. Now the women are wanting to come over into the men’s side. Nobody is satisfied in this hour we are living in, with what they are to do. You see as we look into Zechariah there is a separation between men and women when they go to pray and when they begin to seek God. We can see that separation is there when we look into Zechariah, which is yet to be fulfilled. So we can say the separation is biblical. There has to be something come together in Israel for that time to happen.

Mystery Cloud, Arizona 1963, as seen in Time Magazine. Click to enlarge

In Zechariah 12:10 it says, “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem.” See? That is going to be the start of the thing, when this begins. These prophets are not going to prophesy out and around the world. All their prophecy comes about in Jerusalem. The world wants Israel to share Jerusalem with the Palestinians. But it will not be a shared place because God is going to drive these out and push them back until where they are no longer a part of Jerusalem. So as we look at that, it said “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and of supplications:  (Now they do not know grace, they only know Law, but He is going to pour upon them the spirit of grace. Grace is what? God’s unmerited favor towards man. So He is going to pour this upon them. It is not going to be something they are really seeking for, but it is going to be something that will happen because He is going to pour it upon them. It is going to be a message that will bring this about.) and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, (In Israel the first son is the one the inheritance goes to. That is the way it was in the Law. The other son does not inherit, just like it was with Jacob. Jacob was not the firstborn of Isaac, but he was the one that stole the birthright. He took the birthright because it meant something to him. The birthright means something to us this morning. Why? We are the sons and daughters of God.) and shall be in bitterness for him, (For who? Be in bitterness for him, who is he talking about? Who was in the introduction of this? They shall look upon Him whom they have pierced. They are going to be in bitterness for Him.) as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.” Now they are going to recognize Him for who he is. It did not happen by John Hagee’s ministry, not by these television ministries. Those type of people are just muddying up the place. They are going to Israel trying to convert the Jews. They feel if they can do that, then the Lord will come back. That is not going to bring Him back. There is not going to be any revival in Israel until two prophets come. They are going to bring the message that will cause the revival. “In that day shall there be a great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon. And the land shall mourn, (That is talking about the whole area of Jewish land. There is going to be a mourning throughout the land. I know what it mentions here, but it is going to be the whole land because there has to be 144,000 Jews come in, Jewish men that will come in to take a message to the world. Not a message of salvation, but a message to get away from the beast system and to get away from a wicked pope. I know today here in America, the pope can come visit and people will trample over one another to get to him. It is that way around the world as he goes from one place to another. People will still be that way toward him at that time. But they will be warned by that 144,000 to not get caught up in that, not to take the mark or worship the image. The land shall mourn…) every family apart; the family of the house of David apart, and their wives apart.” See? See the division there between men and women? God is recognizing something.

 

Rejection of Truth

 

Today everything is at a standstill, nothing is moving in this church world. God is letting everything just go on, the church world, Laodicea, God is just letting it rot, worse and worse. He is going to let it rot up to a certain point. It was rotten in 1963. Think about how much worse it is now. That is the way God looked at it then, as rotten, because God was going to cut off the church world. When He finally cut off the church world, what happened? What happened in 1964? These college campuses began to have revivals. Notre Dame, which is a Catholic college, it made people begin to wonder, what is this? Nuns began to speak in tongues at the college. It sounded good to the human mind. It started up in Canada. It was the rain falling upon the just and the unjust, and it was a counterfeit that came as God was pulling away from them. It lasted two or three years and it was gone. But God is anointing a Bride church.

 

We have mentioned preachers, we used to have two rows of preachers back here, you could count twenty some of them. I remember two from Colorado, I did not even know they were preachers. They sat on the front seat rather than the platform. They asked Bro. Bud and I, “Why do you not have us sit with the preachers?” We did not know they were preachers. When we heard this we asked them to sit up here with the preachers. That year they sat here, then they never came back. Another minister from South Africa, when I ministered from Zechariah 6:2, he sent me an email saying how much he appreciated it. He and his wife, every month would send me an e-mail how much they appreciated what God was doing in Faith Assembly. But all at once the e-mails stopped. When the e-mails stopped. That is when certain people began to plot. A man from Canada called me on the phone, he did that often in those days. He had been to a meeting Bro. Bud had in Minnesota. Bro. Bud had preached something that made him mad. He called me to disagree about what Bro. Bud had said. I listened and then hung up after he finished saying what he had to say. I thought, “No, he is not going to get by with that,” so I called him back and told him what I thought. I told him what I thought concerning what he said about Bro. Bud. This was three weeks before the convention when everything happened. After I told him what I thought, he told me, “the other ministers are going to get you on the carpet, they are going to tell you how wrong you are.” If you hear me, this is not the exact words you said, but this is what you meant. When I heard this was being plotted, I thought, no you are not. So time went on and the meeting came up. By this I knew they were wanting an opportunity to confront me, so I said, there is not going to be any meeting between preachers. So I opened up the pulpit to them, and let them just blow off what they had to say. They thought they would convince the people. It had an opposite effect on the people. I came on Sunday morning and people met me in the parking lot, they were mad because one had preached about David and Jonathan and Saul, and I was Saul.

 

If God is doing something, if He is behind it, you cannot defeat it. If this place is going to be a lighthouse, it is going to be a lighthouse. You know by now that there is no preacher going to come in here and take over this pulpit and blow off a bunch of ungodly things. Because we believe the word, it is the word for this day and this hour. There are few places in third world were truth is preached. What did Jesus talk about? A little flock. The thing about it is, God is bringing them in from around the world, around the nation, because there is something going on. I was talking to a brother, I said “there is something going on in this meeting. It is unity.” That is what we are after. If you have a different mind concerning that, you will not be here long because God is gathering us together, not into one place, but into one Spirit, because there is only one Spirit. There are other spirits, but there is only one Spirit of God.

 

 

 

The Opening of the Scroll

 

Let us read from the 5th chapter of Revelation, 1st verse. “And I saw in the right hand (the right hand. God does show His hand, He shows His arm, but God is a Spirit, and the Spirit is life. No man has ever seen God at any time. He is bigger than the universe He created. I saw in the right hand…) of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, and sealed with seven seals.” I remember Bro. Charles saying the other night that Jesus does not yet know the all contents in that scroll. Jesus is not up there saying, “Please Father show me, I need to know, I need to look in there.” If He does not have to know, I do not need to know either. We do know what is under six of them. In the Branham movement everybody was talking about the third pull. The first pull had something to do with healing, the second pull had something to do with healing. Now we are going to see a spectacle, they said, God is going to grow legs, He is going to grow arms, He is going to put new eyeballs in. They were just about ready to get rid of everything. But while they were looking for that, six of those seals were opened up. That was the third pull.  But Jesus did not need to know the contents before he started opening it up. Something is still holding it closed today, something is still under wraps. He has not finished opening it up yet. What did Bro. Kevin say about a seal last night? He said it is glue. You have to remove a seal before you can see the contents under it. People want to see what is under it. That is what man was doing, probing. But he never did find it. It was not time. It was not going to be opened up by the educated. He said a fool, though a wayfaring man, shall understand. It caught me right there, because I was not, and my brothers were not trying to be something. I did not go to the Tabernacle to preach, because if I had, I would have been out of luck. I did preach there one time. Bro. Neville got up two or three services later and said, “Well, I cannot direct who is going to preach here, the deacons are over that.” Why? God had given me a message a week before hand that I did not know where I was going to preach it. It was titled, Crossing Over Time. I will never forget it. I remember Bro. & Sis, Mayfield, I remember them being there and raising their hands. But no deacon raised their hands. They did not like it when people got happy. They did not want you happy. You were supposed to have a long face. It was kind of like the grandpa who had a grandson, they were out walking and he noticed his grandfather with a long face. He was a good Christian, but had a long face. He was walking around with his grandson. He said, there is my mule. The boy replied, he is kind of like you grandpa, he has a long face. I like to see a smile, to see somebody happy. I like to see them happy even when there are troubles going on.

 

Here He is, the heavenly Father has the book in his right hand, and John is given a glimpse to look on the scene. He sees this hand with a scroll in it. That is the scene he is watching. It says, I saw a strong angel, this was not a minor angel. There was something about his appearance. He looked strong, because it is going to take something to handle this. God is looking for strong men, not big men, He is looking for strong men. You may be different shapes and sizes, but He is looking for somebody to go down to the potter’s house. Someone who can be clay on a wheel. He is going to make something out of it. If He just works with it a little bit, all He has is mud, but how are they molded? By hand, it takes a hand. “And I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof?” John begins to weep, it is bothering him because he knows that this scroll has to be opened. “And no man in heaven, (See? He sees some already up there, there was a first resurrection. He is looking at that. He is looking into the heavenly setting and sees nobody.) neither under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon.” They had to close their eyes it was so dynamic. “And I wept much, (Poor John, ninety some years old, sitting there looking at this heavenly scene. He is weeping much, tears running out of his eyes because he knows there is something in the contents of this that he needs. It is going to affect every generation from there on.) because no man was found worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look thereon. And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: (See? It goes down to man, one of the elders, a Jewish man.) behold, the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof.” Something is about to happen, the worthy one has come. Bro. Branham was not worthy to open the seals, no man was. Bro. Branham did not open the seals. No man was worthy. Bro. Branham received the revelation after the Lamb had opened them. Because what does John see? The Lion of the tribe of Judah. The Root of David hath, hath already, in 33 A.D. died. As I said He died, but that is not the end of the story, but He rose again. He not only rose, be he took the blood offering before the throne. There before He can even meet man, He has to go before the Father to present the offering. When He does, He comes back and eats with them and visits with them, the Bride of Jesus Christ of that hour. One of these days there is going to be a resurrection, and those resurrected ones cannot come back to be touched until they reach the throne and spend time there with the Son of God. Then they come back to rule and reign. You are needed, you are not just a vessel sitting here. “And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the throne (right in the middle of it, sitting in the middle of the throne, you see an object.) and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb (It has to be for everyone. The elders have to accept that. The four beast have to accept it. We are part of that fourth beast, we are represented there in that beast. Stood a Lamb…) as it had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.” In the 4th chapter you will see much of the same setting which is the Spirit of God, which is God Himself, seven attributes of God. Here we see that same thing in Jesus Christ because Jesus has paid the price and God has sent back His Spirit on Jesus Christ to bear the same image. This has been a little hard for me to understand, but I am understanding it. The seven horns means authority. He had authority to open those seals. Seven eyes, which is the spirit of God that has lasted throughout every age up until this age. “And He came and took the book.” He did not grab it. The hand he sees is willingly handing it to Him. The scroll is going to be opened a little bit at a time. It was not necessary for him to see the whole content, but in 1963 he appeared to a man, a man which is lesser than he, with seven angels draped around him. We see the picture of it right here. The Lord Himself came with a shout, a message. That message is what we are enjoying, that is what we are on today, a message of truth.

 

Unity When the Scroll is Opened

 

We know the Lamb here is Jesus Christ. That is what it is talking about. I remember Bro. Jackson talking about this, he said “if it was a natural lamb, it would be a freak of nature, having seven horns and seven eyes”, which it says is the seven spirits of God. If you go back to the 4th chapter, you see the same anointing there that is on the lamb, it is God himself. So God transfers His anointing to His Son for the purpose of redemption. Then in the Millennium, God transfers the rulership of the world unto His Son. You see that because the Bride is the Lamb’s wife. The earth will be ruled by the Bride and the Groom, and the Groom is Christ. That is where the rulership is. He will rule in Jerusalem, that is the New Jerusalem. There are two Jerusalems. This is that New Jerusalem which will come down as the Bible says, and will cover the earth, just like the scripture says. The scripture says that in that time the knowledge of the Lord will cover the earth as the waters of the sea. God gave his anointing to His Son. God could not die, He had to have a representative, a representative of himself. Jesus would say in John 17, I and my Father are one. Then He transfers that to say that we may be one with the Father, as he and Father are one. So that is unity. I have not seen a more united service than I have in this meeting. I thank the Lord for that, and I thank Him for leading us in that way.

Let us go back to the 8th verse of the 5th chapter. We are going to go from here to the 8th chapter, then the 10th chapter, showing the relationship. As we look at this setting as the 5th chapter begins, the scroll is still closed. Nobody knows what is in it. That is why John, in the first part of this, weeps much because no one is worthy to open the book, no one in heaven and no one in earth is worthy to do this, no man in heaven or angel. We are going to see the uniting as we read on in this chapter. It speaks in one scripture of His angels appearing with Him when he returns. But in the book of Daniel, 7th chapter, it say His people. So you see the uniting of the angels and the people right here in this chapter as we look at it. When he had taken the book, or the scroll, that is when we see it happening. Let us read here, “and when he had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty elders (See the uniting there of the Jewish nation with the Bride of Christ? The Bride of Christ is represented here by the four beasts, and the Jewish people are represented by the elders who are the Jewish patriarchs and the twelve apostles, they make up the twenty four elders. So you have a combining, this time you see they are all united. It takes something to get all this done. Of course John is seeing into the future, even our future, as he is looking at this.  The four beasts and four and twenty elders…) fell down before the Lamb, (The Jewish nation begins recognizing their Messiah during the events of Zechariah 12:10. You see their recognition because it takes the two prophets to open their eyes. Somewhere these two prophets and the Bride are going to be recognizing each other. It is to be that way because it is not just a transfer. Somewhere they are going to see a bride. We cannot push these things to happen before God’s time. Do not ever try to push anything off on a Jewish man because God has to be the leader in this. They will see it, we cannot make them see it quicker than what they are supposed to. We must live the life, and I am sure before it is over, they are going to see a different people. Because we are different. Things will not be straightened out until God straightens them out. So we want to realize that.) Fell down before the Lamb… having every one of them harps, (That is going to be a loud service, a big meeting. When all this takes place and the elders fall down before the Lamb as it says there, let me read that again. When he had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps…) and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of the saints.” This connects with

the 8th chapter. In this setting the Lamb is just taking the book, the Lamb has not opened the book yet, He is taking the book. He will open it in the 6th chapter. In this setting he is getting ready for that. “And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, (or the scroll) and to open the seals thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood (See? They are all crying out the same thing. It is not just the Bride, but the whole twenty four elders and so on are crying out the same thing because the Jewish people now recognize who the Messiah really is. Right now, the Jewish nation does not know what is going to happen. They know something is going to happen, but they do not know who the Messiah is. Some even think it may be a computer. But when this happens, that will have changed. And hast redeemed us to God by thy blood…) out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation.” This is Bride people along with the Jewish believers now. He goes ahead here in the next verse. “And hast made us unto our God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth.” That is talking about Bride people. You might say, “I do not know how to rule.” You will then because you are learning now. You are learning much of what is going to go into the Millennium. Much of what you are seeing now is going to help you in that time. But the marriage supper will be a time for us to learn more. We will not be sitting as gluttons. I remember Bro. Jackson explaining from the scripture where, after his resurrection, Jesus did eat with the people. He said the Bride will be able to eat, but she does not have to. It is not going to add pounds. It is more or less a show of the resurrection unto the people that are living during that Millennium which have never been changed. Their bodies will not be changed at that time. I feel there will be a pretty big number to go into the millennium as natural people, not foolish virgins, but moral upright people that are going to go into that. That is the sheep people from Matthew 25. It is not just going to be two or three, it will be many people. The Millennium is a time God is getting this world ready for the eternal age. He has to clean up the earth and mankind. That is the reason why there is rulership. Somebody is going to have to be told what to do. …And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne. See the unity? Now the angels are in the picture too? See the pulling together of the spirit beings? What does the Bible say? We will be as the angels of heaven. If we are going to be as them, we are going to be with them. How are you going to compare it if it is not that way? Angels have bodies, as we see in the scripture. They do, but they are a spiritual body except when God would want them to be seen. There are examples in the bible. The ones that came to Abraham, others that appeared to men, to Samuel’s mother Hannah. She thought she was seeing a man, her husband, but it turned out to be an angel, they did not know the difference. They just thought they were seeing a prophet or something, they did not know the difference until the offering was made and the angel goes up in that offering. Then they said, “We have seen the face of God.” No they did not, they saw an angel. They thought they were going to die because they had seen God, but they had not seen God, they seen the angel of the Lord. It talked about angels in the 1st chapter of Hebrews as being ministering spirits to the saints, so God has His group very busy. Not just busy watching over us to save us if we do something stupid, but they have other jobs. Sometimes they are there to help us when we make a mistake.

 

Making Mistakes

 

Did you ever make a mistake? Have you made a mistake since you’ve been saved? Have you made one in the last few days? If you do not make a mistake, then you are not living. That is why there is forgiveness. We go to God when we see that. Sometimes if we make a mistake, then we have to talk to ourselves and tell ourselves how foolish we are. I remember hearing about the woman called Mother Theresa. Of course they say she is a saint now. First she had to live a lifetime, then die, there has to be two miracles happen after she is dead before she is a saint, according to the Catholic Church. But this morning I am looking at saints. You did not have to die to be a saint. Paul talks about that. I was thinking about the scripture where it talks about, not that we were already perfect. See? That is past. If you read that, that is past, not as though we were already perfect. Then he came right on down and said, as many as are perfect. So we make mistakes, but the perfection is not in our flesh. The flesh is to obey what is inside. There has to be something inside that wards off the other parts that come against us because we are shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. We never want to pull that off. I know you do not sleep with your shoes on, unless you are a baby. You do not sleep with your boots on unless you are in the army somewhere. The thing about it is, you are still shod with the preparation. The preparation is preparing us. The gospel is ongoing. That is where the big mistake has been with people. They want to sit down around one thing. Bro. Branham talked about that when he was preaching the church ages, he talked about sitting down as the Methodists had done, as the Baptists had done. Bless God I am saved, but they still smoke, chewed tobacco, still take a little alcohol. We are predestinated. I believe in predestination this morning, but it will change you. We cannot be predestinated and live the same old life. We have been drawn out. God just reaches inside us and pulls these things out little by little. If He pulled them all out at once, we would probably be dead. The only change that would be is when we are raptured. Then God is just going to take this thing we are living in. Because what does the scripture say? Put on Christ. He wants to go with us. He likens himself to a garment, something you wear, something that is on the inside, something that is on the outside.

 

“And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne (See? They are about it now. It shows the intertwining of what is really going on in heaven. Because what? They are obeying, all of them playing an instrument. It will be easy to make music in heaven because everybody is harmonized. We are getting our harmony straight here. Everybody does not sing alike, everybody does not have the same voice. But when this is over it is going to break the sound barrier. These verses are painting a picture of a happy time. How are we going to shine now if we are not happy? Kind of like the mule I mentioned. He is long faced because he is made that way. You cannot smile with a long face.) and the beasts and the elders: and the number (too many to number) of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, (that would be one hundred million) and thousands of thousands.” Millions and millions more. Can you imagine the apostles Paul, Peter? Paul having his head chopped off, but he had a message all the way to the end. I am now ready to be offered and the time of my departing is at hand, he said. The sentence has already been made. If we had to stand before God today, what would our sentence be? I like what we are seeing among the young people, you are shining. God has given you a glow. You do not find young people who are obedient anymore. This world’s young people have never had correction, they are like little devils. What does the Bible say? A child needs to be corrected because they are full of mischief. Why? Because of Adam. When you go to the book of Hebrews it talks about faith and it does not mention Adam. He is the only one it skips. It goes to his son. Because Adam did not leave the legacy of faith. What does Paul talk about in the 15th chapter of 1st Corinthians. The first man Adam was of the earth, earthy. He failed as a son of God. God put a punishment on him. But time went by and the focus changed to his son. By faith Abel… This gospel has had an effect on mankind. The apostle Paul changed the Gentile world. He is the one who has upset the world when he was being tried by Agrippa and the Jews. He just sat there until his time came. CNN and Fox News was not there, but somebody recorded the story of his trial. Agrippa sat there as a judge and listened to a message of conversion. Paul explained how he had been a Jew in a Jewish religion, a chief of the Jewish religion. Agrippa sat there and listened to him and it was not long until Festus wrote it up and said, “Paul, you are a mad man. You are mad.” But Paul had a reply, “O king Agrippa, these things were not done in a corner.” He goes ahead to tell him of his conversion and Agrippa began to tremble. His knees began to shake. “Almost thou persuadeth me to be a Christian,” he said to Paul. Paul was in jail, in prison because his nation had sold him out. I like the song, I will rise again. Whatever you do to this body, I will rise again. Job said, “Though the skin worm destroy this flesh, yet in my flesh I shall see God.” That is faith. It goes beyond human understanding. It did with Abraham. It was that way with Abraham. He believed in hope, but it was not the hope like we talk about, I hope I can do it. It was hope, I know I can. I remember as a boy they used to tell a story about the old Model A. It would come to a hill and say, “I think I can, I think I can, I think I can.” It went over the hill, “I knew I could, I knew I could, I knew I could.” We do not want to live our lives like that because we are not a bunch of tin cans. We do not think we can. We know we will. Victory has already been won. We are not tin cans that the devil can kick around. I am getting off my message, I know.

 

Let me get back on my subject. “Saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, (authority, that is what power is. It is authority. That is why He has seven horns, the first seven ages. The rulership of the Lamb has gone into each age. To receive power…) and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing.” This was their message. This is what they were singing: worthy is the Lamb. John, that 90 year old man, is now beginning to get strength. Seeing this scene has invigorated him. Bro. Branham told a story about going to northern Indiana when he was a young man. He went up there in some meetings. They did not know who he was and he did not tell them who he was. All at once here was an old black man, he said it looked like he could not even get up to the pulpit as he walked. Bro. Branham said he felt sorry for him. But when the man started preaching, Bro. Branham said then I felt sorry for myself. The anointing breaks the yoke. These verses are about an anointed people. Every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, (See? He is looking at everything.) and all that are in them heard I saying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, (Which is God. God is on the throne. Saying that gets me in trouble with some people. But I cannot help it, I have to go with the word.) and unto the Lamb for ever and ever. (He is still sitting there too, at the right hand.) And the four beasts said, Amen. And the four and twenty elders fell down and worshipped Him that liveth for ever and ever.”

 

One Thunder and Seven Thunders

 

William Branham is a focal point. He had the Elijah anointing. I went to the Tabernacle, they made him everything. They made him God. I said, I do not believe him to be God, but I know who he was, I know he was a prophet. I know he had the spirit of Elijah upon him. But when I heard the seals preached, he came down to the last of it, he said, “If you will receive this, this is the third pull.” People were looking for trucks and buses, a way to haul tents. They were saying, “Can I drive the stakes? Can I drive the truck?” But I heard what he said, “If you will receive it, this is the third pull.” Then a little later on, he talked about God creating squirrels for him. He said, “I shot at them, but I was afraid to pick them up because I thought I might have shot a vision, but they were real squirrels.” Then people were looking at squirrels, people were looking at the man. He said in that same area of time, “I must decrease and God will raise up another.” But he said, “I have paved the way.” God did something. That is why I emphasize 1963. The denominational world had just a little fragment of light left, even in the church ages, just a little glimmer of light. But when it came down to when the seals was preached, this cut them off. The little light they had was taken away. It took a little man that was born in a cabin about a mile and half from where I had pastored. I never went to the place, but after he died, they wore paths out to that place, but there was no more buildings there. Me, my wife and children ate meals in his aunt’s house. We mentioned him to her and she said, “oh yes, I remember when he was a little boy, I used to spank his hand because he would pick dirt out of the cracks and eat it.” Some might say, “oh he would not do that, he was God.” He was a boy, he was a boy that God gave visions to, but he was a man who had a message. God never did speak to the wind, He never did speak to the ocean, He used man. He is using man now. Ephesians 4:11, apostles, prophets, pastors, teachers and evangelists. He mentioned them all together because they all have a work to do. He said, here they are. I want a representative of these, the ministry of this hour. One of these days there is going to be one or more of these that will be a voice. The seals were still closed in the 5th chapter. But then in the 6th chapter he begins to pull them back. He said in the 5th no man was worthy, but when the revelation came, it had to come through man, but it was revelation. Whose revelation was it? What does the book of Revelation start out with? The revelation of Jesus Christ. It was His revelation, but he used a man to share that revelation with the world. He had to use a man who was uneducated. He went to Germany where they said he does not even dress right, he had pants of one color and a coat of another color. People have to pick on something. He did not know how to say his words right. A woman came to him one time and told him, Bro. Branham, “you shamed us, you called the pulpit a pole-pit.” He said “that is what it is, a pole-pit.” But do not let the words fool you, it was the voice of the man that would take us back to the early apostles. This is where the message came from, through Paul and Peter, James and John, Matthew. This is what He took us back to. The original truth, without leaven or man’s idea. Bro. Branham spoke the word, but it was the word of God. One thunder.  When this happened there was one thunder. When the first horse rider comes out there is a thunder. Of the first six seals, only the first one had a thunder. The rocks cracked in Sabino Canyon. Before he ever went there, he heard there was going to be a great noise and he was wondering if it would be something that would kill him. Here is my point: what is going to happen when seven thunders utter their voices? It speaks of one thunder there because it was one man, but with the seventh seal it speaks of seven thunders, seven men, their voices. Chapter 10, verse 2, “And he had in his hand a little book (or scroll) open: (Here we see the process is complete, every seal is opened and the book is open. I had a picture of what happened when one thunder happened. What does this look like? What does it look like? The Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. A shout, a message. The Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. The heavens witnessed it. If this happened with one thunder, what is it going to be when seven thunders sound? This is not just seven men being drawn out of the wilderness. No. It is not going to be long bearded men appear on television with a message for the world. There may be something happen again like this, which is photographed and seen by the world. That happened with the first thunder. That could be televised, but the message will already have happened, and the world will miss them message. This is not a long drawn out thing. It will not take fifth years to wrap things up. No, it is immediate and quick. The door of grace slams shut to the Gentiles. He had a little book open…) and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth, And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.” The world will never know or understand that message. It is an unwritten message to everyone but the Bride of Christ. Do you understand?

 

Behold I Send You Elijah The Prophet

Bro. Branham’s Seven Church Ages Chart. Click to Enlarge

I want to deal somewhat with Revelation 10:7 now. As I do, I do not know how many times I have read the 10th chapter over and over again. I have not tried to make some kind of tradition out of it, but we are living in the time of that verse. I continue to mention 1963 because something happened in 1963. Something that had not happened since the days of the early church. In a way, time halted. Time halted because the denominational world died. They rejected God’s truth, and God rejected them. They are out of the picture. Up until that time there was a little bit of light. When Bro. Branham preached the church ages he drew out a chart showing the light that was in each age, represented by a circle with light and darkness. When the service was ended the Holy Spirit drew the same picture on the wall of the church, just exactly like he had. That was something miraculous, a divine confirmation. But when you come to 1963 there was something truly dynamic that happened. It was not the man. But it was an event the man was at the middle of. Let us go to Malachi 4. Malachi is the last prophet that Israel received from God before John the Baptist. This was 400 years before Christ came. Malachi was  is speaking of Christ. The Sun shall arise with healing in his wings, that is in the fringes of His garment. We find the woman that touched Him that had the issue of blood, she touched the hem of His garment. The hem is the fringes, she touched that and was healed. The scripture said He will arise with healing in His wings. It was not that He was flying, but it was the wings of His garment. Then we find later on, somebody must have heard about it the miracle because everybody wanted to touch the garment. If I can just touch His garment, then I will be healed. So sometimes things are ignited by a simple step that is made. This woman did not know there would be something recorded about her in the scripture, when the scripture was laid out. She did not know that. She did not know it would go beyond that, but she had faith.

We are going to see this morning that here in Malachi 4, verse 5, “Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great (Two different times, before the coming of the great day, which would have been when Christ was here the first time.) and dreadful day of the Lord.” The dreadful day is the coming that will be in our day. I know people made a god out of the Bro. Branham, but he was not God. He carried a little box of aspirin with him. He carried that with him because of headaches and things he had, because he said the healing is not for me, it is for the people. It looked like he would have had enough faith for himself, but it did not work that way. Even when Jesus was here they said, physician, heal yourself. He did not pay any attention to them because He was the Son of God. He had no disease. “And he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, (This is Elijah’s first time. Turn the heart of fathers to the children. Go back into the Old Testament, the children would be the early apostles. This would be the children he is talking about because they are Abraham’s seed. John the Baptist did this. Then it goes on to say..) and the heart of the children (that is talking about us in this day) to their fathers, (That is the foundation which we are built upon.) lest I come and smite the earth with a curse.” You see religion today as it is, as it has come about since 1963, I noticed this morning on the news in Iowa, it was flooded just like it has been down south now. There are floods all over the place and man cannot see what is going on. It is judgment. The west is burning up, central, north and south, is flooded and the west is on fire, because God is getting ready to do something fabulous. He is getting ready to do something fabulous in His church. I want to be part of that. Sometimes people center themselves on a man, that is the way they did Bro. Branham. He becomes the central figure in it all, to where they will not spread out. A deacon told me while we stood in front of the Tabernacle, he said there are just two people even worthy to listen to. He said that is Bro. Branham and Bro. Neville, and all Bro. Neville does is keep the doors open for Bro. Branham. What fools! Jesus even told His disciples, Oh fools and slow of heart. Some people say, you should not call people fools. Paul did, Jesus did, oh fools and slow of heart.

 

The Voice

 

As I look at verse 7 in Revelation 10, there is something in there that is to be noticed. Sometimes the Bible speaks in one single word. The verse means something, but there is a word there that catches your spirit. What does this verse say? In the days of the voice. What voice? Where did we read about a voice? There was a voice mentioned in all this, only one. Let us go back there before I go on. Revelation 6:1, “And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see.” Here is when the thunder happened, but it does not mention a voice. The next one, verse 3, “And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see.” See? No voice. The third one, verse 5, “And when he had opened the third seal, I head the third beast say, Come and see.” No voice there either. Now listen to this one, verse 7, “And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice” The fourth beast, this is our age. He put the voice here so we can see in what area of time it belongs. That is that eagle, now it is speaking in terms that we can understand. The voice is in this age. As I said yesterday, there I was, just a young person, still in the Methodist church. But God had enlightened me, he had given me an understanding of baptism and led me to truth. Now here we are in the last days. God has called us out as a unit, united. He takes north and south Norway and makes them one. He takes the states of the United States together and makes them one. From England and Scotland, to the Philippines and South Africa, we must listen to that ministry that God has raised up in this time. We are not picking and choosing the five fold, we must accept it all. Some might say, I like this one, I do not want to hear that one. Hogwash. We are different, we speak different, we preach different. Who wants to see a row of wieners rolled out here? They all taste alike, they all look alike. There are all the same. But I say, God likes flavor. That is why He made a five fold ministry. He even spoke it out in the apostle Paul. I am going to say something here, maybe some will not like it. God took Bro. Branham because man’s eyes were on Bro. Branham. When Bro. Jackson was here they began to raise him up as the head man. And another man, they raised up to be apostle under him, then they had apostles under them. You know who I am talking about. They even picked the five fold ministry. The last time I was in Norway, two of them had already quit. It is not man’s choice who is in what position. They started trying to set an order according to their own thinking. That is not how God does things. When Bro. Kevin came up here, he was troubled. He had even had a stroke. Something was troubling him inside. He felt there was something he was not doing. I ask him, Bro. Kevin, is the Lord calling you to peach? He acknowledge that. Last November, I went to a heart doctor. I had planned a board meeting. I appointed Bro. Charles as a trustee. He was here that morning. Everybody was gone but the deacons, Bro. Kevin and Bro. Charles. I looked at him and said, Bro. Charles, has the Lord called you to preach? I wanted to get everything set in order, in case I did not make it, because the doctor had told me, you have had a massive heart attack. He wanted to put me in the hospital right then. That was on a Friday. I said “No, I have something I have to do.” He looked at me funny, then he said, “Well come Monday.” I had something to do over the weekend. I said, Bro. Charles, is the Lord speaking to you about the ministry? He said yes. Bro.  Matt was appointed a deacon the same day. Bro. Matt said the Lord had showed him that concerning Brother Charles a year before that. See? Sometimes we want to make ourselves something. God is going to show it up. The reason I am saying this today, you may think it does not have anything to do with the message, but it does. God took Bro. Jackson because people were trying to make him the central figure. He even said when they began to do that, he said they are trying to take me out of the five fold ministry. He was a part of that. But they would not let him be. But God had something in mind. He had a ministry in mind. Sometimes it is a little hard to get everything in line. Children used to have a little board with sand in it. You cover it up with the sand, and then in a little while there is a word under that sand. Sometimes it takes the picture awhile to get cleared up, but it is getting clearer and clearer as we go on. I am not important, but the word is. The Voice. The message of that voice is still going forth today. People have rode these things, Malachi 4:56, Luke 17:30, Revelation 10:7, they have rode these to death without knowing anything about them. They look at a man, when they should be looking at a message. In the day when the son of man is revealed, it is going to be just exactly like it was in the days of Noah. Look at the streets today. They are full of violence. They open up a new restaurant, and it is full. People are drawn to food, exotic food. Luke 17:30 is fulfilled right in front of us. Luke 17:30, the day when the son of man is revealed is the same period of time as the days of the voice, in Revelation 10:7. And it is the same voice from Revelation 6:7. It is not just one day, but is says in the days of the voice. There was a voice, it was crude, he did not know where to put adjectives or adverbs. He did not know how to talk properly. That is all they listened for, was to find something to criticize instead of hearing the message. Because the message was not for them. It was not. He had large crowds. But they went for the fishes and loaves, to see somebody healed. I have a thick book which talks about Bro. Branham. The thing about it is, they had his name listed in it because of the healings, but then they went ahead to say he went off in his teachings. They liked the miracles, but they had no appetite for truth. Do you know why they say he went off on his teachings? He preached serpent seed, that Eve had a relationship with the serpent. When I heard that, it made sense. But they could not accept it.

 

But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel… The seventh angel. That would go back to Revelation 1. Seven angels with seven messages. Laodicea’s angel messenger was seventh. The seventh angel has a message for Laodicea. He finished up through Laodicea. And he come to a new day. When he came to that new day, six seals were opened. People had preached at it. Preachers stumbled over it, but they never could figure it out because it was not time and it was not in their understanding. But tell me, message people, tell me what revelation came after the seals? Tell me one revelation that came after the seals? Tell me, talk to me. He said, I must decrease. It was then that God began to speak to open up a ministry. The hearts of the children were turning back to the fathers. It was time for the five fold ministry to come on the scene. When church order came, Bro. Jackson got in front of the pulpit. He would not even stand at the pulpit. He said, I stand in front of the pulpit because Faith Assembly will not accept church order because it is not in the Bible. His heart had been turned back to the fathers. He was sticking with the word. They called him a black bird. That is what they began to see, a black bird. But we are a good looking bunch of black birds tonight. We are just a chip off the old block. When he shall begin to sound… when did he sound? 1963. That is when the shout came, the midnight cry. …the mystery of God should be finished. This is where I want to bring you to this morning, the mystery of God should be finished. Bro. Branham would say the mysteries of God. That is all he ever said. When he would read it he would say mystery of God, and then he would go back to say the mysteries of God. It was not the mysteries of God, it was THE mystery. What was the mystery of God? Romans 11:25 has the answer. Grace to the Gentiles. The Gentile grace age is the mystery of God. What happens when the Gentile grace age comes to an end? God will return back to that Jewish nation.

 

The Mystery of God Finishes: The Message Returns to the Jews

 

Revelation 6:9 “And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God.” Notice that, I saw the souls under the altar. That was sacrifice for the word of God. It does not say “and the testimony which they held.” No, they were slain for just the word. That lets us connect this with only one group of people. Jews. There are no Gentiles in that number. It is Jews. Bro. Jackson told the story, it is not something I am making up. He said he had some people at his house after the fourth seal was preached. There used to be a lot of people that would go to his house. They invited them into their house. Somebody asked him the question, “What about the Jews of the holocaust? What happened to them?” He answered the person and said those Jewish people were lost. That night Bro. Branham preached the fifth seal. He said these are the ones that were killed in the holocaust. This brought understanding to Bro. Jackson.  Something happened in 1963, understanding was given. I grew up in the Methodist church, they had no thought about the Jews. America was not thinking about the holocaust and the Jews. They were thinking about our boys that went over there. Six million Jews were killed, and six million Germans were killed. God gets even. When Bro. Branham preached that message, this was one of the six seals that was revealed. This was something that was given to Bro. Branham by God, he did not know before that. The church world hated the Jews in those days. This was the farthest thing from their minds.  But this is the revelation of Jesus Christ.

In Revelation 1, what was he wearing? He had a white wig on. We have a picture here. This is Hoffman’s Head of Christ, it fits exactly into it. 1963, as I have said all week, in 1963, 1 Thessalonians 4th chapter, the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. This was fulfilled. And then with the voice of the archangel, which is Revelation 10. What the Bride is waiting for now is that trumpet, the last trumpet. It has nothing to do with the trumpets of Revelation 8, because that is another picture. The first four trumpets are a part of the two prophet’s ministry. That is a picture to the Jews. The last three trumpets are to the world. Those seven trumpets are different this the last trump. I wonder how close we are to those angels getting ready to sound their trumpets? How close are we this morning to the judgment of this nation? The judgment of the world? Did you ever ride a teeter-totter as a boy or girl, and somebody get off of it? It is an awfully hard fall. Just going back and forth, and all at once you drop. Here is the image put together, because the Lord himself in angelic form appeared over the southwest. Phoenix saw it, Flagstaff saw it. New Mexico saw it. Other states saw it. It was 26 miles high. It could be seen for hundreds of miles around. It stayed there for hours. That was not a natural cloud. God was trying to show the world something that they rejected because He knew there would be a Bride that would get it, get the picture. And they cried with a loud voice, these souls under the altar, or let me put it this way, in front of the altar. They are not underneath the altar, they are out in front of it. See them? They are on their faces and on their knees, crying out, how long. Why would they be crying, they are already there before the altar. How long? Something happens. “How long, O Lord, holy and true, doest thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?” Bro. Jackson explained this further. He showed how this went all the way back through time for every Jew that had been killed and murdered just because they were Jews. The Gentiles always blamed the Jews for everything. If the stock market crashed, it was Jews fault. If someone got sick, it was the Jews fault. If it didn’t rain enough, it was the Jews fault. If they were losing a war, it was the Jews fault. When the plague came in 1390 they blamed the Jews and killed them. Under this fifth seal, they are crying out, how long until you avenge us, oh God? There is something still out of place with them. Even though they are near the altar, they are crying out because something has not been settled. They are crying out for themselves because of the miserable conditions when they were thrown in ditches and bulldozed over. How long O Lord, holy and true? That is the prayer. But they are still around the altar. Doest thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? Now the answer comes. The answer comes when this seal is opened. What is the answer? And white robes were given unto every one of them. In white robes, this means they see now, they see what they have missed. They see they missed the Messiah. White robes were given to every one of them. As I said before, when we were in Norway that time, we went to the Jewish center. There was an old man there that went through the Holocaust. He still had the numbers on his arm. He said, “I do not believe in God. How could a God that is holy, let something like this happen?” Read Jeremiah 16. He first sent fishers, he tried to warn them and give them a chance to escape what was coming. They fished for them. After that came the hunters and they hunted them. Hitler and his Gestapo, they ran them down. The year I was born, 1937, is when the war started, and the killing of the Jews started in full force. For the next eight years it was killing, killing, killing. Some of the soldiers brought back pictures because they were there when the Jews were liberated. I had a brother-in-law who talked about it. He said the G.I.’s, when they saw them, they were so bad and so hungry. They had doughnuts that they gave to them because they were so hungry. Some of them, it had been so long since they had ate, the food cramped their stomach and killed them. Satan took over the minds of people to bring about that great slaughter. That is what it looks like when Satan has his way.

 

Something happened in 1963. God began opening an understanding to his church. Up until that time, I did not know anything about Jews. I did not really care about knowing about the Jews because I had always heard the Jews killed Jesus. But 1963, God changed my mind, I heard truth. Truth will deliver you from error, from the fall that came to man. That is why we are gathered here this morning, for truth. We are not out trying to make another magazine, we have The Contender. What is it all about? Contending for the faith once delivered to the saints. We are not trying to start an organization, we are interested in standing for truth. That is what we are doing. It says white robes were given to them. White robes, now they are washed, now they are recognized. “And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season.” That rest is not that they were laying there taking a nap, it means now they have comfort. It is like having a serious disease and God heals you, then you are comforted. White robes were given unto every one of them and it was said that they should rest a little season. They are no longer crying out to God. Their cry was heard and answered. That little season is going on right now. They are in the little season now, those souls under the altar. The Jews say never again. But according to the 14th chapter of Zechariah, the first three verses, it tells you it will happen again. The Jews who do not escape Israel for the wilderness, they will be hunted. The woman makes it out. The 144,000 make it out. The 144,000 which are to preach, telling people stay away from the beast and the false prophet. They will go throughout the world, 144,000 Jews, with a message that they receive from those two prophets. It will go around the world, telling people not to take the mark of the beast. They will be preaching to the Jews, preaching to the foolish virgins, stay away from that thing. And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow-servants (which is the two prophets) also and their brethren, (which is Jews that don’t make it out. There will be another holocaust because the political Jews, as it is recorded in Daniel 9:27, will sell out the nation. A seven year period of time will begin when that occurs. The treaty they sign is not planned to be seven years long, it will be intended to be permanent. But God will only let it go on for a seven year period of time. They sign the treaty with the beast. The beast is the European system and the nations that are part of that system, which is the beast. But then the pope comes in. He becomes more popular, and more popular in the denominational world, which I was part of. It is bad in that last three and half years. The church world will come together under the pope. They are just as bad. They will be killing too. It is the hatred of the Jews.) that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled. The Jews say never again. But a wicked devil possessed man is going to do it again.

 

The World is Taking Sides

 

Now I want to go to Romans 9:1. “I say the truth in Christ, I lie not, my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost, That I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart. For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh: Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption, and the glory, and the covenants, and the giving of the law, and the service of God, and the promises; Whose are the fathers, and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came, who is over all, God blessed for ever. Amen. Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect. For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel: Neither, because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all children: but, In Isaac shall thy seed be called.” See? He is calling out Isaac out because Abraham had several sons by Keturah. Those other sons are the forefathers of the Arab peoples, which is Havilah and that area. They are all against the Jews. There that little Jewish nations sits every day, taking it on the chin from people who hate them. But here, in Revelation 10:7, what was said there, here is the word, the mystery. Not the mysteries, the mystery of God, how that God would place the same message among the Jews and the Gentiles. “That is, They which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed. For this is the word of promise, At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son.” Abraham’s line is divided. Those who are promised seed, and those who are not.

 

When Rebekah was with child, there was a fighting going on inside her womb. Those little boys in there were struggling because one of them is chosen. Brothers and sisters, we are not struggling this morning, we know who we are. We have been called. We have taken the side of Jacob. Others have taken the side of Esau. God is seeing this. He knew what they would do. It was the rough and rugged that Isaac really wanted. But somewhere that little woman that had walked out on her family, that had waited twenty years for a son. Isaac was 60, had waited twenty years for God’s promise to come about. I can see that little woman who was asked, will you go. Eleazar said, let me hear from her own mouth. The brother and mother said, let us wait ten days. We do not have time, there is a wedding taking place. We do not have time to fool around in the world and be a part of the world. That is why my brothers have been preaching like they have, do not let your children get mixed up in all this junk. Anything that takes you away from the spirit of God is wrong, no matter how good it looks. People want to live their lives through their children. You cannot do it. They grow up. Esau and Jacob grow up. They are not fighting one another. Esau was out trying to please the flesh of his father, because he sees in that, I am going to get the promise, I am the oldest. We are not the greatest as far as crowds go. But let me tell you something, if you go to some of these churches this morning, we are the best looking. We do not have on the skinny pants. The race we are running does not take that kind. It has to be inside. The fight is inside. The race is on. Only one wins the race. That is in any sport, only one wins. We are not runners-up, no. We have left this a long way behind. It was not our fault. It was God’s choice. He did not just look around, I will take this one, and this one, and this one. No, that was already determined. It was pre-determined before the stars began to shine, you were in His book. Think about it. You are already written there. It was not when the revival happened. No. The revival happened inside us. The struggle was not with truth. I have never questioned truth. When I heard it, I did not question it because I was looking for something. I was in the Methodist church but I was not a Methodist. I heard the great voice of the eagle one day. He said, come up hither, I will talk to you.

 

I remember after Bro. Branham had died, I had a dream. I had forgot about it. It came to me yesterday, just as plain as it was then. I dreamed I was in a house, an empty house. I was in a front room and looked out and saw a field that had just been freshly plowed. You know how it looks when it has really been done up good. It was told to me, this was Bro. Branham’s work. It is what he left. Then the scene changed and I was in the back room of the house, and looked out at the field on that side of the house. There was scrub brush all grown up, weeds, all of this. He said to me, this is left to the servants of God. Here we are today. It did not say it was left to the servant of God, it said this is left to the servants of God. We have to get our ground ready. We are. We are not waiting. We are not waiting on the next rain. We are not waiting on the next wind or the next storm. We are doing it now while it is sunny, because the Son of righteousness has already rose with healing in His wings. I said before, I have nothing against healing. When I spoke about how people are just looking for miracles and healings, I was not saying that I am against those things, but we are going to go out of here an orderly family. We will know our place, we will know our time. Netanyahu said the other day to the U.N., he will let Iran get the nuclear bomb, and Israel would not permit it to happen. They are going to have to hurry. Something is going to happen in the Middle East soon that is going to bring about a war. When it does, then that Jewish temple is going to be built and then Zion is going to come forth, and the ministry will be seeing eye to eye. They will be singing the same message. It is not just five men, but it is five ministries. There may be more than one man with the same ministry calling. Brothers, I am not saying get ready, because we are ready. We cannot put this thing off. God has raised up a ministry that knows what they are talking about. If we do not listen, it is all to our detriment. Because things are on the move. I thank God for my brothers in the ministry. Let us pray

REVELATION-10-No.3

Revelation 10, Part 2 – 2017, November


Introduction

Rev. James C. Allen

We have come together to worship in spirit and in truth. A lot of people claim they have the spirit, but they have no truth. If you could put spirit and truth in human form, which you cannot, they would be walking hand in hand, because the truth is the living word. I have made Revelation 10 the hub of my thought.  I want to go back to something I had started in my last message. There is more to the vision that John saw that we have not gotten into yet. John saw the endtime. He saw the Bride in the endtime. Other prophets had partially seen this picture. As time passed, the prophets saw a progression of what is going to happen here at the endtime, but they did not have the full picture, they did not see as much as John saw. Even John was taken beyond what he could understand when he was told to take the book and eat it up. When it is time to for those verses to be fulfilled, it will not be John eating the book. Whenever that book is eaten, it is eaten by two Jewish prophets, and there will have already been a period of prophecy that happened before the book was ate. There is a prophecy that has already happened before verse 11, because he is told to prophecy again. So we see there are two periods of prophecy related to verse 11, one period that came before verse 11, and one that will come after. We see that first period being fulfilled before our eyes right now, if you are getting what I mean. You are seeing that first part being fulfilled as we go in time.

 

The Message of Jonathan Cahn

 

I know different ones have prepared to go to New Jersey to visit Beth Israel, Jonathan Cahn’s church. We know Jonathan Cahn’s message is a great message we are seeing in this hour, but it is not a message that will perfect the Bride. The Bride will only be perfected by the Word of God ministered by a five-fold ministry. When this gospel returns to the Jews, then the prophets will have a complete picture, but they don’t have that complete picture yet. Those two prophets do not have a complete picture yet of what is really going to happen. Wherever these two men are, they are just doing their part in order to fulfill a ministry that God has put upon them without really knowing what their purpose is. When Bro. Steve, Sis. Elsie, and myself went to New Jersey, I wanted to talk to Jonathan Cahn. He gave me the opportunity and I told him about Revelation 10:11, but he didn’t understand it. It caught him by surprise. I did tell him he had a ministry to fulfill, I did not go into the meaning Revelation 10:11, but I did tell him he had a ministry to fulfill that is greater than what he is doing now. Some who go to Beth Israel might expect to see a crowd of people that look like the people in our congregation, but you won’t see that. You will see a mixed crowd that has worldly elements. But you see a minister that is dressed holy and preaching the truth he knows, but it is going over their heads. Bro. Branham had that type ministry. Whenever he preached everybody was looking at the miracles and not the word that was being taught. That is all they were interested in, they did not care about the message. It was proved when he preached the Seven Seals and said, “If you will receive this, this is the third pull.” They missed the message because they were only looking at the man. I want to expand on that this morning: there is more to the ministry that God has raised up in this endtime. I will get to that at a later time.

 

1963: The Lord Descended From Heaven With A Shout

Mystery Cloud, Arizona 1963, as seen in Life Magazine. Click to enlarge

 

Something happened in 1963, something that had not happened in almost two thousand years. It said the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. We have two pictures here. This first one was what was seen by the world when the scripture was fulfilled, the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. The second picture we have is of Bro Branham and the angel of the Lord that was with him. Bro Branham said that when he met the seven angels at Sabino Canyon that this angel was the main one that was speaking to him. Bro. Branham, when he prayed for the sick, he always waited for the angel of the Lord to know what to do. He knew the angel’s voice before he ever knew what the angel looked like. It was years after he had begun to hear the voice that he came to finally see what he looked like, because the angel came and met him, and the angel he met had the same voice. That meeting happened at Charlestown, Indiana. People tramped over the ground there and they tramped over the ground in Burkesville, Kentucky where he was born. They did not see anything there. They did not see anything in Charlestown. They did not see this angel at all. What they saw was a great moving of something in the spirit. But the word had to be explained to them, they did not understand what was going on. They did not get anything for themselves. They still have not got anything for themselves. It is just a picture that stopped with the man. When Bro. Branham was gone, the picture stopped for them. If that is all we have today, then we do not have what we need. We have got to go on. We have to go on. It is not about the man, it is about the spirit that motivated the man, which pushed him into a perfect setting. I can take things and prove to you that something happened in 1963. This was an indication right here (pointing to chart) of what happened. People were looking at a strange cloud. This cloud appeared as Bro. Branham was in

Bro. Branham, Houston Texas, 1950, with pillar of light over his head

Sabino Canyon after he was met by the seven angels and told to return to Jeffersonville to preach the seals. Bro. Branham related how this cloud was formed by the angels as they ascended to heaven after speaking with him. Many people in different states saw the cloud and it was photographed and carried in news articles and magazines. Because it received so much attention a scientific study was done using the photos taken from the different states and angles. The scientists said it was a strange cloud because it was too high for vapors to form. Clouds can only form up to about five miles high. Even Life Magazine where this picture came from said that. You don’t have any vapors at twenty six miles high to make a cloud. That is impossible. Clouds are always lower than that. Think how big this strange cloud had to be. It was twenty six miles high and thirty miles across. What I want to show you is this: at first everyone carried this picture around holding it sideways and not realizing what they were looking at, because that is the way the photo was in the magazine. But when you take this picture here and turn it on its side, you can clearly see this cloud has a certain shape. Somebody got wise enough in 1964 to turn this picture on its side. What does it look like? It looks like the face of Jesus Christ. It said the Lord himself shall descend from heaven. This was in angelic form. God did something at this time because God closed off the Gentile age as far as church history is concerned. When this happened, then the Laodicean church world was done. You see what happened right at that time. Madeline O’Hara caused there to be no more prayer in schools, an atheist woman that was inspired by Russia. She got prayer taken out of the schools. It all happened here in this time. That is what I am trying to say because things changed at this time. It was not but a few years after this that abortion was legal. It was at this time that preachers of the church world were able to see the opening of the first six seals but they rejected it. The opening of the seals was when the Lord himself shall descend with a shout happened. If the message is a shout, then you have to believe what it says, the Lord himself shall descend, not in body form. Neither is Revelation 10 in body form, but it is angelic form. So here (pointing to the chart) is what was seen and here has what happened.

 

 

In The Days Of The Voice of the Seventh Angel

 

There are certain people that claim to be in the Branham move that would rejoice about this message because I mentioned Bro. Branham. I was at a restaurant recently where a man recognized me. He said, “Oh, you are Bro. Allen.” He knew my name. He said, “I was there when you preached Bro. Jackson’s funeral.” He sat here in the church, about four seats back. They snuck in, him and Billy Paul and some others. They acted as though they were part of the congregation and snuck in. At the funeral, the Bro. Jackson’s family had asked that the regular congregation get seats in the church before visitors, because there were not enough seats for everyone. They snuck in the line pretending to be part of the congregation, and then some of the congregation were not able to be in the church for the funeral because they had taken their seats. I did not say anything to him about it, I just let it go. He recognized me from that. If they do not recognize your name or face as something related to Bro. Branham, then you are nothing to them. He knew me because I mentioned Bro. Branham. I do often mention him, but not to worship him. I know who he was and what his message was. God did something through him because that is Revelation 10, verse 7. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel… In the days of the voice of the seventh angel, right here it is. (pointing to the strange cloud) That is when church world stopped, that is when the Bride began to be made up because she came out of denominationalism. I am not talking about the younger ones, but you younger ones are a product of what happened then. God always knows what He is doing. You do not take him by surprise. We have the same spirit today. In the days of the voice, the voice is the message, and message is still going on. We believe the message. I remember when Bro. Jackson preached his last series of messages. His topic was the seals. I remember asking him that last time he preached on that, I said, “Are you going to go any further on that?” He said, “No, I have something else.” The next Sunday he preached Darkness Is Setting In. Those were his last two messages. We have seen what happened from that time until this. Darkness has set in for a lot of people. I remember him saying that he was talking to Sis. Jackson and said, “It makes me want to cry,” he did not explain it and he did not go over it, but it was something concerning church people, that it hurt him because he knew people were going to walk away. He had a dream about it and saw the people in the dream that were going to walk away, and they did. Some walked away before he died and others right after his death. God is not working in a corner. The message can go to whosoever will, but it does not mean that whosoever will, will come. All that the Father giveth me shall come to me, not me, but to Him. That is predestination. They will come. God may have to drag some. What I mean by that is that He may put something upon somebody to make them realize He is God.

 

All these miracles on television: maybe they happen and maybe they do not? They are raising the dead, all of this and that, so they say. I said maybe it has happened, maybe it has not. If it is happening, it is not adding anything to them spiritually. No more than the healings added anything spiritual to those following Bro. Branham. The Branham move was looking for a tent meeting. Tents were out of place at the time. In 1965 tents were out of place, those days had passed. People had began gathering in stadiums by that time, but the people were looking for a tent. They looked at the story Bro. Branham told about squirrel hunting and interpreted it to mean there would be even greater healing miracles. They saw limbs being restored to people, arms, legs, eyeballs, a little bit of everything, they saw them coming on people. This is what they thought the third pull was. I remember the message Bro Branham preached and said, “If you will receive it, this is the third pull.” The third pull was greater than healing miracles. It was closing a door to something and opening a door to something else. The Bride went through that open door. What happened? She began to sup with him. Like it says in Revelation 3:20, he stands at the door and knocks. He is outside the church world, not even allowed in. What is he knocking for? To get those who are willing to come. Revelation 18:4 says Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins. The Bride came out. In 1963 and 1964, along in that time, what happened? You have that Pentecostal move going on. Up at Notre Dame, a Catholic college to the core, what happened? They began to speak in tongues and the spirit began to fall on them. I wondered about that myself. It all started in Canada. There nuns were speaking in tongues. That is a false move. Bro. Branham said he went to India and saw some of those Indian witch doctors. He said he saw them speak in tongues and their pencils rose up and wrote on paper with no one holding them. To them it was a great miracle, but the devil has great power. He works side by side with the spirit of God. He does not work with God’s spirit, but he competes with it. It is a false move. It has always been there, ever since man was upon this earth. The devil, what did he do in the beginning? He seduced Eve. It was the serpent, but it was the devil behind the serpent. They said that Bro. Branham said the devil had relationship with Eve. He did not say that, he said the serpent was an upright being like a Neanderthal or the missing link. In 1968 they said that the serpent seed doctrine was of the devil. They better watch what they say. But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, Bro. Branham was not going to carry that voice out to the end. Someone else was going to take the voice and go forward. The eagle still flies. The voice of the seventh angel goes on. This is the spirit, this is the time of the eagle, the fourth beast. Because there had to be an antidote to that fourth horse rider. The beasts and the horse riders go hand in hand in that way. Each beast is an antidote to combat the horse rider of the same period. What happened? The fourth angel introduces the fourth seal. What does all this point to? The mystery of God being finished. I am not going to get into that this morning, but we know what that is. The mystery of God is the calling of the Gentiles unto the truth. And this points to the finishing of it. I will wait until later to explain that, Lord willing.

 

The Day When the Son of Man is Revealed

 

This is an unusual verse, in Luke 17:30. Jesus has talked about the days of Noah, and about the days of Sodom.  And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man. They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all. Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded; But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. You brothers and sisters from other countries, you see it on the news. It is carried everywhere on CNN, Fox, BBC, and other broadcasts you are able to get. You see what is happening in America. It is ornery: a lowdown bunch of trash. Politicians push the gay agenda so that anything goes. It is devilish. You have opened the door that now young people in America are taking drugs and they are having to take them to hospitals and give them an antidote of another drug. In America this morning, city streets have become killing zones. Yesterday in New York City, there was a pipe bomb in a garbage can near where soldiers were to be marching. For some reason the march was delayed. It was set to go off at nine o’clock yesterday morning. Because of the delay, it went off before they got there. Twelve hours later, at nine o’clock last night, there was a second bomb near a dumpster. It was set out there in a tool box. It went off and twenty nine people were injured. It was so strong they heard it a long way off. They were trying to cause death. One woman was walking with her arm injured so bad it had something sticking out of it. That is what happens whenever sin reigns, whenever politicians allow this. If someone criticizes it, the politicians say we are not supposed to do that until we determine what it is. A man with a meat cleaver was slashing at people. Policemen today are paying a high price just because they have a police helmet on. Now it is going on all over America, they are kneeling down instead of honoring the flag. I am not talking about other lands, I do not know what is going on there. I know there is a lot that is going on in Europe. But I am talking about a land that was able to hear a message because it was spread throughout all the United States, Canada, and then around the world. Healings took place with important people. A queen in South Africa had fifty thousand people with her, she was healed. Those natives did not wear anything on top. The next night, without anybody telling them, they came in with blankets on. When the Holy Ghost speaks, it is time to listen. A minister should not even have to harp on these things. A beautiful female body? A gorgeous hunk of a man? That does not impress God.

Luke 17:30 said even thus shall it be. He saw the time, he saw what would be going on. Violence filled the earth in the days of Noah, but they kept eating and drinking. Homosexuality went on in Sodom and Gomorrah. They kept eating and drinking as though nothing had happened. It just became a common thing: violence and immorality. Today preachers build big monstrous buildings, they are now saying the gay lifestyle is not that bad. Any preacher that says that is a vulgar man, you should get out of the pulpit. That would be the best thing for you to do. Even thus shall it be in the day (that time period) when the Son of man is revealed. What does it mean when it says “the Son of man is revealed?” It is the message. Because through the message we come to know who Jesus Christ is. He is being revealed through the message. We know He is not God. We know He is the Son of God. Thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. Bro. Branham was not the Son of Man who was revealed. This is not talking about him, its talking about his message. He was not the message. He had the revelation of the message, and the revelation has not stopped. The message is still going on. I said and I will say it again: the greatest thing that has happened since the day of Pentecost, is what happened in 1963. The event in 1963 was the greatest of it all, because that opened up something. That opened up something for the Bride. Because it was the same time Revelation 18:3 happened, come out of her my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins. Something happened in 1963. That was a mark. A mark of time when God brought about a picture of where we are at in time. In 1963 I did not even know what a homosexual was. I had never heard of it. We are living in a dangerous time. People do not even know what their gender is. They know what drugs are. Girls that go to college in America, one fourth of them can expect to be raped. That is in the ivy league colleges as well as the rest of them. The American colleges originally were started as Christian schools. Look at their condition today. That is proof: if you open your doors to sin, then you are going to eat it. God will fill your plate to the top. You cannot escape it. It is here. Policemen yesterday in Charlotte North Carolina were shot to death. A man got out of a car and was told to put his gun down. He got back in the car and got out again. It was a black police chief on the news telling what happened. He said “Do not listen to what the media is saying about these events. The gunman was told to put down his gun. He would not. Another black police officer shot him. He died on the way to the hospital.” They began to pillage and burn in the streets because the news media will not tell the truth. They held back and would not tell the truth, but that police chief told it. He said he watched it from a helicopter. He said, “You are not telling the story right.” Sixteen police officers were injured in the riots. Police cars were torn up, beat up. Things burned in the streets. We are at the end. The Bride of Jesus Christ is living this thing out. Right now there are laws in effect. Our internet broadcast is not just being watched by Christian people, we are being watched by the F.B.I., Homeland Security, because they do not like us. I am not trying to incite anything, but we have to be watchful for what we say concerning truth. I will say, you can have it. I would rather close this place than to compromise. We will find our way somehow. Let me tell you right now there are people that love God and there are people that love truth, and there are people that will not compromise because we are getting ready to leave. We are living in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, and we are living in the day when the Son of Man is being revealed. It is about over. It is happening all over. There is no place you can go on this earth and find rest for your soul. The only place you can find rest is in living for Jesus Christ and living in the heavenly places of Christ Jesus. We are here at the endtime. There is nothing going to stop it. You do not have enough steam rollers, enough tanks, nothing. You cannot blow us away because there will be people alive and that will remain. Those that are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall be caught up with those that are gone on before. Are you ready? Do you want it?

 

The Two Prophets Receive A Message For Israel

I have some more scriptures. Let me go to Ezekiel 2 verse 9, And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me; (Compare this to Revelation 10. See the progression from a hand to a whole body? Ezekiel only seen a hand, but John saw the whole body. The hand has something in it, a scroll. It is the same hand John took the scroll from. We know something is connected to the hand, but Ezekiel did not see that part. The prophets are not going to know the whole picture. It shows that the New Testament ministry will know more than what the Old Testament prophets knew. The prophets did not know the full picture of grace. Abraham found grace, Noah also found grace, but they did not know what it was. What was it? It was not perfection as we know it. When Abraham found grace it was not perfection. It was a long way different than what they had. and, lo, a roll of a book was therein. (He just seen the hand with a scroll in it.) And he spread it before me; (What is the scroll about? It concerns the Jews. After the opening of the seventh seal the picture goes right on into the Jewish people. I thought all along that Bride people were going to be the ones to eat the book. But no. It is for the Jews, because the scroll is never closed after it is opened. There is one seal still holding it closed today. We know the message of the first six seals, what is on the back side, up to the seventh seal. God has already given us insight into their understanding. When it is opened, when it is beginning to be opened, it is all to the Bride. But after it is open, it goes to the Jews. Do you see the closeness of these two events? In Revelation 8:1 the seventh seal is opened. What is the next verse, Revelation 8:2? What is that verse about? Seven trumpets: the message of the two prophets. The calling out of the Jewish people, the calling of those 144,000 Jewish men of Revelation 7, and also the calling that woman of Revelation 12. The calling out of those people begins with Revelation 8:2, with the trumpets. But before the trumpets go into full focus, what happens? Verses 3, 4, and 5 happen: the Bride is still in the picture. It is the censer with the prayers of the saints. What is the last thing that happens in those verses concerning the Bride? Thunders, voices, lightening, and an earthquake. If it is a normal earthquake, why would he put it in there? Because the prayers of the saints are now ascending. That censer from the throne of God is bringing them up with smoke of the incense. And then in verse 6 things are over for the Bride, and the picture returns fully to the Jews. So we can see here how the last days for the Bride on Earth overlap and intertwine with the first days of the Jews being called to the gospel.

 

He spread it before me. You see, this is not Ezekiel at all who will be in the fulfillment of this, just like John is not in the fulfillment of Revelation 10. Ezekiel is having a vision of future things. He sees the picture, but he does not get the message. In its actual fulfillment, God will spread this scroll before those two prophets as they come on the scene.) and it was written within and without: (See? The whole contents of the scroll is open when that time comes. What we have looked at now in part will become a full picture when that time comes because Jesus Christ is not keeping anything from His Bride. Before the wedding everything is open. Jesus Christ will no longer be standing at the door knocking. Why? Anybody that opens the door, I will come unto him and sup with him, and he with me. That is what we are doing now. We better be. I see a people that has been called out, that is being perfected. We are getting ready to go.) and there was written therein lamentations, (Therein, on the inside. Do you think whenever the Bride is getting ready to leave here, she is going to be lamenting? The scroll is not going to be opened and then His wife is lamenting. A child of God, when they get married will not be mourning.) mourning, and woe. (Is that a picture of the Bride this morning? This lets us see this part affects the Jews, not the bride. The contents of this scroll will not cause the Bride to lament and mourn. The contents of this scroll will make us rejoice. Next we will see this part is to Israel, not the bride. Then it goes into Chapter 3.) Moreover he said unto me, Son of man, eat that thou findest; eat this roll, and go speak unto the house of Israel. Speak to Israel. He is not being sent to speak to the Gentiles. The Bride is leaving, the Gentile grace age is over. We see what will be spoken to Israel in Revelation 11. So I opened my mouth, and he caused me to eat that roll. Now listen to what happens. And he said unto me, Son of man, cause thy belly (thy inner being) to eat, (What is he eating? Lamentations, mourning, and woe. This is because of the message in the scroll and because of the message of the first six seals. Jesus, on His way to the cross saidDaughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and for your children.” He could see that little boy and that little girl and that little baby, thirty five years later, in 68 AD. He could see the child grown up and going through a miserable condition for three years of time, until finally in 70 A.D. they end up eating their own children. The slaughter was so great. Jesus had warned them saying, “When you see Jerusalem compassed about with armies, flee, get out, do not even take your stuff with you.” This is similar to the lamentation and mourning and woe that will be in this scroll.) and fill thy bowels with this roll that I give thee. Then did I eat it; and it was in my mouth as honey for sweetness. This is just like Revelation 10:10, it is the same scroll and it causes the same effect on the men who ate it. Let us now connect this to Revelation 11, because this is the same scroll that was ate by John in Revelation 10. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. The temple is there on Mount Zion at this point. It has already been built. This angel speaking in Revelation 11 is the same angel that was speaking in Revelation 10 because it does not introduce another angel. When the Bible was written, it was not written in chapters and verses, or numbered.  But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. Revelation 11:2 happens during the time of the trumpets. So let us go read Revelation 8:2. And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets. (Now verse 3 goes back to the bride.) And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; (Here you are, saints of God, here you are. Here is what your prayers are presenting. I see a dedication in your lives.) and there was given unto him much incense, (much incense) that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. All, not just a few. Everybody is beautiful in the eyes of the Lord. He is not looking at skin. And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand. Think of that, your prayers, God is interceding. This is all coming up before Him. Why? We are getting ready to receive something. Why? Revelation 19:7, it says His wife, we are not a Bride anymore. And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, (Sure, voices. Maybe I could speculate a little on that, it could be the voices of seven thunders. I am speculating at that.) and thunderings, (Maybe that is right? Thunderings. Could that be seven thunderings? And what? Voices, thunderings,) lightnings, and an earthquake. One of these days there is going to be an earthquake, the graves are going to open. The saints are going to be raised. Then you will see your loved ones that are the Bride of Christ. Not in spirit form, but body form. I will have a new body, praise the Lord, I will have a new life. Glory! Glory! See? These verses match verse 6 and 7 of Revelation 10. And the next verse, Revelation 8:6, matches back with Revelation chapter 11. And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound. Prepared themselves to sound, not all of them at one time. They will sound one at a time. Do not tell me that we will not know who those prophets are. We see clearly the bride and the two prophets are intertwined there in that 8th chapter.

 

The Present Truth: A Message For Our Hour

 

The other apostles did not speak much about the topics which the apostle John has seen and talks about here in the Book of Revelation, because it was not known during their time. They had all been martyred and killed before John had this vision. So when we talk about the early church, they had the message of the hour that brought them to Christ. That was the beginning of the gospel. When the message of their hour was brought, they gave certain indications of what would happen at the endtime, as Paul did and Peter did. They talked about the relationship between their time and the endtime as they saw it.  Peter and Paul explained as much as they understood, but more understanding had to be given for the church to have a full picture. That understanding came from Revelation, which came to John at the end of the apostles’ days. Whenever I set out to study this, I thought it would be a short message. I could not see anything beyond a couple sermons until I began to get into it. Then you see Old Testament prophets that are mentioning things as the revelation comes to them. I went over the 10th chapter of the book of Ezekiel, but then you go back to the 1st chapter of Ezekiel and he is talking about the same thing, talking about the same beasts and everything. I feel like he probably gave a little better representation in that 1st chapter of Ezekiel than he did in the 10th chapter because it was an ongoing thing. Whenever Ezekiel saw this, he was in Babylon. He was one of the prophets that was carried away just as Daniel and some of the others were. The prophets were spoken to by God while they were in Babylon. You find that as you read their writings. When you come over into the New Testament you have the book of Hebrews which explains the relationship of law to grace. It was a Hebrew book. It explains the law but it brings it into grace, and explains what the law could not do, grace did. So we live by grace today that has handed down by the spirit of God to the apostles as they were commanded to write. We are living in a different time now because we are living when the end is expected soon. This is something they talked about. Even Paul, when he talked about it, he said “we which are alive and remain,” expecting at that time that he would be alive at the rapture. Then when you come to the 4th chapter of 2nd Timothy, Paul realizes he is not going to be alive when the rapture comes. So he is really writing his obituary in 2nd Timothy, if you want to call it that. He is writing and tells about who all has deserted him and the gospel. This is not a new thing that people leave. It happened with John in 90 A.D. He talks about Diotrephes who loved popularity and led people astray. So on it goes like that. The apostles brought the word for their hour, but they expand it into the endtime. If you examine their message you find it was mostly for the time they were living in and then they jump from there to the endtime. They really only looked at their time and the endtime, not the period of nearly two thousand years that came between their time and the endtime. So we have to pick up the understanding of what came between their day and the endtime from the book of Revelation, from the very 1st chapter all the way to chapter 22. We pick up what is happening from there on. We are living in the time of the 10th chapter. We have been living in that time since 1963. You may wonder why I keep mentioning 1963. Something dynamic happened in 1963 that had not happened since the early church. This is the time when the church is getting ready for the rapture. It is going to end up in chapter 19 where it talks about His wife. In Revelation 19 the marriage ceremony has already happened. It said His wife hath made herself ready, so that is really a past tense phrase there in the 19th chapter. His wife hath made herself ready. It is talking about the time we are living in. There are requirements placed on us and something is expected of us in order to meet the criteria of making ourselves ready. We are a privileged people and we are a blessed people if we stick with the word. But to walk away from it is walking away from life. It does not make any difference what you think of me, the word is still alive.

 

You see that Revelation 10:7 speaks of the mystery of God. There is much I want to speak on that, but I am going to wait until later my message. I want to go more deeply into verse 7 then, not now. In Revelation 10:7 there is the introduction of the mystery. Christ explained the mystery in John 10:16. He said other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold. He is talking about Gentiles. You see in 53 to 54 A.D. and that period, that Paul is going to the Gentiles. Time goes on, by 66 A.D. then Paul is martyred and leaves the scene. That was thirty three years after the death and resurrection of the Lord Jesus Christ. We never talk about His death unless we talk about a resurrection. We never talk about a death unless we talk about the blood that was shed because these are all important for salvation and the hope of the resurrection. If you are just born again and die and that is it, then that is not a completion. But in the 8th chapter of Romans, you see the creature, talking about the creature being brought together, soul and body. So we know we have a soul because the first thing God did to Adam was that He made him a body. The body was the first thing that was there because he laid there, limp as a dead person. But whenever God breathed into his nostrils the breath of life, then he became a living soul. That is the way we are. We are just dead people with bodies that God has never breathed on until we receive the spirit of God. That was what happened on the day of Pentecost. What was it? That fresh breeze that came in and filled the whole room. As it did, it was as a mighty rushing wind. Maybe it caused them a sensation, if you know what I mean. Because why? Because life came in. Peter and early believers had very little revelation before the upper room. They did recognize at times that Jesus was the Christ. But he had left them and they had no assurance. They had no assurance because He was not yet glorified, and therefore he could not give them the holy spirit. It took Him being glorified to be able to complete the deal that was set forth by God, and they finally received that assurance in the upper room. Are you ready? Are you ready to go? Are you ready to go home? This world is not my home. I am just passing through. I am not just passing through, I am preparing. This is wedding preparation. The process of the bride getting herself ready started in Revelation chapter 3, where he talks about coming to know Him through his fellowship with His saints. We come to know the Lord as we sup with him and we grow in grace, and go on to perfection. We find in Hebrews 6 it says, leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto perfection. The principals as he talks about are the basic truths such as water baptism and things of that nature. We are to go on unto something else that is going to be more. Those principle doctrines are the beginning for us; that is when we are babes in Christ. Because the new birth is a new birth. You start out as a baby. There is growth that goes on after you are born. I see these little babies as they are born, really they do not act as though they know much about their surroundings. But after a little while, at four or five months old, they begin to they realize they have hands and feet. The bride of Christ is realizing who she is.

 

 

The Two Prophets Take The Message To Israel

 

I am going to bring in two scriptures from Hosea. I know a lot has been said about Hosea, but a lot can be said about it as we look at chapter 5 and chapter 6. Chapter 5 is really an introduction to chapter 6, because what happens in chapter 5 is what brings about chapter 6. I was thinking about that 3rd verse, we have gone over the 2nd verse a lot, but I was thinking about the 3rd verse of the 6th chapter. I want to go back into the 5th chapter and verse 14. For I will be unto Ephraim as a lion, Ephraim here refers to the 10 northern tribes of Israel. When you get to Revelation 7, you do not see Ephraim’s name there because it changes to Joseph. Joseph and Ephraim are the same tribe. Ephraim, which is Joseph’s son, is really taking over for Joseph. I am not speaking against what Bro. Branham said, but he said Ephraim and Dan’s names were left out of Revelation 7. He thought Ephraim and Dan were both dismissed from the blessing of God. But really only Dan was dismissed. Joseph had two sons, Manassas the elder and Ephraim the younger. Ephraim inherited Joseph’s portion. We see how Ephraim inherited Joseph’s portion in the 49th chapter of Genesis. We see God chose to treat Ephraim as the elder son. So the blessing fell upon Ephraim. We find that Joseph is sitting there and Jacob is giving his last blessing on his death bed to his family. He tells what everyone will receive as an inheritance and what everyone will suffer. When he comes down to Joseph to offer him a blessing, Joseph brings forward his first born son Manassas and Jacob said, “No, that is not what I want. I do not want Manassas. I want Ephraim.” I remember when Bro. Branham went over that. He explained how Jacob crossed his hands and that made the sign of the cross. So it was Ephraim that really took on the name of Joseph. But we find in Revelation 7 that it says Joseph rather than Ephraim. Really, Ephraim and Joseph are the same tribe, the scripture just uses two different names for the same tribe. Joseph’s other son Manassas took Dan’s place. If you go back to Kings and back to Judges, you find the reason for Dan being left out. In Judges you will find that Dan was the first one to introduce Israel to false religion. That is where they started sacrificing their firstborn children to Baal. It was there. That reaches on into 1st Kings as you search the scriptures. I am not going into all that, but you will find it there. Because of that, Dan was dismissed from the blessing of the Lord and Manassas took his place. I will be unto Ephraim as a lion, that is Joseph’s tribe. Hosea just mentions two tribes here. The two he mentions is Ephraim and Judah. I will be unto Ephraim as a lion, in other words God is going to devour something. He does not do away with it, but he really takes away the influence there. Because of what? Because of sin. The 28th chapter of Deuteronomy tells what is going to happen if they depart from serving the living God.) and as a young lion to the house of Judah: (He is talking about the two southern tribes now, which would be Judah and Simon. He is talking about them, and he is talking about Ephraim as the ten northern tribes. This is something that impacts all tribes of Israel. These verses in Hosea show their rejection and then their acceptance of their Messiah. This is connected to the Revelation 10:11, because Revelation 10:11 is the message that goes to Israel at that time when they accept their Messiah. People have criticized our teachings concerning Hosea 6:2, they have criticized that because they thought the third day would be the Millennium, which it is not. These two days have nothing to do with Gentile time, the two days relate only to the Jews. It has nothing to do with the Millennium, except it will go into the Millennium. Because it said in the third day he shall raise us up and we shall live in his sight, and it says after two days he shall revive us. The revival must happen in the third day. When you go after two days you have to go into the third day. Of course people have said, “That is not right.” They want to claim we are wrong. Why would that be? Why would they would want to say we are wrong, whenever they are wrong? I am very satisfied with what I believe and what I have taught. I have done all I can to get this thing straight, by the grace of God.) I, even I, will tear and go away; (See, He said tear, He did not say he would kill them. He is going to wound them. I will tear and go away.) I will take away, and none shall rescue him. It has been two thousand years and they have not been rescued yet. Not until the Messiah comes, that is their final rescue. I will go and return to my place, (God is saying to the Jewish nation, I am going to leave.) till they acknowledge their offence, (They have not done that yet. You see that in Zechariah 12 and 13. That is when they acknowledge their offence. What was their offence? The first offence was that they departed from God. The second offence was that they rejected their Messiah. See what that has caused? If it caused that to Israel, what will that do to us if we depart from the living God? Until they acknowledge their offence,) and seek my face: in their affliction they will seek me early. In their affliction, those two prophets are going to bring disaster to the nation of Israel. Then some, not all, but some begin to acknowledge their offence. Let us go to Zechariah 12:10 to see that.

 

The Jewish People Accept Their Messiah

 

And I will pour upon the house of David, (Why does he mention the house of David? Because this is a part of the Judean tribe and he was a king that brought Israel together, the only one that ever brought the whole house of Israel together. It stayed together under Solomon, but Solomon began to be a rigorous king. He began to burden Israel with taxation because he began to build. Just like the government is doing now. Did you notice all the construction in the last few months? It is election time. After the election, then it will stop and the roads will be bad again. Solomon began to marry all these wives. For his Egyptian wife he built a great palace. By the time he was through, God was through.) and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, (Jerusalem is the place of David. Jerusalem has a revival coming. That is where the two prophets will be.) the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn. In that day shall there be a great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon. And the land shall mourn, (The land shall mourn, that means the nation.) every family apart; the family of the house of David apart, and their wives apart; the family of the house of Nathan apart, and their wives apart. The family of the house of Levi apart, and their wives apart; the family of Shimei apart; and their wives apart; all the families that remain, every family apart, and their wives apart. See, there is a great mourning. Why? Because of Zechariah 12:10. Jesus appears there, they seem him, and they realize the truth at that time. Today they are looking to build their temple. That is their main thought now. I saw where Glick went to the gates of the temple mount and prayed. Something is going on in Israel. There is something going on in Faith Assembly, in Norway, in South Africa, and the Philippines, and around this world were the truth is loved. This is not going to be stopped. They may shut the doors, but they will not stop the message. Let us go back to Hosea, 6th chapter, Come, and let us return unto the Lord. This is their cry as the events of Zechariah 12:10 happens. They had missed him. He had been gone so long, and they are ready to go back to him. There is something stirring within that Jewish nation today. They will never recognize their Messiah until those two prophets come. But I believe God is stirring their hearts now. The two prophets do not yet know who they are. They do not yet know their mission. As I talked to Jonathan Cahn, when I told him about Revelation 10:11, he did not recognize it. But I told him. I said “You have a far greater mission than what you are doing now.” I do not know how he received it, but he thanked me. He appreciated it. I did not aim to preach to him. I did not preach to him on the Godhead. I would not want anybody else to. You are not the one to do it. It will be God himself. It has come through the grace of God, the revelation of truth to us. This was implanted in our hearts. We survived the Methodists, we survived the Baptist, the Catholic, and the Lutheran Churches. Because God said in Revelation 18, come out of her my people. A lot of you do not know what that means because you were never in those systems. God did not have to speak to you in that way because you were never there. But God has spoken to you to bring you to a present truth that is outshining any age in time, bringing us right down to the endtime where God has pulled back the covers. “Come on and walk with me,” Jesus Christ is saying, “Let us walk the aisle together.” We are in a marriage ceremony. That is where we are at. You are getting your instructions for marriage now. Think about it. It is so precious even when we think about it, being the Bride of Christ. No other generation has had what we have. It cannot be long until the end because in Revelation 24 it says that generation from 1948 on will not pass away before the end comes. Next year will be seventy years, counting from 1948 on, you will wind up with 2018. If you count from 1948 to 2018 then you have seventy years. God will do a quick work. You can look from here on for things to pick up. It is not just time flying by, it is something happening.  I enjoy seeing my brothers stand here together, arm in arm. God is doing something. He is putting a family together. They see eye to eye. I could not make that happen. We can preach truth, we can say this and that, but it has to be God. It has to be God. Why not? Why not break every barrier? Why not break every bond? What does He say in Revelation 3:20. Behold I stand at the door and knock. He, or her, that opens the door, I will come in and sup with them. Are we having that communion with our Lord? I believe this convention will bring about more change than any other we have had. I believe people are looking for it. They are looking for unity. That is what we have this morning, a unity. What does unity bring about? A unit. You cannot break a unit. That puts every joint together, every joint supplying to the other joints from head to foot. When we get to the shoulder, the neck will connect to the head which is Jesus Christ.

 

What did it say in Hosea 5:14? I will tear and go away. Then it says, come and let us return unto the Lord for he hath torn, that is past tense. In that 14th verse he said, I will tear. In that 1st verse of the 6th chapter, it says, I have torn. See? There is a difference. Words make a difference. He is bringing those verses together. This is the Jewish nation he is speaking to. Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for he hath torn, and he will heal us; he hath smitten, and he will bind us up. What is the binding up to be? To bring them together. They are not unified in their faith today as many Jews are atheists. We met a Jewish man at a Jewish center one time in Norway. What did he say? He still had numbers on his arm where he had been captured by the Nazis. He was eighty two or eighty three years old. What did he say? “How can a God of love let something like this happen?” The man died while he was still angry with God. He died the next year. He could not see, he could not look at scripture. He gave up on it. When we give up on believing, there is nowhere to go but down. He hath smitten and he will bind us up. In other words, the tears, the things that have happened, he is going to bind that up so now it can heal. The nation had been broken apart. The ten northern tribes were broken away from the two southern tribes. What is He going to do? He is going to heal them. You see that in Revelation 7 when he begins to call out a 144,000. He does not mention north and south. He mentions Israel as one nation. After two days will he revive us: (We are after two days now. It happened at 2004 and one half, the second day ended and the third day began.) in the third he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight. Then shall we know, (That is talking of the Jews receiving the gospel through the two prophets. Revelation 10:11) if we follow on to know the Lord: his going forth is prepared as the morning; and he shall come unto us as the rain, (As the rain, slowly, slowly, slowly.) as the latter and former rain unto the earth. The latter and former rain all together. Back in the time of Christ, He poured that former rain on the nation of Israel. He is going to bring it down to the endtime. It is going to be both, former and latter. We will be looking from heaven on that.

 

Two Prophets Instruct the People to Flee

Revelation 12, Woman With Child clothed in the sun with the moon under her feet, representing the nation of Israel

I was thinking about the message that Bro. Charles delivered concerning the 11th chapter of the book of Revelation, when he was talking about the two prophets’ message. He went into Revelation 12 where he was more or less talking about the woman of Revelation 12 being made up before the middle of the week, and she finds her place. Whenever he said that I began to think about it.  The teaching has been that it is just a short period of time there for the woman to flee, just days to which she will be able to flee. But whenever I looked at that, then I had to go to Revelation 12 to see just what it really happens. I am not questioning my brother on that. I want you to go there with me. We will go to verse 5. Some people have to know everything, especially the critics, but we are not preaching to the critics. But we need to be settled in a revelation that we can be able to explain. Let us look at verse 5. And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne. Now verse 6 is the one that settles it. And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. See? She is already there. She got the two prophets’ message. What I am saying is this: she is not there in the wilderness for very long before the middle of the week of Daniel, but there is no way she can go on a three days’ notice. This was a planned thing. She got the message of the two prophets to flee. So as it goes on, Brother Charles keeps proving his point. I am not questioning what he preached, I am just showing you the answer, in case you had a question. Because the woman is already in the wilderness when the middle of the week begins. How did she get there? We find out in chapter 12. We find out that she got there on the message of those two prophets. See? This is still connected to Revelation 10:11. Let us read verse 7. And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, and prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven. This happens at the middle of the week of Daniel. And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. After this he has no more influence in the heavenlies. He and his power is bound to earth. That is why you can see the saints of God, the Bride of Christ, and the rejoicing that happens in heaven. You see the four beasts. The four beasts represents the church of the living God throughout the ages. The calf, the lion, the face of the man, the flying eagle: they represent the bride saints of their age. That flying eagle represents the Bride of Christ here in the last day. We are that eagle generation. The eagle still flies. And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. This is the source of our problems. This is going to linger as long as we are here on earth. But Satan is cut off from heaven in the middle of the week. That gives those Jewish people and the foolish virgins power, because Satan is no more in heaven, he is on earth. Their prayers are not hindered anymore because there is no one there to accuse them before the throne. They are willing to die. They talk about being willing to die, it is something if they are offering themselves to die. And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, (That is Gentiles and Jews who have recognized who He is. This is from the middle of the week on.) and by the word of their testimony; (That is Jews) and they loved not their lives unto the death. They are not just saying, “Bless God, I am willing to die for it,” they will truly die. See? The Jewish nation’s politicians will sell them out at the start of the week of Daniel when the covenant is signed. Not all of the Jews will be able to escape to the wilderness before the anti-Christ arrives in Jerusalem. The 144,000 will be scattered around the world. The message that the two prophets had, now that 144,000 are carrying it to the ends of the earth, because people have to be saved from every color and race. Otherwise the devil has won. That is why Bro. Jackson looked at Isaiah 60:10 and said that strangers would build up the walls. That is people from China, India, and the east. At that time they are no longer believing Buddhism or Hinduism. Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth (That is the middle of the week. This is all happening right here in a central part of time. Bro. Jackson taught that the three woes happened around the time of the two prophets’ death. This does not say that this is the third woe, but it is. The first two woes were in Revelation 9 and 11.) and of the sea! For the devil is come down unto you, (When did it say he had come down? In the middle of the week. It keeps repeating, he has come down.) having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. Now he realizes, I have to do something and I only have a short time to do it. He finally reads the book, he finally reads the back of the book. It keeps repeating this. And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which had brought forth the man child. (That is Israel.) And to the woman (This woman represents a portion of the Jewish people. This woman is God’s Bride. Not Christ’s Bride. God was married to Israel.) were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, (It is already prepared when this time comes. We believe America is the place that she will come, because it says on down there that the earth helped her. Where do you find the earth again? The 13th chapter of Revelation, starting in the 10th verse where it talks about the lamb beast which came up out of the earth. See? To the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, which is the two prophets’ message. Two wings, two prophets. Moses and Elijah. God knows that there was a great responsibility on their hands. God knew where we would be in this hour. He knew where we would be sitting. I am not talking about the seats you are in, I am talking about time. Here we are, this is God’s time clock. We are on God’s time now. That Eternal Spirit that knows no time, dwells among us, without a doubt. That she might fly into the wilderness…) into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. She is nourished for how long? Twelve hundred and sixty days. She is already there. Why did it not say twelve hundred and fifty nine days? Or why did it not say twelve hundred and sixty one days? It said twelve hundred and sixty days, three and one half years: she is there when it begins. She is nourished for a time, times and half a time. From what? From the face of the serpent. What is the serpent? That old dragon, the devil. The scripture says the place was prepared. This lets us know something is getting ready to happen in America. You see it on the news, all the violence and riots. You wait, I predict before it is over with, this thing is going to spread to most every major city in America at one time, because there is a house cleaning coming. God is getting America ready for the coming of the woman of Revelation 12. I do not know that the Bride will still be here when this judgement finally comes on America, but it is looking favorable. So get your house in order. Clean house. I am not talking about a broom. Everything that is hidden there, that is causing you not to get close to God, get rid of it. You do not need it. And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood (he is not spewing water, but he is spewing a flood of warfare, a flood of persecution. He is not interested in the rest of the world, he has already got them. But he wants that woman. That is the desire of the world today, get rid of those Jews.) after the woman. He is trying to come after the woman, this is the European system doing it. The European beast system will be led by the anti-Christ at the time it signs that agreement in Daniel 9:27, and will continue to do so throughout that seven year period of time.

 

The Anti-Christ Takes Over: The Two Prophets are Killed

When Israel signs that agreement, they will not know what they are doing. But once it is in effect they will find out that they gave that religious devilish system the right to come into their nation and rule other them ruthlessly. Israel will have seen those two prophets when that happens. And when the anti-Christ comes at the middle of the week of Daniel he will kill them both. The people will see those two prophets lying in the middle of the street, dead. They see the newsmen, ABC, NBC, CNN, they see them standing around, all of them, BBC, all of them rejoicing because they think they have done something wonderful, just like they thought they did something when Christ was put in the tomb. Those religious Jews thought they had got rid of Him, but all of a sudden here he came, as it were a lightning bolt and cut that veil which covered the holy of holies where the Shekinah glory was, from top to bottom. Whenever they kill these two prophets, they think they have got rid of their enemies. When those two prophets are killed they rejoice. The world rejoices. I am talking about the prophetic world. If America is the wilderness country where the woman will flee, then we will have different leadership than we have now. We will have a leadership that is not afraid to profile, that is not afraid to stand for itself. Why? They still have the button, if you know what I mean, they still have that button to the nuclear bomb. There is enough in Colorado to clean up the whole world. America will never be touched for that reason. And the earth (Revelation 13: That lamb beast is no longer on the scene. America is no longer that country that has made herself look so glorious, the strongest nation in the world and her President is the leading man in the world. We can see that is not so anymore when these things come to pass. The pope is above the President right now in popularity. If it came down to a vote, the pope would win. If you look into the news you see the pope is the most popular man on earth, he has 85% approval rating. And the earth…) helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. What does the 9th verse say? The great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan. And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed. Where is that at? Back in Jerusalem and Israel. That is where the remnant of her seed are. Which keep the commandments of God, (Jews) and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. That is the foolish virgins. We can understand more about this in Zechariah. Let us go to chapter 13:8-9. And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. Only one third of the Jews left in Israel will survive. That is what that devilish anti-Christ is going bring about. Chapter 14. Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. (In the midst of Jerusalem, Israel.) For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; (The battle of Armageddon) and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. Then shall the Lord go forth and fight against those nations, (This is the same as Revelation 16, where the blood comes to the horse’s bridle.) as when he fought in the day of battle.

This world has its reward. She is sinking fast. This world will have no reward on the other side, they are getting their reward now. I want mine over there. They have houses that cover a whole city block. But that is nothing compared to what we are going to receive. Peter began to ask Jesus, he said we have left all, what will we have? He said in this life, you will receive a hundred fold, plus persecution, and in the next world eternal life. If it had not been for God, I would be in the grave today. All the rest of my family are dead except my sister. If it was not for God, where would you be this morning? We do not want to question that too much because it is God who brought us through. We do not have a big sign out here flashing that says, “Faith Assembly Church, everybody come in as you are.” We have a little sign that says “Faith Assembly Church.” I said, “Do not put my name on there.” I just want people to know where we are at. And I want Bride people to know where we are at so that visitors trying to find us can know they are at the right place. Where are we at? Right down here on the end of Potter’s Lane, listening to the Potter, being fashioned on that wheel as it goes around, as His hands smooth it out. The last things that happen to that clay vessel, it is baked. After it is baked, then it is painted and polished and ready to go. This is us. I am not bragging, I am just telling you the truth. That is what my ministering brothers are doing. I love my brothers and what they have to say. I love the words that come from their mouths and I am expecting great things! Are you?

REVELATION-10-No.2

Revelation 10, Part 1 – 2017, October


Introduction

Preached September 4-11, 2016.

Rev. James C. Allen

 

This is the day the Lord has made, so let us rejoice and be glad in it. Last Sunday and again Thursday I mentioned something about this message but I did not say what it was. You may see the title and get the idea, “I have already heard that.” If you feel that way then you are out of place because there are going to be things you haven’t heard, and it is going to be according to the word of the Lord. I could not think of any better title for this message than “Revelation 10”, because that is what it is all about. That is going to be the hub of everything I have to say. We have many listeners and readers from all over the world, we welcome them. Some of them we have never seen and may never see until the rapture takes place, but they are following the word of the Lord as it is being taught by the servants of God. We are following the Lord by His scripture, not by our thoughts and ideas and opinions. Bro. Charles preached two weeks ago, then I began to think about Revelation 10 after he had preached what he did, which was inspiring. I am sure thankful for Bro. Charles and Bro. Kevin.

 

Opening of the Seventh Seal

I will go to Revelation 8 first as we begin this message. This is where the seal is opened. I will say something right now, after this seal is opened, it is never again closed. Never. You will not find that it is ever closed. Let’s read verse 1. And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. See? Every seal is broken, there is not one left unbroken. There is nothing left binding the scroll together. It stays that way until the end. I want to look at that and other things. Let me read that again. When he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven. You see here there was something going on in the earth. All attention in heaven is drawn to earth. In the days of Job, everything was focused around Job at that time because God had put forth a challenge to Satan: “Have you considered my servant Job?” The attention of the whole picture there is concerning Job and his friends that came to him. They were friends for seven days, after that they began to speak evil of him. God did not like it. I will have to say this to any critic, God doesn’t like you talking about His children and you will be punished for it. You will have the results of your punishment before you leave this earth. You see that in Matthew 24 when you get down to the last part of the chapter.

 

Now this seventh seal is related to the trumpets. You see the time line here. The beginning of the trumpets is intertwined with the last seal. In this I want to go to Revelation 10:7 and see what happened there, but not yet because there are other things I want to cover here first. And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets. Now these are angels that stand before God. That is their place, and that is where they are. That is where they are now, because they are waiting. They are not jittery, they are not just standing there waiting to get noticed. If we are over anxious we get in trouble. I do not know when the end is coming, but there are too many things being shown unto the church and unto the servants of God in this hour for it to be unnoticed. As you look at all of it, you know God is getting things ready. He is getting things ready for the final push. It is right around the corner: we know that. We do no not know exactly where we are in time, but we know we are close, because we are waiting. When a person gets too impatient, that is when there is trouble. Thoughts begin to build in their mind. They begin to have feelings like, “Let’s get this thing over with”. It will not change though. Our thoughts do not change anything in the plan of God.

 

And another angel came and stood at the altar. (Where is the altar? It is not talking about Jerusalem in the natural. It is talking about the altar in heaven at the throne of God: where Jesus Christ sits.) having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, (Not just a little, not just a little dab, but much incense: because of the time; because of the event. It has never happened before.) that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints (All saints. Who is it talking about? It is talking about Bride saints at that certain hour. This is connected with the opening of the seventh seal. That he should offer it with the prayers of all saints…) upon the golden altar which was before the throne. (See there? It explains it, it is before the throne, not on earth but in heaven. This angel has a special anointing. This is happening while there is silence is in heaven.) And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, (See? The prayers are no longer in this earthly setting. The heaven is opened and this incense which the angel adds is like the incense which the children of Israel offered in the tabernacle in the wilderness. They offered incense, because it was to represent something. The smoke of the incense which came with the prayers of the saints…) ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand. (See where it is? This angel is standing at the throne and the incense is going from the angel’s hand up before God and that is mingled with your prayers.) And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: (Now it is no longer just prayers ascending unto God, but this is something else.) and there were voices, (Sure) and thunderings, (Sure) and lightnings, and an earthquake. And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound. See? This is an interruption. They are standing there at attention, ready to sound, but something else happens on earth to interrupt what they were going to do. Because after this they are going to begin to sound. The sounding is something that will happen here on earth, because this is connected with Revelation 10. I want to go to that.

 

Seven Thunders: Uttered Then Sealed

Verse 1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, (A rainbow means something has happened. It happened back in chapter 8 when the seal was opened. You bring that first verse of chapter 8 right over here to chapter 10, to the first verse.) and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire. (That is representing authority. What is this authority? It is something that has never happened before, because it is showing the authority He has from chapter 5 as He is the Lamb there, the Lamb of God. Having seven horns, representing seven ages.) And he had in his hand a little book open: (As I said earlier, this book is never closed.) and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth. Bro. Charles brought that out in a message. That is representing something universal. This is for the universal church. This has nothing to do with anybody else. We are going to see something about this seal. And he had in his hand a little scroll, that book, opened. The reason it is open is that the seventh seal is broken. Now the whole thing is opened up of what he meant, even from the very beginning. What was the beginning of it? A thunder, the first seal. I remember Bro. Jackson going over that. The first seal is the only seal besides the seventh where there was thunder when it was opened. If what happened with the first seal was one thunder, what about when seven thunders happens? Looking back and Revelation 8:5, that is why you see those voices. That is why you see those thunderings. That is why you see that earthquake. Because something great is just about to happen. And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth(Authority. There is no other animal on the earth that has the voice of a lion. They put their head down close to the ground and let out a roar that can be heard for five miles. You can hear an elephant for only two miles. A tiger only two miles. That is why He is represented as a lion of the tribe of Judah, because of the voice of the word of God.) and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: (I always looked at this and thought, “Well, John is going to write it down. He knows it.” John did not know it. He is speaking of this end time. The seventh seal was not opened in the first age. Seven thunders uttered their voices and he was about to write, but this verse is talking about the end time.)

 

Let us look at this a little closer: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. It is not the seal he is instructed to seal up. It will never close, you will find that later on because the seal goes beyond the Bride. We have always heard that it is the names of those that are in the scroll, but it goes beyond that. It has that, but it goes beyond that: because over here he is demanded to eat it. Who is going to eat it? And why is it in his mouth so sweet and in his belly so bitter? We will see. You have not heard all of Revelation 10. We have read it, but we have not heard it all. Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered and write them not. Why would he say, “Do not write these things?” Why are they sealed? That is a question this morning, why are they sealed? Because they are for the Bride only. The sealing is because the rest are not going to receive it. They will not, because they cannot. There may be words they hear as it comes about but they will not receive it because it is sealed to them. They will never understand because it is above their head. But the little book is still open. Why would God give out His understanding of what the seven thunders say to the rest of the world? It has no effect on them, it is not theirs.

 

Brothers and sisters, we have been called to the highest calling there is. There is none above it. You do not get that privilege and I do not get that privilege to sit at the marriage supper just because of who we are. It is because of who He is. I know what I am talking about here. I have lived this for over a week. I woke up yesterday at three in the morning and could not go back to sleep because this was churning inside of me. Two weeks ago when Bro. Charles preached, I did not know this. You did not know it either. That is why I said when I started out: “do not get ahead of me.” Right here (pointing to chart) you see the feet, you see the rainbow. They cannot steal that rainbow. You cannot make something dirty out of that. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven. Lifted up his hand to heaven: that is a sign that grace is over for the Gentiles. No more souls will be saved. Today the world can seek him, they can plead now, but they will not be doing it then. For them the breaking of the seal is the end. But the Bride of Jesus Christ it is not the end, it is going to go beyond that. Because when the seventh seal is opened, it is over. That is why when those seven thunders uttered their voices, it was closed, sealed, finished. It is over. And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (There is a lot in that 7th verse, and I will come back to this later.)

 

The Little Book Is Bittersweet To Its Eater

And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open (See? It is never closed.) in the hand of the ange which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, (This is talking about the endtime. In this verse John is being placed in the endtime, but it is not him that will fulfill this. He is the example given to play the part when it says: Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. I went unto the angel…) and said unto him, Give me the little book. (Or scroll) And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; (This is not for the Bride.) and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. I hope this is giving somebody some understanding. Do not try to hurry things along, God has it all in His hands. By the time that the Bride is ready to leave here, if it be Jonathan Cahn that fulfills this verse, why would it be bitter? Let us go to another scripture to see. Let us go to Ezekiel 2:9-10. And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me, and, lo, a roll of a book was therein; and he spread it before me; and it was written within and without: (It is same thing as Revelation 5:1.) and there was written therein lamentations, and mourning, and woe. By this time, the man that is to fulfill Revelation 10:10 will have realized all his preaching that has been done, all the places that has been gone to by our brother, he did not achieve what he had hoped for. I will put it that way, think whatever you want to. Bro. Jonathan Cahn has been doing all these things trying to save the nation, speaking to the people. You can go to his meetings, those people are not getting what he is saying, because he is talking about holiness and they are not living holiness. They do not know how to dress because religion today is just a farce. But the message has to go out. That is the first part of that 10th verse there. The message goes out. He spoke at the Republican National Convention, he prayed there for the leadership of the nation. Of course the Democrats did not invite him to speak at their convention. They do not want the name of Jesus Christ to be mentioned. There is no way that man would have gone except he mention Jesus Christ when he prayed. So why would there be lamentations in this scroll? Because he sees now that all he has preached for, all the longing, all the hurt, everything he preached for, revival, revival, revival: it is all gone. When that seventh seal is opened there is no more revival among the Gentiles. The focus returns to the Jews. This is where the last part of the message goes, and we see that in the 11th chapter of the book of Revelation. (I know I am sticking my neck out with this message, but it is my neck.) Lamentations, sure, but the book is closed, it is done eaten. The Bride, you see her sealing when those seven thunders are uttered. What do you think that is going to do? It is going to get the attention of heaven. We have not seen anything yet, we are just preparing for that time to come. While the world is preaching religion, the Bride of Jesus Christ is living scripture. Let us go back to the 10th chapter of Revelation. 9th verse, And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; (Do not leave any of it, eat it up. Because it is going to leave a message. That is the reason I said, “It was not about just the names of those that are in the book, but there is more to it.” Because there is somebody else has to eat the contents of it and it makes them sick. Sure it is sweet. What a wonderful taste in a person’s mouth to know what is here, the man this is speaking about, will recognize the Bride of Jesus Christ before it is over, according to Bro. Charles’ dream. I have another dream along the same line that I want to read before this is over.

He is giving an example here in the 9th verse. He is giving examples by the angel, by Christ in angelic form. He is giving an example of what it is going to do to the man who fulfills this verse.) and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. The message is wonderful, it is something to be swallowed. Because then that man will know where he is in time, but all that he has worked for during his earlier life, most all of it will blow away. Why then did he do it? Because the world had to hear it. The world does not have to hear what you hear. Do not even try to explain it to them. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; (He is a willing vessel. He was asked the question: “Does it scare you to preach your message to Congress and Senate and before the United Nations?” He said “Yes, but it is more scary not to.” He went to the United Nations and preached against abortion to them. The mega churches in the United States now are preaching in favor of abortion. The judgement that happened to Israel was because they were killing their children. They were burning their firstborn in the fire as an offering to Moloch and Baal. God judged them. It is estimated that since Roe vs Wade, which was in the 1970’s, that seventy million babies have been murdered in the womb in the United States. God is fixing to send judgment to this country.) and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. (As soon as he had eaten it his belly was bitter because of the message it brought.) And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. 

 

The Prophecy of the Two Witnesses: The First Four Trumpets

Now we go to chapter 11. Why do I go from chapter 10 to chapter 11? Because chapter 11 is the interruption of the trumpets being prepared to sound that you see after the 7th seal is opened in the 8th chapter. The 11th chapter begins that interruption because the first four trumpets are part of the two prophet’s message. The first four trumpets happen in the first three and one half years of the 70th Week of Daniel. You will see that here. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. (So when it is time for the trumpets to begin to sound, the temple is already there. It has already been built.) But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. (The temple is there when you begin with chapter 10, verse 11.) And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy (They shall do what? Prophesy. What is the 11th verse of the 10th chapter? It is the same thing: Prophesy.) a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. That is going to be a sight to see. Two men walking around in sackcloth. The way people are dressed now, they will not pay attention to it. They will fit right in with how people are dressing today. But they are not men who will be walking around with pajamas on, uncombed hair, men with long hair. All curled up in curlers. The only person I see in the Bible who was demanded to do that was Samson. A woman cut his hair, a filthy woman cut his hair. But he was to live the life of a Nazarene. These are the two olive trees, (which come from the book of Zechariah 4) and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: (Come on Elijah. He was sent to the king. Ahab is like the leadership we have now.) and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. These have power to shut heaven, (Elijah) that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, (This would be Moses’ part. This is identification of who these two prophets are. I am not saying that they are the original men. Bro. Branham’s name was not Elijah. They asked John the Baptist, “Who are you? Are you Elias?” He replied, “No.” How could he say that he was Elijah, because he was John, but the spirit upon him was the same spirit that was upon Elijah. Bro. Branham was William Branham, but the spirit upon him was Elijah. Bro. Branham said God loved that spirit of Elijah so much that He sent it five times. Elijah, Elisha with a double portion, John the Baptist, William Branham, and then the prophet that is to come.) and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. It is in their power to do this. They do not even have to get down on their knees and pray, the power is already there. Moses went to Egypt and stood before Pharaoh. He threw his stick on the floor and it became a serpent. He had seen it happen before, it scared him the first time until he learned how to get it by the tail and pick it up, then it became a rod again. See? We serve a living God. He can take that stick and do anything he wants to with it. And when they shall have finished their testimony, (They finish it. It is finished when they have finished their prophecy.) the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. It is over now. They have said all they need to say. One of these days before long, the last sermon will be preached. The last thunder will have sounded. Let us be awake. Let us mind heavenly things and keep our mind upon the Lord.

 

Where are we in Time?

The United States is in a lot of trouble. They do not want to recognize it. But reality is here. To make America great again, there has to be something happen inside America. It is going to cost somebody something to do that, according to the vision of Bro. Branham and the vision of George Washington. We look at a nation that is departed from God. It is just as Israel did when God warned them in Deuteronomy 28. He warned them what would happen if they turned away from God, then it happened. The turning away didn’t happen in a single day, but it was gradual. In America, it began close to a hundred years ago. It began to happen during the roaring 1920’s with a president, Woodrow Wilson, who believed in progressivism. Of course the turning away was put on hold for some time because God let a World War come to bring America to her knees. Then it wasn’t long until there was Second World War America and the whole world had to cope with it. But now we are living in a time of ISIS. Not just that, but the whole Muslim religion is out of kilter. It is not a peaceful religion. You have seen how peaceful it has been. People would not want me to say that, especially the government, but I said it and I believe it.

Revelation chapter 8 is when the seventh seal will be opened. Let me put it that way, because it is not open yet. But remember, there was an outside to this scroll. It was written within and without. So there had to be things that were without that had to be understood, in addition to the things that were within. But we know there is still one seal there unbroken. There is one there that is still under wraps. We do not want to forget that. That is the way it is. If I came here and said, “the seventh seal is open,” then there would have to be some thunders. We have not heard the thunders, have we? We are not hurrying things along, but we believe they are close. We believe we are in an hour, preparing ourselves, because that has to be the something come before the thunders. If you read Revelation 19:7, His wife hath made herself ready. When a marriage takes place, there has to be some changes made. There has to be some thinking done. Beforehand, you must decide if the one you are marrying is the one that you are ready to dedicate your life to. All other influence is gone. It is just like how Paul explained in the 5th chapter of Ephesians, comparing a natural marriage to the relationship between the Bride and Christ. It mentions “We are bone of His bone and flesh of His flesh”, which refers back to Genesis chapter 2 when Eve was created and taken from Adam. It said “A man shall leave father and mother and cleave to his wife and they two shall be one flesh.”

 

I want to go back to Revelation 10. Revelation 10 is the hub of my message. There is much to be said about Revelation 10:7, but I am not ready to look at yet, because there is something else I want to look at first. Then you also have the two prophets that connect to Revelation 10, and you have the Bride getting herself ready, which connects to Revelation 19:7. You have all these things that come off Revelation 10. The whole book of Revelation, as it has been explained by Bro Jackson, is a love letter from Christ to the church, his bride. We have much to be thankful for today because of the understanding we have of Revelation. But really, when you come down to the time when this little book is eaten, that is another group of people, it is not the Bride doing that. It is the two prophets, one of the two prophets or both of them. When you come down to the end of chapter 10, you have done shifted from Gentiles back to the Jews. The Bride is when the seven thunders sound. That is for the Bride, because John said he was getting ready to write. But really John didn’t hear the thunders message, as I pointed out before. I want to go over that again because the thunders were not for John’s time. The thunders are for our time, because it says in Revelation 5:1 how that the book was written within and on the backside. On the inside and on the outside. But it was sealed. Sealed means it has a stamp of authority. To break that seal God is intervening. Whenever that is broken it will be God’s presence doing it. We can sing, we can feel the presence of God. We can preach, we can feel the presence of God. But when the presence of God really comes like that, the seal is broken.

 

Mystery Cloud, Arizona 1963, as seen in Time Magazine. Click to enlarge

The Thunder of Revelation 6:1

These seals that we are speaking of, six have already been broken. Something happened when those first six where broken. Revelation 6:1 says that whenever the first seal was opened, then there was a noise of thunder. I remember Bro. Jackson pointed it out but he did not elaborate on it. I understood what he was saying. Then when he came down to Revelation 5:7, to the fourth horse rider and the fourth seal, and there you have a voice. The thunder and the voice is from the same person: Bro. William Branham. It took a thunder for the first seals to be opened up, and that happened. That happened in such a way that the world could see that happened. In 1 Thessalonians 4:15-17 something very dynamic happens. Let us read that. 15th verse. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, (He is introducing something. This we say unto you by the word of the Lord. Not by man’s word. But Paul has received an understanding. Something has been opened up to him because he is not speaking off the top of his head. He said, this we say by the word of the Lord.) that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. When did this happen? Has it happened? Will it happen? The Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. Bro. Branham taught us the shout is the message. Bro. Jackson taught us the same thing, the shout is the message, the same as the cry of Matthew 25:6. There is something to that. I just told you about Revelation 6:1, a thunder, then verse 6, a voice. The voice is the same thing as the shout. We are not deviating from that. There was enough explanation in what Bro. Jackson taught without me needing to further explain it. There is enough indication to tell you that something happened in 1963. The mystery cloud: that was not just angels. We have the picture here (chart). This was a cloud. It was dynamic enough to put it in Time Magazine. Time Magazine said it was impossible for water vapor to exist as high as this cloud was. It was twenty six miles high and thirty miles across. What does it look like? That is what I am referring to: The Lord himself will descend from heaven. This is in angelic form. He is still sitting on the throne. If that be the case, (I don’t doubt it is the case), this was more than a random cloud. It happened because this opened up something. When it opened, there was a thunder, there was a voice. In the days of the voice of the seventh angel, the days are still going on. This endtime has experienced something in 1963. Bro. Branham didn’t know what these seals were at this time in 1963. What does it say? For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. That part has happened.

 

I am not trying to speak mysteries where you can’t understand it. I want you to understand where in time we are and what God has done. You have to know what God has done to know what He is doing. We have gone much too far to be idle in this hour, idle minded. This is not a Sunday school class. My brothers are not teaching Sunday school classes. We are preaching to you the word of God, which is alive. I stand here this morning to honor Bro. Branham and to honor Bro. Jackson. They had their job to do, to go so far. But you just cannot put your mind on one man. You have to go where the spirit leads. I may not be here tomorrow, but you are hearing truth.

 

With the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God. The trump is what opens the graves, that part has not happened yet. We have already heard the shout, and we are continuing to hear it. What does it say then? Verse 17. Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, (The last thing that happens before we are caught up is that trumpet which raises the dead. Then we meet the Lord.) to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words. It is a comfort.

 

Seven Thunders of Revelation 10

Back to Revelation 10. What does it say in the 1st verse of chapter 10? And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: (That is in angelic form. He is coming down to reveal something to His Bride.) and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: And he had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth. As I said, I didn’t always know that the book remained open, but it does. John is commanded in the 11th verse to eat the book. It is still open then because it is an ongoing thing. It goes right on to those two prophets. When I was looking into that and looking into the thunders, I saw it was the thunders’ message that was sealed, not the little book. When it is opened, it will never be closed again. And cried with a loud voice, (Cried with a loud voice. What is he crying? He is crying a message. Do not just think of that as somebody just crying. The message is to the Bride because that is what it links with, just as soon as he cries.) as when a lion roareth: (It is authority. One of these days before long this is going to happen. He is going to cry. Whenever He does, it is going to send out a message. It will be right after he cries. As soon as he cries seven thunders are waiting. We are going to know more as we come into that time because we are going to live in more direct contact with our Lord.) and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. That was the message he had cried. The seal is already open. We are going to know when it has opened. We will be able to announce: “Redemption is over.” There will be no doubt about it because something is going to happen when that seal is opened. It will already be open when he cries. It is not a sad cry. It is loud: “HEY! Open your eyes!” It said it was a loud voice. Somebody is going to hear something. The Bride of Jesus Christ is going to know something. This has not happened yet. We do not know exactly when it is going to happen, but we know it is going to happen after Israel gets her land back. It will happen after Isaiah 52:8 is fulfilled, for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. It will happen after He has opened it. No one else will open it, but He will open it. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices… Their voices. See? The message He cried comes to the Bride. The message is heard. It looks like John is hearing it, but he did not hear it because it was not opened in 96 AD. Remember in Revelation 5:4 when John wept much, nobody could open the book. But it said the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book. But in 2016 the book is still is not open yet. It began to be opened in 1963. Just think, all that it takes to finish opening this one last seal. Six have already been opened. So it cannot last forever. As happened in 1963, Jesus Christ himself (if we believe what we have heard), came with a shout. The Lord himself shall descend with a shout. It had to be seen here on Earth. God manifested His glory in the face of Jesus Christ. It did not take the whole body, it just took the face because this is where the speech came from. That is where the cry came from. See? Whenever the picture of the cloud first came, the cloud was turned a different direction. A year later somebody turned it upright. God did not aim for the world to see it.

 

When the seven thunders uttered their voices… that is the same thing as Revelation 6:7. A voice. That is the only place a voice is mentioned in the first six seals. Bro. Jackson mentioned that too: that is the only verse that mentioned the voice. Let us read there. Verse 7. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. What is it? It is that flying eagle with that voice. Read it. See if there is a time when a voice is mentioned with the other six seals or the other three beasts. It had to be in our time when there was a voice. Beforehand there was not a voice, because the church was a mixed up picture. Methodist, Baptist, Catholic, junk, junk, and more junk. What did Bro. Branham call all these denominations? “The Methodist lodge, the Baptist lodge, the Catholic lodge.” Revelation 18:2 calls them a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. Verse 7 again. When he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. There had to be somebody with a message of that fourth beast. 1963 was the time. There were great messages that came before that. The seven church ages, Daniel chapter 9. But it was not until 1963 that that voice really happened.

 

Revelation 8:1, And when he had opened the seventh seal, (See? The seventh seal is opened before chapter 10, because when he first mentions it in chapter 10, he is standing one foot upon the earth and one upon the sea and with a book that is already open. It was opened in chapter 8, not chapter 10.) there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. (How close are we to that? It makes you think, “How close are we?” Let us not get hooked upon things of the world, upon houses, lands, cars, business and things that will take our mind away from the real prize. This world is temporary. What we have here is temporary. You are in a temporary dwelling. I have a house in Salem that my name is on, but that is not my dwelling place. That is my temporary place. You have your places you live in, that is temporary.) And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write. I used to think, “Well John knew what it was.” He did not know what it was. He was placed over here in the endtime. God didn’t let him know ahead of time because it will not happen until the seventh seal is open. The seventh seal was not opened in 96 A.D. Do you understand what I mean? This is talking about the endtime ministry. There is going to be nothing to write. It will happen and the understanding of that part of the book is closed to those outside of the bride. The message is over because the only ones that are going to hear and understand these thunders’ message will be Bride people. Of course it could go out to people in the world, but they are just going to count it as a bunch of garbage. Why? Because it is closed to them, it is over, redemption is over. The Bride is not here for long after the thunders sound. Just long enough for us to be acquainted with those two prophets.

 

And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. See? They are not here yet, they weren’t there in John’s time. God is putting John in a position that he is writing what he sees. Let me put it this way, if John had known what those thunders uttered, we would know it today because the seal would have been opened. Do you understand?

 

Two Prophets and Their Message

And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (Or no longer delay.) Verse 8, And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. That is the message those two prophets have. By that time it is both, because they are carrying a message just like Jesus did when He wept over Jerusalem. They are weeping over Jerusalem because Israeli leadership will have sold out the city. They have sold out the land to that rotten Catholic Beast system.

 

And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again (Again. It means he had already prophesied before he ate the book. This is happening now. It is going on now. I don’t mean the book is open now, but the message of that man is going on now.) before many peoples, (The world will hear those two prophets. They will be in Jerusalem and they will be heard around the world.) and nations, and tongues, and kings. Let us go to chapter 11. I like what Bro. Charles said about this, because it is the same angel. Verse 1 of chapter 11. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: (See? It doesn’t say another angel came into the picture, this is all connected with verse 11, and it is connected with the next verse.) and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. By that time the temple is there. Don’t think it is going to take a long time to build that temple. They are not going to go by regulations. The state has studied building a bridge over the Ohio River for forty years before they finally got the job done, but it will not be that way when it is time to build the temple. Rise and measure the temple of God and the altar and them that worship therein. (Rise and measure what? Measure who?) But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. (That is the last three and half years of Daniel’s 70th Week. This ends the prophets’ message of the first three and half years. It is over.) And I will give power unto my two witnesses. That is authority. That is not armed firepower. That is God power. It is the word of their mouth. God gives them authority to do what they will because He trusts them. Do you know why? Because in their mouth it was sweet as honey, but in their belly it was bitter. Because it is against their own nation and they care for their nation. But they are pronouncing judgment. This is Moses and Elijah, the two witnesses. Bro. Jackson saw it in a dream a few years before he died. He was there with his family. He heard a blast and told everybody to get away from the window. He didn’t know what it was. He went to the window and looked out. There he saw two men about forty years old: Moses and Elijah. He saw it in the form of a dream. We are beginning to see it in a natural form. Revelation 11:3 goes back to Revelation 10:11. This is the little book, the finishing up of it. Go to Ezekiel 2:9-10 and we will see something about what is written in this little book. And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me; and, lo, a roll of a book was therein; (and he opened it up. See? It is open.) And he spread it before me; (It was in a roll when it came to him, but now it is open.) and it was written within and without: and there was written therein (That is on the inside of it, written therein.) Lamentations, and mourning, and woe. That is what is on the inside of it. The same thing that was told John in the 10th verse. It will make your belly bitter, but it will be in your mouth sweet as honey. What makes it so sweet? They know it is the truth. But after it was eaten, then what? Lamentations, mourning, and woe. Whenever those two prophets are killed, those three woes happen immediately. One woe. Two woes. Three woes, all happening in the same area of time.

Ezekiel Sees The Picture

I want to go on to look at some scriptures I have not looked into yet that are part of my message. Ezekiel 10:8-22. Verse 8, And there appeared in the cherubims the form of a man’s hand under their wings. 9. And when I looked, behold the four wheels by the cherubims, one wheel by one cherub, and another wheel by another cherub: and the appearance of the wheels was as the colour of a beryl stone. 10. And as for their appearances, they four had one likeness, as if a wheel had been in the midst of a wheel. 11. When they went, they went upon their four sides; they turned not as they went, but to the place whither the head looked they followed it; they turned not as they went. 12. And their whole body, and their backs, and their hands, and their wings, and the wheels, were full of eyes round about, even the wheels that they four had. 13 As for the wheels, it was cried unto them in my hearing, O wheel. 14. And every one had four faces: the first face was the face of a cherub, and the second face was the face of a man, and the third the face of a lion, and the fourth the face of an eagle. 15. And the cherubims were lifted up. This is the living creature that I saw by the river of Chebar. 16. And when the cherubims went, the wheels went by them: and when the cherubims lifted up their wings to mount up from the earth, the same wheels also turned not from beside them. 17. When they stood, these stood; and when they were lifted up, these lifted up themselves also: for the spirit of the living creature was in them. 18. Then the glory of the LORD departed from off the threshold of the house, and stood over the cherubims. 19. And the cherubims lifted up their wings, and mounted up from the earth in my sight: when they went out, the wheels also were beside them, and every one stood at the door of the east gate of the LORD’S house; and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above. 20. This is the living creature that I saw under the God of Israel by the river of Chebar; and I knew that they were the cherubims. 21. Every one had four faces apiece, and every one four wings; and the likeness of the hands of a man was under their wings. 22. And the likeness of their faces was the same faces which I saw by the river of Chebar, their appearances and themselves: they went every one straight forward.

What is Ezekiel talking about here? God has given each of these prophets in the Old Testament a little further revelation, and a little deeper look into this picture. Ezekiel sees the faces here. The faces are not recorded in exactly the same order it is in Revelation. John had the clearest and deepest look of all. But I remember Bro. Jackson going over this. God is revealing himself a little more to each prophet until we get to Revelation itself.

Isaiah Sees The Picture

I want to go to Isaiah 6:1-8 now and look at how Isaiah saw this picture. In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphims: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. See, the covering is from the face to the feet. Isaiah was about 200 years before Ezekiel, and he saw less of the picture. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole earth is full of his glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, and the Lord of hosts. At this time and even in the Book of Kings and in the Book of Samuel, whenever someone saw the presence of the Lord or an angel of the Lord, they thought it was God. What did they say? “I have seen the face of God, and I was not killed.” Their understanding was not complete yet. Isaiah has that same feeling about him: “Here I am, a man of unclean lips.” God had a remedy for that. You feel Him tonight. The way you feel inside, God has a remedy for that.

We have to begin to believe Him and not let the devil say you are nothing. If we let the devil convince us of that, we become a failure. I am not talking about making us feel like we are something in this world, I am talking about God making us feel like we mean something to Him, in His presence. He is deity and that same deity lives within us. It does not make us deity, but it makes us children of God. How can we be children of God and not have deity living with us, which is the Holy Ghost. Christ in you, the hope of glory. Isaiah is feeling the weight of his sin after He has seen the great presence of God. God has spoken to him in the first five chapters of the Book of Isaiah. But it is in the 6th chapter that he begins to feel unworthy, and God does something about that. He will do something for you tonight and for me whenever we begin to feel low or feel left out, when we feel this thing is moving beyond us. Isaiah said, “Woe is me, for I feel undone.” God’s prophet is feeling that way because he can never feel completely clean. There is no way the Jewish people could feel that way. Look at the disciples. Jesus did not choose a bunch of holy men. He was the only one that was holy among them. But they were still His choice. It took Him to do something to take their guilt away, to make them clean. Then said I, woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, and the Lord of hosts. Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar. That is spiritual. It is a living God. We serve a living God. And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. What freedom that a man could feel in that! You never feel ready until God touches you and takes away that old nature, that old man with all his deeds. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me. He is now ready.

Zechariah Sees The Picture

Let us go over to Zechariah now. Zechariah and Daniel are called minor prophets, but there is nothing minor about them. They both had a look into this same picture. Both have compiled a book concerning what they saw. Zechariah 1:7, Upon the four and twentieth day of the eleventh month, (That would be February to us.) which is the month Sebat, in the second year of Darius, came the word of the Lord unto Zechariah, the son of Berechiah, the son of Iddo the prophet, saying, I saw by night, and behold a man riding upon a red horse, and he stood among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind him were there red horses, speckled, and white. (See? Zechariah is seeing a little bit more of the picture, but the whole picture is compiled in Revelation.) Then said I, O my lord, what are these? And the angel that talked with me said unto me, I will show thee what these be. If you look at this and compare it to the Book of Revelation, you see there is never a question in John’s heart because he had the Holy Ghost. John was in the presence of the Lord on the Lord’s day. There is a difference. There is a difference, not necessarily in the man, but in the spirit in the man. John had the word of the Lord just like Isaiah did, there is something missing that Isaiah and Zechariah and the Old Testament prophets could never attain to. Even with John the Baptist could not attain it. But you see once the Holy Spirited settled within them, Peter, John, Paul and they of the New Testament, they had no questions. They had answers. Brothers and sisters, we have answers tonight. We do not have a bunch of questions. We are not questioning the scriptures, we are waiting on the answer. We do not have to say, “Lord, show me more, show me more, give me more.” It comes as the Spirit moves within us to let us know what hour we are in because God is keeping the record up to date. When the news comes out, we will already ahead of it. And the man that stood among the

Golden Menorah prepared for the third temple

myrtle trees answered and said, These are they whom the Lord hath sent to walk to and fro through the earth. And they answered the angel of the Lord that stood among the myrtle trees, and said, We have walked to and fro through the earth, and, behold, all the earth sitteth still, and is at rest. Then the angel of the Lord answered and said, O Lord of hosts, how long wilt thou not have mercy on Jerusalem and on the cities of Judah, against which thou hast had indignation these threescore and ten years? (How long is it going to be? God does not give Zechariah a complete answer. But Zechariah is saying the same thing that Daniel said, because Daniel read in Jeremiah that there was going to be seventy years of captivity for Judah.) And the Lord answered the angel that talked with me with good words and comfortable words. So the angel that communed with me said unto me, Cry thou, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great jealousy. Two thousand five hundred years ago this happened. Time does not mean anything with God because there is no end to eternity. We live in time, but eternal life is in us. This life within us, the same that was in Jesus, it will take us up in the rapture. If you are right with God and living in truth, you do not have to worry about a resurrection, it will come. And I am very sore displeased with the heathen that are at ease: for I was but a little displeased, and they helped forward the affliction. Therefore thus saith the Lord; I am returned to Jerusalem with mercies: my house shall be built in it, (That is a promise.) saith the Lord of hosts, and a line shall be stretched forth upon Jerusalem. (This is the same thing John saw: he was commanded to measure the house.) Cry yet, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; My cities through prosperity shall yet be spread abroad; and the Lord shall yet comfort Zion, and shall yet choose Jerusalem. This is a prophet two thousand five hundred years ago speaking as though it is right now. We are talking about an on time God, God is always on time because He does not work in time. Zechariah 4:1, And the angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, And said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked, and behold a candlestick (That is a menorah. Israel already has that. It is not in the making, it is already made. This is it. (chart) This menorah represents the church ages. It is an Israeli emblem, but it represents the seven candlesticks, which you see in Revelation 1, it is the seven church ages. The Jews do not realize that.) all of gold, (That is what it is. They are ready to place that in the temple. The Temple Institute has been preparing this stuff for years now, which we went through while we were in Israel. The shewbread table, we saw it. It is already there. The linen britches. There are Jewish rabbis working on creating these things. God is preparing His house. He is preparing His word. God does not move without His word. A candlestick of gold…) with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereof, and seven pipes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof: And two olive trees by it, (We know what the olive trees are, they represent those two prophets. See? This is all related to Revelation 10. We have drawn a circle around Revelation 10 like spokes of a wheel. When you have the spokes added into the hub, then you have the wheel.) one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side thereof. So I answered and spake to the angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my Lord? He did not understand, it was not meant to be understood in his time. God gave the Book of Revelation to John in 96 AD, but the understanding was not for his time. Paul did not understand what we do. He understood a lot about the end, but he did not understand these things. It was not given yet. That is what I mean by it, the understanding was not there. John is told to write what he sees, but he does not understand what he saw. It was not time, the seals were not opened. I am emphasizing that because there is something there that happened in 1963. That is when the church world of denominations went into darkness. That was proven when Bro. Branham preached the Church Ages in 1960. In 1960 there was still just a little bit of light left in the Laodicean age as it was shown on by the light that came into the tabernacle. In 1960 we had not yet come to breaking of the first six seals which was in 1963. The seals had something to do with the light going out of Laodicea. It stopped it. I know it took a little time for it to fizzle out, but what did they do? In 1964, President Johnson enacted a law that said can no longer talk about politicians in the church. I have said some things in this message that I am not supposed to say because they can take away your church status, your tax exemption. I am not talking politics, but this is one thing that Trump has said he would repeal it.

Then the angel that talked with me answered and said unto me, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then he answered and spake unto me, saying, This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts. Who art thou, O great mountain? (He is speaking now of the temple and the city that they were getting ready to build at that time, but this next part has nothing to do with it.) before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain: and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, (It goes back to the prophecy, the headstone, who is it? The headstone is Jesus Christ.) crying, Grace, grace unto it. Now I will go to chapter 6. Verse 1, And I turned and lifted up mine eyes, and looked, and, behold, there came four chariots out from between two mountains; and the mountains were mountains of brass. (Judgment. Brass is a hard substance.) In the first chariot were red horses; and in the second chariot black horses; And in the third chariot white horses; and in the fourth chariot grisled and bay horses. Then I answered and said unto the angel that talked with me, What are these, my lord? You can go to the 6th chapter of Revelation, John asked no questions when he saw this part. That is the difference in the spirit of God living in a person and the spirit of God speaking to a person. The prophets were moved by the Holy Ghost. Jesus said of John, there was no greater prophet, because he was the introducer of the Lord Jesus Christ. No greater prophet has ever lived than that of John, yet he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. We do not feel like it, but that is the word of the Lord, we cannot help that. And the angel answered and said unto me, These are the four spirits of the heavens, which go forth from standing before the Lord of all the earth. The black horses which are therein go forth into the north country; (That would be Syria.) and the white go forth after them; (It continues on. That is the way it happened. It goes right on into Rome.) and the grisled go forth toward the south country. (Which would be Egypt, those countries like north Africa.) And the bay went forth, and sought to go that they might walk to and fro through the earth: and he said, Get you hence, walk to and fro through the earth. So they walked to and fro through the earth. Then cried he upon me, and spake unto me, saying, Behold, these that go toward the north country have quieted my spirit in the north country.

John Sees The Picture

Let us go back to Revelation 10. Verse 8, And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again. This is the same voice that he heard at the beginning of Revelation. Whose voice is it? It is God’s voice. Jesus shouted, he cried, but then what takes over? A voice greater. Let us go back to the 5th verse and see. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, (he swore by God) who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (Or no longer delay.) And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. (See, this is even a stronger voice. Jesus is not a ventriloquist.) And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said (This is Jesus Christ speaking now, people get it mixed up. They have not learned to differentiate between voices.) unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. Jesus is here in angelic form, but John hears a voice from heaven. This is God speaking, He is in authority. That is the reason why John says, “the voice which I heard from heaven”.

Let me go back to the 4th verse again. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. Jesus Christ now knows the finishing of His mission to mankind. Salvation is over. The darkness has arrived. The voices of the thunders is closed. “Seal up those things”, that is God sealing it, it is over to the Gentiles. Some may say “I better tell all my children, I better tell all my loved ones.” Only God can change man. It is not how much we yearn or how much we long for it. Whenever this thing is over and we enter into the Millennium, we are changed. There will never be another worry. There will never be another dread. It is over. Do your crying now, do your wishing now, do your hoping now. When that time comes, it is over. They have a hope right now, but they have to listen, because every one that is in this scroll here will have taken on the word of God. I am not bragging about it. I am sincere about it. They must believe the same thing you do. There are not two messages. So what does he do when it is over for the Gentiles? He goes on to chapter 11. What was it in chapter 11? The Menorah. The two witnesses. This is now for Israel. It is done for Gentiles. Because chapter 11 is the two prophets, see the two trees represented there, this is those two men. They are drawing from that Spirit because God is a Spirit. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. But the court which is without the temple leave out, (See? He is going now into the last three and half years because the message is over.) for it is given unto the Gentiles: (For three and one half years.) and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. Three and one half years, 1260 days. A time, times, and half a time. That confuses man, but the wise understand. And I will give power unto my two witnesses, (There they stand in sackcloth. See how they are dressed. In sackcloth, sackcloth is judgment.) and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. They are not going to be ordinary men and they are not going to look like ordinary men. But my, what power they have. The miraculous is coming out of their mouth. From here you go back to the 8th chapter, and the first four trumpets are the same as these verses of chapter 11, verse 3 down through verse 7. They shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days clothed in sackcloth. Why did he say that? Because they are not ordinary men. John the Baptist did not even wear that. Why are they there? Because Daniel 9:27 has happened. It is when the European Beast System and the Jewish leadership make an agreement because something has happened in the Middle East that scares that Jewish leadership. Something dynamic happened that caused them to say, “We cannot have this anymore,” so they sign their death warrant: the covenant with the beast. After the Holocaust the Jews said, “Never again,” but according to Revelation 6:9-11 it is going to happen again. These are the two olive trees… This is where the oil is poured, the anointing of God that strikes their being. These two prophets have more than what John the Baptist had because they have the Holy Ghost. They recognize the Lord. Because they cry out and say, “Where did you get those scars in your hand?” He will reply, “In the house of my friends.” That is when He shows himself to Israel. He is not doing that because He wants to condemn them, because He said those which I received in the house of my friends, Zechariah 12, Zechariah 13. Israel will go and mourn for him, like it was their firstborn child that they are mourning for.) and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. It is all related, the seventh seal and the seven trumpets are related. That is the reason it is put in there as it is. When he had opened the seventh seal there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. The next verse tells you there is seven trumpets preparing to sound. Then he goes back to the Bride, and then after he goes to the Bride he ends with those trumpets beginning to sound. What are we going to do? We will rejoice when we begin to see this. If that does not give you rapturing faith, you will never have any. I was asked the question, will the whole world see that? Yes, they will not see the Bride but they will see these two prophets. Why do I know that? Let me read the 12th verse. And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them. Television, the internet. I will pick this up later. It is hard to stop, but I will. It will be continued. God bless you.

 

 

 

 

October 2017

REVELATION 10 No. 1

Preached September 4-11, 2016.

 

This is the day the Lord has made, so let us rejoice and be glad in it. Last Sunday and again Thursday I mentioned something about this message but I did not say what it was. You may see the title and get the idea, “I have already heard that.” If you feel that way then you are out of place because there are going to be things you haven’t heard, and it is going to be according to the word of the Lord. I could not think of any better title for this message than “Revelation 10”, because that is what it is all about. That is going to be the hub of everything I have to say. We have many listeners and readers from all over the world, we welcome them. Some of them we have never seen and may never see until the rapture takes place, but they are following the word of the Lord as it is being taught by the servants of God. We are following the Lord by His scripture, not by our thoughts and ideas and opinions. Bro. Charles preached two weeks ago, then I began to think about Revelation 10 after he had preached what he did, which was inspiring. I am sure thankful for Bro. Charles and Bro. Kevin.

 

Opening of the Seventh Seal

I will go to Revelation 8 first as we begin this message. This is where the seal is opened. I will say something right now, after this seal is opened, it is never again closed. Never. You will not find that it is ever closed. Let’s read verse 1. And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. See? Every seal is broken, there is not one left unbroken. There is nothing left binding the scroll together. It stays that way until the end. I want to look at that and other things. Let me read that again. When he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven. You see here there was something going on in the earth. All attention in heaven is drawn to earth. In the days of Job, everything was focused around Job at that time because God had put forth a challenge to Satan: “Have you considered my servant Job?” The attention of the whole picture there is concerning Job and his friends that came to him. They were friends for seven days, after that they began to speak evil of him. God did not like it. I will have to say this to any critic, God doesn’t like you talking about His children and you will be punished for it. You will have the results of your punishment before you leave this earth. You see that in Matthew 24 when you get down to the last part of the chapter.

 

Now this seventh seal is related to the trumpets. You see the time line here. The beginning of the trumpets is intertwined with the last seal. In this I want to go to Revelation 10:7 and see what happened there, but not yet because there are other things I want to cover here first. And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets. Now these are angels that stand before God. That is their place, and that is where they are. That is where they are now, because they are waiting. They are not jittery, they are not just standing there waiting to get noticed. If we are over anxious we get in trouble. I do not know when the end is coming, but there are too many things being shown unto the church and unto the servants of God in this hour for it to be unnoticed. As you look at all of it, you know God is getting things ready. He is getting things ready for the final push. It is right around the corner: we know that. We do no not know exactly where we are in time, but we know we are close, because we are waiting. When a person gets too impatient, that is when there is trouble. Thoughts begin to build in their mind. They begin to have feelings like, “Let’s get this thing over with”. It will not change though. Our thoughts do not change anything in the plan of God.

 

And another angel came and stood at the altar. (Where is the altar? It is not talking about Jerusalem in the natural. It is talking about the altar in heaven at the throne of God: where Jesus Christ sits.) having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, (Not just a little, not just a little dab, but much incense: because of the time; because of the event. It has never happened before.) that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints (All saints. Who is it talking about? It is talking about Bride saints at that certain hour. This is connected with the opening of the seventh seal. That he should offer it with the prayers of all saints…) upon the golden altar which was before the throne. (See there? It explains it, it is before the throne, not on earth but in heaven. This angel has a special anointing. This is happening while there is silence is in heaven.) And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, (See? The prayers are no longer in this earthly setting. The heaven is opened and this incense which the angel adds is like the incense which the children of Israel offered in the tabernacle in the wilderness. They offered incense, because it was to represent something. The smoke of the incense which came with the prayers of the saints…) ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand. (See where it is? This angel is standing at the throne and the incense is going from the angel’s hand up before God and that is mingled with your prayers.) And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: (Now it is no longer just prayers ascending unto God, but this is something else.) and there were voices, (Sure) and thunderings, (Sure) and lightnings, and an earthquake. And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound. See? This is an interruption. They are standing there at attention, ready to sound, but something else happens on earth to interrupt what they were going to do. Because after this they are going to begin to sound. The sounding is something that will happen here on earth, because this is connected with Revelation 10. I want to go to that.

 

Seven Thunders: Uttered Then Sealed

Verse 1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, (A rainbow means something has happened. It happened back in chapter 8 when the seal was opened. You bring that first verse of chapter 8 right over here to chapter 10, to the first verse.) and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire. (That is representing authority. What is this authority? It is something that has never happened before, because it is showing the authority He has from chapter 5 as He is the Lamb there, the Lamb of God. Having seven horns, representing seven ages.) And he had in his hand a little book open: (As I said earlier, this book is never closed.) and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth. Bro. Charles brought that out in a message. That is representing something universal. This is for the universal church. This has nothing to do with anybody else. We are going to see something about this seal. And he had in his hand a little scroll, that book, opened. The reason it is open is that the seventh seal is broken. Now the whole thing is opened up of what he meant, even from the very beginning. What was the beginning of it? A thunder, the first seal. I remember Bro. Jackson going over that. The first seal is the only seal besides the seventh where there was thunder when it was opened. If what happened with the first seal was one thunder, what about when seven thunders happens? Looking back and Revelation 8:5, that is why you see those voices. That is why you see those thunderings. That is why you see that earthquake. Because something great is just about to happen. And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth(Authority. There is no other animal on the earth that has the voice of a lion. They put their head down close to the ground and let out a roar that can be heard for five miles. You can hear an elephant for only two miles. A tiger only two miles. That is why He is represented as a lion of the tribe of Judah, because of the voice of the word of God.) and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: (I always looked at this and thought, “Well, John is going to write it down. He knows it.” John did not know it. He is speaking of this end time. The seventh seal was not opened in the first age. Seven thunders uttered their voices and he was about to write, but this verse is talking about the end time.)

 

Let us look at this a little closer: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. It is not the seal he is instructed to seal up. It will never close, you will find that later on because the seal goes beyond the Bride. We have always heard that it is the names of those that are in the scroll, but it goes beyond that. It has that, but it goes beyond that: because over here he is demanded to eat it. Who is going to eat it? And why is it in his mouth so sweet and in his belly so bitter? We will see. You have not heard all of Revelation 10. We have read it, but we have not heard it all. Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered and write them not. Why would he say, “Do not write these things?” Why are they sealed? That is a question this morning, why are they sealed? Because they are for the Bride only. The sealing is because the rest are not going to receive it. They will not, because they cannot. There may be words they hear as it comes about but they will not receive it because it is sealed to them. They will never understand because it is above their head. But the little book is still open. Why would God give out His understanding of what the seven thunders say to the rest of the world? It has no effect on them, it is not theirs.

 

Brothers and sisters, we have been called to the highest calling there is. There is none above it. You do not get that privilege and I do not get that privilege to sit at the marriage supper just because of who we are. It is because of who He is. I know what I am talking about here. I have lived this for over a week. I woke up yesterday at three in the morning and could not go back to sleep because this was churning inside of me. Two weeks ago when Bro. Charles preached, I did not know this. You did not know it either. That is why I said when I started out: “do not get ahead of me.” Right here (pointing to chart) you see the feet, you see the rainbow. They cannot steal that rainbow. You cannot make something dirty out of that. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven. Lifted up his hand to heaven: that is a sign that grace is over for the Gentiles. No more souls will be saved. Today the world can seek him, they can plead now, but they will not be doing it then. For them the breaking of the seal is the end. But the Bride of Jesus Christ it is not the end, it is going to go beyond that. Because when the seventh seal is opened, it is over. That is why when those seven thunders uttered their voices, it was closed, sealed, finished. It is over. And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (There is a lot in that 7th verse, and I will come back to this later.)

 

The Little Book Is Bittersweet To Its Eater

And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open (See? It is never closed.) in the hand of the ange which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, (This is talking about the endtime. In this verse John is being placed in the endtime, but it is not him that will fulfill this. He is the example given to play the part when it says: Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. I went unto the angel…) and said unto him, Give me the little book. (Or scroll) And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; (This is not for the Bride.) and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. I hope this is giving somebody some understanding. Do not try to hurry things along, God has it all in His hands. By the time that the Bride is ready to leave here, if it be Jonathan Cahn that fulfills this verse, why would it be bitter? Let us go to another scripture to see. Let us go to Ezekiel 2:9-10. And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me, and, lo, a roll of a book was therein; and he spread it before me; and it was written within and without: (It is same thing as Revelation 5:1.) and there was written therein lamentations, and mourning, and woe. By this time, the man that is to fulfill Revelation 10:10 will have realized all his preaching that has been done, all the places that has been gone to by our brother, he did not achieve what he had hoped for. I will put it that way, think whatever you want to. Bro. Jonathan Cahn has been doing all these things trying to save the nation, speaking to the people. You can go to his meetings, those people are not getting what he is saying, because he is talking about holiness and they are not living holiness. They do not know how to dress because religion today is just a farce. But the message has to go out. That is the first part of that 10th verse there. The message goes out. He spoke at the Republican National Convention, he prayed there for the leadership of the nation. Of course the Democrats did not invite him to speak at their convention. They do not want the name of Jesus Christ to be mentioned. There is no way that man would have gone except he mention Jesus Christ when he prayed. So why would there be lamentations in this scroll? Because he sees now that all he has preached for, all the longing, all the hurt, everything he preached for, revival, revival, revival: it is all gone. When that seventh seal is opened there is no more revival among the Gentiles. The focus returns to the Jews. This is where the last part of the message goes, and we see that in the 11th chapter of the book of Revelation. (I know I am sticking my neck out with this message, but it is my neck.) Lamentations, sure, but the book is closed, it is done eaten. The Bride, you see her sealing when those seven thunders are uttered. What do you think that is going to do? It is going to get the attention of heaven. We have not seen anything yet, we are just preparing for that time to come. While the world is preaching religion, the Bride of Jesus Christ is living scripture. Let us go back to the 10th chapter of Revelation. 9th verse, And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; (Do not leave any of it, eat it up. Because it is going to leave a message. That is the reason I said, “It was not about just the names of those that are in the book, but there is more to it.” Because there is somebody else has to eat the contents of it and it makes them sick. Sure it is sweet. What a wonderful taste in a person’s mouth to know what is here, the man this is speaking about, will recognize the Bride of Jesus Christ before it is over, according to Bro. Charles’ dream. I have another dream along the same line that I want to read before this is over.

 

He is giving an example here in the 9th verse. He is giving examples by the angel, by Christ in angelic form. He is giving an example of what it is going to do to the man who fulfills this verse.) and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. The message is wonderful, it is something to be swallowed. Because then that man will know where he is in time, but all that he has worked for during his earlier life, most all of it will blow away. Why then did he do it? Because the world had to hear it. The world does not have to hear what you hear. Do not even try to explain it to them. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; (He is a willing vessel. He was asked the question: “Does it scare you to preach your message to Congress and Senate and before the United Nations?” He said “Yes, but it is more scary not to.” He went to the United Nations and preached against abortion to them. The mega churches in the United States now are preaching in favor of abortion. The judgement that happened to Israel was because they were killing their children. They were burning their firstborn in the fire as an offering to Moloch and Baal. God judged them. It is estimated that since Roe vs Wade, which was in the 1970’s, that seventy million babies have been murdered in the womb in the United States. God is fixing to send judgment to this country.) and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. (As soon as he had eaten it his belly was bitter because of the message it brought.) And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. 

 

The Prophecy of the Two Witnesses: The First Four Trumpets

Now we go to chapter 11. Why do I go from chapter 10 to chapter 11? Because chapter 11 is the interruption of the trumpets being prepared to sound that you see after the 7th seal is opened in the 8th chapter. The 11th chapter begins that interruption because the first four trumpets are part of the two prophet’s message. The first four trumpets happen in the first three and one half years of the 70th Week of Daniel. You will see that here. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. (So when it is time for the trumpets to begin to sound, the temple is already there. It has already been built.) But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. (The temple is there when you begin with chapter 10, verse 11.) And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy (They shall do what? Prophesy. What is the 11th verse of the 10th chapter? It is the same thing: Prophesy.) a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. That is going to be a sight to see. Two men walking around in sackcloth. The way people are dressed now, they will not pay attention to it. They will fit right in with how people are dressing today. But they are not men who will be walking around with pajamas on, uncombed hair, men with long hair. All curled up in curlers. The only person I see in the Bible who was demanded to do that was Samson. A woman cut his hair, a filthy woman cut his hair. But he was to live the life of a Nazarene. These are the two olive trees, (which come from the book of Zechariah 4) and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: (Come on Elijah. He was sent to the king. Ahab is like the leadership we have now.) and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. These have power to shut heaven, (Elijah) that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, (This would be Moses’ part. This is identification of who these two prophets are. I am not saying that they are the original men. Bro. Branham’s name was not Elijah. They asked John the Baptist, “Who are you? Are you Elias?” He replied, “No.” How could he say that he was Elijah, because he was John, but the spirit upon him was the same spirit that was upon Elijah. Bro. Branham was William Branham, but the spirit upon him was Elijah. Bro. Branham said God loved that spirit of Elijah so much that He sent it five times. Elijah, Elisha with a double portion, John the Baptist, William Branham, and then the prophet that is to come.) and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. It is in their power to do this. They do not even have to get down on their knees and pray, the power is already there. Moses went to Egypt and stood before Pharaoh. He threw his stick on the floor and it became a serpent. He had seen it happen before, it scared him the first time until he learned how to get it by the tail and pick it up, then it became a rod again. See? We serve a living God. He can take that stick and do anything he wants to with it. And when they shall have finished their testimony, (They finish it. It is finished when they have finished their prophecy.) the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. It is over now. They have said all they need to say. One of these days before long, the last sermon will be preached. The last thunder will have sounded. Let us be awake. Let us mind heavenly things and keep our mind upon the Lord.

 

Where are we in Time?

The United States is in a lot of trouble. They do not want to recognize it. But reality is here. To make America great again, there has to be something happen inside America. It is going to cost somebody something to do that, according to the vision of Bro. Branham and the vision of George Washington. We look at a nation that is departed from God. It is just as Israel did when God warned them in Deuteronomy 28. He warned them what would happen if they turned away from God, then it happened. The turning away didn’t happen in a single day, but it was gradual. In America, it began close to a hundred years ago. It began to happen during the roaring 1920’s with a president, Woodrow Wilson, who believed in progressivism. Of course the turning away was put on hold for some time because God let a World War come to bring America to her knees. Then it wasn’t long until there was Second World War America and the whole world had to cope with it. But now we are living in a time of ISIS. Not just that, but the whole Muslim religion is out of kilter. It is not a peaceful religion. You have seen how peaceful it has been. People would not want me to say that, especially the government, but I said it and I believe it.

Revelation chapter 8 is when the seventh seal will be opened. Let me put it that way, because it is not open yet. But remember, there was an outside to this scroll. It was written within and without. So there had to be things that were without that had to be understood, in addition to the things that were within. But we know there is still one seal there unbroken. There is one there that is still under wraps. We do not want to forget that. That is the way it is. If I came here and said, “the seventh seal is open,” then there would have to be some thunders. We have not heard the thunders, have we? We are not hurrying things along, but we believe they are close. We believe we are in an hour, preparing ourselves, because that has to be the something come before the thunders. If you read Revelation 19:7, His wife hath made herself ready. When a marriage takes place, there has to be some changes made. There has to be some thinking done. Beforehand, you must decide if the one you are marrying is the one that you are ready to dedicate your life to. All other influence is gone. It is just like how Paul explained in the 5th chapter of Ephesians, comparing a natural marriage to the relationship between the Bride and Christ. It mentions “We are bone of His bone and flesh of His flesh”, which refers back to Genesis chapter 2 when Eve was created and taken from Adam. It said “A man shall leave father and mother and cleave to his wife and they two shall be one flesh.”

 

I want to go back to Revelation 10. Revelation 10 is the hub of my message. There is much to be said about Revelation 10:7, but I am not ready to look at yet, because there is something else I want to look at first. Then you also have the two prophets that connect to Revelation 10, and you have the Bride getting herself ready, which connects to Revelation 19:7. You have all these things that come off Revelation 10. The whole book of Revelation, as it has been explained by Bro Jackson, is a love letter from Christ to the church, his bride. We have much to be thankful for today because of the understanding we have of Revelation. But really, when you come down to the time when this little book is eaten, that is another group of people, it is not the Bride doing that. It is the two prophets, one of the two prophets or both of them. When you come down to the end of chapter 10, you have done shifted from Gentiles back to the Jews. The Bride is when the seven thunders sound. That is for the Bride, because John said he was getting ready to write. But really John didn’t hear the thunders message, as I pointed out before. I want to go over that again because the thunders were not for John’s time. The thunders are for our time, because it says in Revelation 5:1 how that the book was written within and on the backside. On the inside and on the outside. But it was sealed. Sealed means it has a stamp of authority. To break that seal God is intervening. Whenever that is broken it will be God’s presence doing it. We can sing, we can feel the presence of God. We can preach, we can feel the presence of God. But when the presence of God really comes like that, the seal is broken.

 

The Thunder of Revelation 6:1

These seals that we are speaking of, six have already been broken. Something happened when those first six where broken. Revelation 6:1 says that whenever the first seal was opened, then there was a noise of thunder. I remember Bro. Jackson pointed it out but he did not elaborate on it. I understood what he was saying. Then when he came down to Revelation 5:7, to the fourth horse rider and the fourth seal, and there you have a voice. The thunder and the voice is from the same person: Bro. William Branham. It took a thunder for the first seals to be opened up, and that happened. That happened in such a way that the world could see that happened. In 1 Thessalonians 4:15-17 something very dynamic happens. Let us read that. 15th verse. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, (He is introducing something. This we say unto you by the word of the Lord. Not by man’s word. But Paul has received an understanding. Something has been opened up to him because he is not speaking off the top of his head. He said, this we say by the word of the Lord.) that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep. For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. When did this happen? Has it happened? Will it happen? The Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. Bro. Branham taught us the shout is the message. Bro. Jackson taught us the same thing, the shout is the message, the same as the cry of Matthew 25:6. There is something to that. I just told you about Revelation 6:1, a thunder, then verse 6, a voice. The voice is the same thing as the shout. We are not deviating from that. There was enough explanation in what Bro. Jackson taught without me needing to further explain it. There is enough indication to tell you that something happened in 1963. The mystery cloud: that was not just angels. We have the picture here (chart). This was a cloud. It was dynamic enough to put it in Time Magazine. Time Magazine said it was impossible for water vapor to exist as high as this cloud was. It was twenty six miles high and thirty miles across. What does it look like? That is what I am referring to: The Lord himself will descend from heaven. This is in angelic form. He is still sitting on the throne. If that be the case, (I don’t doubt it is the case), this was more than a random cloud. It happened because this opened up something. When it opened, there was a thunder, there was a voice. In the days of the voice of the seventh angel, the days are still going on. This endtime has experienced something in 1963. Bro. Branham didn’t know what these seals were at this time in 1963. What does it say? For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. That part has happened.

 

I am not trying to speak mysteries where you can’t understand it. I want you to understand where in time we are and what God has done. You have to know what God has done to know what He is doing. We have gone much too far to be idle in this hour, idle minded. This is not a Sunday school class. My brothers are not teaching Sunday school classes. We are preaching to you the word of God, which is alive. I stand here this morning to honor Bro. Branham and to honor Bro. Jackson. They had their job to do, to go so far. But you just cannot put your mind on one man. You have to go where the spirit leads. I may not be here tomorrow, but you are hearing truth.

 

With the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God. The trump is what opens the graves, that part has not happened yet. We have already heard the shout, and we are continuing to hear it. What does it say then? Verse 17. Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, (The last thing that happens before we are caught up is that trumpet which raises the dead. Then we meet the Lord.) to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words. It is a comfort.

 

Seven Thunders of Revelation 10

Back to Revelation 10. What does it say in the 1st verse of chapter 10? And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: (That is in angelic form. He is coming down to reveal something to His Bride.) and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: And he had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth. As I said, I didn’t always know that the book remained open, but it does. John is commanded in the 11th verse to eat the book. It is still open then because it is an ongoing thing. It goes right on to those two prophets. When I was looking into that and looking into the thunders, I saw it was the thunders’ message that was sealed, not the little book. When it is opened, it will never be closed again. And cried with a loud voice, (Cried with a loud voice. What is he crying? He is crying a message. Do not just think of that as somebody just crying. The message is to the Bride because that is what it links with, just as soon as he cries.) as when a lion roareth: (It is authority. One of these days before long this is going to happen. He is going to cry. Whenever He does, it is going to send out a message. It will be right after he cries. As soon as he cries seven thunders are waiting. We are going to know more as we come into that time because we are going to live in more direct contact with our Lord.) and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. That was the message he had cried. The seal is already open. We are going to know when it has opened. We will be able to announce: “Redemption is over.” There will be no doubt about it because something is going to happen when that seal is opened. It will already be open when he cries. It is not a sad cry. It is loud: “HEY! Open your eyes!” It said it was a loud voice. Somebody is going to hear something. The Bride of Jesus Christ is going to know something. This has not happened yet. We do not know exactly when it is going to happen, but we know it is going to happen after Israel gets her land back. It will happen after Isaiah 52:8 is fulfilled, for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion. It will happen after He has opened it. No one else will open it, but He will open it. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices… Their voices. See? The message He cried comes to the Bride. The message is heard. It looks like John is hearing it, but he did not hear it because it was not opened in 96 AD. Remember in Revelation 5:4 when John wept much, nobody could open the book. But it said the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book. But in 2016 the book is still is not open yet. It began to be opened in 1963. Just think, all that it takes to finish opening this one last seal. Six have already been opened. So it cannot last forever. As happened in 1963, Jesus Christ himself (if we believe what we have heard), came with a shout. The Lord himself shall descend with a shout. It had to be seen here on Earth. God manifested His glory in the face of Jesus Christ. It did not take the whole body, it just took the face because this is where the speech came from. That is where the cry came from. See? Whenever the picture of the cloud first came, the cloud was turned a different direction. A year later somebody turned it upright. God did not aim for the world to see it.

 

When the seven thunders uttered their voices… that is the same thing as Revelation 6:7. A voice. That is the only place a voice is mentioned in the first six seals. Bro. Jackson mentioned that too: that is the only verse that mentioned the voice. Let us read there. Verse 7. And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. What is it? It is that flying eagle with that voice. Read it. See if there is a time when a voice is mentioned with the other six seals or the other three beasts. It had to be in our time when there was a voice. Beforehand there was not a voice, because the church was a mixed up picture. Methodist, Baptist, Catholic, junk, junk, and more junk. What did Bro. Branham call all these denominations? “The Methodist lodge, the Baptist lodge, the Catholic lodge.” Revelation 18:2 calls them a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. Verse 7 again. When he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. There had to be somebody with a message of that fourth beast. 1963 was the time. There were great messages that came before that. The seven church ages, Daniel chapter 9. But it was not until 1963 that that voice really happened.

 

Revelation 8:1, And when he had opened the seventh seal, (See? The seventh seal is opened before chapter 10, because when he first mentions it in chapter 10, he is standing one foot upon the earth and one upon the sea and with a book that is already open. It was opened in chapter 8, not chapter 10.) there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. (How close are we to that? It makes you think, “How close are we?” Let us not get hooked upon things of the world, upon houses, lands, cars, business and things that will take our mind away from the real prize. This world is temporary. What we have here is temporary. You are in a temporary dwelling. I have a house in Salem that my name is on, but that is not my dwelling place. That is my temporary place. You have your places you live in, that is temporary.) And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write. I used to think, “Well John knew what it was.” He did not know what it was. He was placed over here in the endtime. God didn’t let him know ahead of time because it will not happen until the seventh seal is open. The seventh seal was not opened in 96 A.D. Do you understand what I mean? This is talking about the endtime ministry. There is going to be nothing to write. It will happen and the understanding of that part of the book is closed to those outside of the bride. The message is over because the only ones that are going to hear and understand these thunders’ message will be Bride people. Of course it could go out to people in the world, but they are just going to count it as a bunch of garbage. Why? Because it is closed to them, it is over, redemption is over. The Bride is not here for long after the thunders sound. Just long enough for us to be acquainted with those two prophets.

 

And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. See? They are not here yet, they weren’t there in John’s time. God is putting John in a position that he is writing what he sees. Let me put it this way, if John had known what those thunders uttered, we would know it today because the seal would have been opened. Do you understand?

 

Two Prophets and Their Message

And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (Or no longer delay.) Verse 8, And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. That is the message those two prophets have. By that time it is both, because they are carrying a message just like Jesus did when He wept over Jerusalem. They are weeping over Jerusalem because Israeli leadership will have sold out the city. They have sold out the land to that rotten Catholic Beast system.

 

And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again (Again. It means he had already prophesied before he ate the book. This is happening now. It is going on now. I don’t mean the book is open now, but the message of that man is going on now.) before many peoples, (The world will hear those two prophets. They will be in Jerusalem and they will be heard around the world.) and nations, and tongues, and kings. Let us go to chapter 11. I like what Bro. Charles said about this, because it is the same angel. Verse 1 of chapter 11. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: (See? It doesn’t say another angel came into the picture, this is all connected with verse 11, and it is connected with the next verse.) and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. By that time the temple is there. Don’t think it is going to take a long time to build that temple. They are not going to go by regulations. The state has studied building a bridge over the Ohio River for forty years before they finally got the job done, but it will not be that way when it is time to build the temple. Rise and measure the temple of God and the altar and them that worship therein. (Rise and measure what? Measure who?) But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. (That is the last three and half years of Daniel’s 70th Week. This ends the prophets’ message of the first three and half years. It is over.) And I will give power unto my two witnesses. That is authority. That is not armed firepower. That is God power. It is the word of their mouth. God gives them authority to do what they will because He trusts them. Do you know why? Because in their mouth it was sweet as honey, but in their belly it was bitter. Because it is against their own nation and they care for their nation. But they are pronouncing judgment. This is Moses and Elijah, the two witnesses. Bro. Jackson saw it in a dream a few years before he died. He was there with his family. He heard a blast and told everybody to get away from the window. He didn’t know what it was. He went to the window and looked out. There he saw two men about forty years old: Moses and Elijah. He saw it in the form of a dream. We are beginning to see it in a natural form. Revelation 11:3 goes back to Revelation 10:11. This is the little book, the finishing up of it. Go to Ezekiel 2:9-10 and we will see something about what is written in this little book. And when I looked, behold, an hand was sent unto me; and, lo, a roll of a book was therein; (and he opened it up. See? It is open.) And he spread it before me; (It was in a roll when it came to him, but now it is open.) and it was written within and without: and there was written therein (That is on the inside of it, written therein.) Lamentations, and mourning, and woe. That is what is on the inside of it. The same thing that was told John in the 10th verse. It will make your belly bitter, but it will be in your mouth sweet as honey. What makes it so sweet? They know it is the truth. But after it was eaten, then what? Lamentations, mourning, and woe. Whenever those two prophets are killed, those three woes happen immediately. One woe. Two woes. Three woes, all happening in the same area of time.

Ezekiel Sees The Picture

I want to go on to look at some scriptures I have not looked into yet that are part of my message. Ezekiel 10:8-22. Verse 8, And there appeared in the cherubims the form of a man’s hand under their wings. 9. And when I looked, behold the four wheels by the cherubims, one wheel by one cherub, and another wheel by another cherub: and the appearance of the wheels was as the colour of a beryl stone. 10. And as for their appearances, they four had one likeness, as if a wheel had been in the midst of a wheel. 11. When they went, they went upon their four sides; they turned not as they went, but to the place whither the head looked they followed it; they turned not as they went. 12. And their whole body, and their backs, and their hands, and their wings, and the wheels, were full of eyes round about, even the wheels that they four had. 13 As for the wheels, it was cried unto them in my hearing, O wheel. 14. And every one had four faces: the first face was the face of a cherub, and the second face was the face of a man, and the third the face of a lion, and the fourth the face of an eagle. 15. And the cherubims were lifted up. This is the living creature that I saw by the river of Chebar. 16. And when the cherubims went, the wheels went by them: and when the cherubims lifted up their wings to mount up from the earth, the same wheels also turned not from beside them. 17. When they stood, these stood; and when they were lifted up, these lifted up themselves also: for the spirit of the living creature was in them. 18. Then the glory of the LORD departed from off the threshold of the house, and stood over the cherubims. 19. And the cherubims lifted up their wings, and mounted up from the earth in my sight: when they went out, the wheels also were beside them, and every one stood at the door of the east gate of the LORD’S house; and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above. 20. This is the living creature that I saw under the God of Israel by the river of Chebar; and I knew that they were the cherubims. 21. Every one had four faces apiece, and every one four wings; and the likeness of the hands of a man was under their wings. 22. And the likeness of their faces was the same faces which I saw by the river of Chebar, their appearances and themselves: they went every one straight forward.

What is Ezekiel talking about here? God has given each of these prophets in the Old Testament a little further revelation, and a little deeper look into this picture. Ezekiel sees the faces here. The faces are not recorded in exactly the same order it is in Revelation. John had the clearest and deepest look of all. But I remember Bro. Jackson going over this. God is revealing himself a little more to each prophet until we get to Revelation itself.

Isaiah Sees The Picture

I want to go to Isaiah 6:1-8 now and look at how Isaiah saw this picture. In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and his train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphims: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. See, the covering is from the face to the feet. Isaiah was about 200 years before Ezekiel, and he saw less of the picture. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole earth is full of his glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, and the Lord of hosts. At this time and even in the Book of Kings and in the Book of Samuel, whenever someone saw the presence of the Lord or an angel of the Lord, they thought it was God. What did they say? “I have seen the face of God, and I was not killed.” Their understanding was not complete yet. Isaiah has that same feeling about him: “Here I am, a man of unclean lips.” God had a remedy for that. You feel Him tonight. The way you feel inside, God has a remedy for that.

We have to begin to believe Him and not let the devil say you are nothing. If we let the devil convince us of that, we become a failure. I am not talking about making us feel like we are something in this world, I am talking about God making us feel like we mean something to Him, in His presence. He is deity and that same deity lives within us. It does not make us deity, but it makes us children of God. How can we be children of God and not have deity living with us, which is the Holy Ghost. Christ in you, the hope of glory. Isaiah is feeling the weight of his sin after He has seen the great presence of God. God has spoken to him in the first five chapters of the Book of Isaiah. But it is in the 6th chapter that he begins to feel unworthy, and God does something about that. He will do something for you tonight and for me whenever we begin to feel low or feel left out, when we feel this thing is moving beyond us. Isaiah said, “Woe is me, for I feel undone.” God’s prophet is feeling that way because he can never feel completely clean. There is no way the Jewish people could feel that way. Look at the disciples. Jesus did not choose a bunch of holy men. He was the only one that was holy among them. But they were still His choice. It took Him to do something to take their guilt away, to make them clean. Then said I, woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, and the Lord of hosts. Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar. That is spiritual. It is a living God. We serve a living God. And he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged. What freedom that a man could feel in that! You never feel ready until God touches you and takes away that old nature, that old man with all his deeds. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me. He is now ready.

Zechariah Sees The Picture

Let us go over to Zechariah now. Zechariah and Daniel are called minor prophets, but there is nothing minor about them. They both had a look into this same picture. Both have compiled a book concerning what they saw. Zechariah 1:7, Upon the four and twentieth day of the eleventh month, (That would be February to us.) which is the month Sebat, in the second year of Darius, came the word of the Lord unto Zechariah, the son of Berechiah, the son of Iddo the prophet, saying, I saw by night, and behold a man riding upon a red horse, and he stood among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind him were there red horses, speckled, and white. (See? Zechariah is seeing a little bit more of the picture, but the whole picture is compiled in Revelation.) Then said I, O my lord, what are these? And the angel that talked with me said unto me, I will show thee what these be. If you look at this and compare it to the Book of Revelation, you see there is never a question in John’s heart because he had the Holy Ghost. John was in the presence of the Lord on the Lord’s day. There is a difference. There is a difference, not necessarily in the man, but in the spirit in the man. John had the word of the Lord just like Isaiah did, there is something missing that Isaiah and Zechariah and the Old Testament prophets could never attain to. Even with John the Baptist could not attain it. But you see once the Holy Spirited settled within them, Peter, John, Paul and they of the New Testament, they had no questions. They had answers. Brothers and sisters, we have answers tonight. We do not have a bunch of questions. We are not questioning the scriptures, we are waiting on the answer. We do not have to say, “Lord, show me more, show me more, give me more.” It comes as the Spirit moves within us to let us know what hour we are in because God is keeping the record up to date. When the news comes out, we will already ahead of it. And the man that stood among the myrtle trees answered and said, These are they whom the Lord hath sent to walk to and fro through the earth. And they answered the angel of the Lord that stood among the myrtle trees, and said, We have walked to and fro through the earth, and, behold, all the earth sitteth still, and is at rest. Then the angel of the Lord answered and said, O Lord of hosts, how long wilt thou not have mercy on Jerusalem and on the cities of Judah, against which thou hast had indignation these threescore and ten years? (How long is it going to be? God does not give Zechariah a complete answer. But Zechariah is saying the same thing that Daniel said, because Daniel read in Jeremiah that there was going to be seventy years of captivity for Judah.) And the Lord answered the angel that talked with me with good words and comfortable words. So the angel that communed with me said unto me, Cry thou, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great jealousy. Two thousand five hundred years ago this happened. Time does not mean anything with God because there is no end to eternity. We live in time, but eternal life is in us. This life within us, the same that was in Jesus, it will take us up in the rapture. If you are right with God and living in truth, you do not have to worry about a resurrection, it will come. And I am very sore displeased with the heathen that are at ease: for I was but a little displeased, and they helped forward the affliction. Therefore thus saith the Lord; I am returned to Jerusalem with mercies: my house shall be built in it, (That is a promise.) saith the Lord of hosts, and a line shall be stretched forth upon Jerusalem. (This is the same thing John saw: he was commanded to measure the house.) Cry yet, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; My cities through prosperity shall yet be spread abroad; and the Lord shall yet comfort Zion, and shall yet choose Jerusalem. This is a prophet two thousand five hundred years ago speaking as though it is right now. We are talking about an on time God, God is always on time because He does not work in time. Zechariah 4:1, And the angel that talked with me came again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, And said unto me, What seest thou? And I said, I have looked, and behold a candlestick (That is a menorah. Israel already has that. It is not in the making, it is already made. This is it. (chart) This menorah represents the church ages. It is an Israeli emblem, but it represents the seven candlesticks, which you see in Revelation 1, it is the seven church ages. The Jews do not realize that.) all of gold, (That is what it is. They are ready to place that in the temple. The Temple Institute has been preparing this stuff for years now, which we went through while we were in Israel. The shewbread table, we saw it. It is already there. The linen britches. There are Jewish rabbis working on creating these things. God is preparing His house. He is preparing His word. God does not move without His word. A candlestick of gold…) with a bowl upon the top of it, and his seven lamps thereof, and seven pipes to the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof: And two olive trees by it, (We know what the olive trees are, they represent those two prophets. See? This is all related to Revelation 10. We have drawn a circle around Revelation 10 like spokes of a wheel. When you have the spokes added into the hub, then you have the wheel.) one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side thereof. So I answered and spake to the angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my Lord? He did not understand, it was not meant to be understood in his time. God gave the Book of Revelation to John in 96 AD, but the understanding was not for his time. Paul did not understand what we do. He understood a lot about the end, but he did not understand these things. It was not given yet. That is what I mean by it, the understanding was not there. John is told to write what he sees, but he does not understand what he saw. It was not time, the seals were not opened. I am emphasizing that because there is something there that happened in 1963. That is when the church world of denominations went into darkness. That was proven when Bro. Branham preached the Church Ages in 1960. In 1960 there was still just a little bit of light left in the Laodicean age as it was shown on by the light that came into the tabernacle. In 1960 we had not yet come to breaking of the first six seals which was in 1963. The seals had something to do with the light going out of Laodicea. It stopped it. I know it took a little time for it to fizzle out, but what did they do? In 1964, President Johnson enacted a law that said can no longer talk about politicians in the church. I have said some things in this message that I am not supposed to say because they can take away your church status, your tax exemption. I am not talking politics, but this is one thing that Trump has said he would repeal it.

Then the angel that talked with me answered and said unto me, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then he answered and spake unto me, saying, This is the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, nor by power, but by my spirit, saith the Lord of hosts. Who art thou, O great mountain? (He is speaking now of the temple and the city that they were getting ready to build at that time, but this next part has nothing to do with it.) before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain: and he shall bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings, (It goes back to the prophecy, the headstone, who is it? The headstone is Jesus Christ.) crying, Grace, grace unto it. Now I will go to chapter 6. Verse 1, And I turned and lifted up mine eyes, and looked, and, behold, there came four chariots out from between two mountains; and the mountains were mountains of brass. (Judgment. Brass is a hard substance.) In the first chariot were red horses; and in the second chariot black horses; And in the third chariot white horses; and in the fourth chariot grisled and bay horses. Then I answered and said unto the angel that talked with me, What are these, my lord? You can go to the 6th chapter of Revelation, John asked no questions when he saw this part. That is the difference in the spirit of God living in a person and the spirit of God speaking to a person. The prophets were moved by the Holy Ghost. Jesus said of John, there was no greater prophet, because he was the introducer of the Lord Jesus Christ. No greater prophet has ever lived than that of John, yet he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. We do not feel like it, but that is the word of the Lord, we cannot help that. And the angel answered and said unto me, These are the four spirits of the heavens, which go forth from standing before the Lord of all the earth. The black horses which are therein go forth into the north country; (That would be Syria.) and the white go forth after them; (It continues on. That is the way it happened. It goes right on into Rome.) and the grisled go forth toward the south country. (Which would be Egypt, those countries like north Africa.) And the bay went forth, and sought to go that they might walk to and fro through the earth: and he said, Get you hence, walk to and fro through the earth. So they walked to and fro through the earth. Then cried he upon me, and spake unto me, saying, Behold, these that go toward the north country have quieted my spirit in the north country.

John Sees The Picture

Let us go back to Revelation 10. Verse 8, And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again. This is the same voice that he heard at the beginning of Revelation. Whose voice is it? It is God’s voice. Jesus shouted, he cried, but then what takes over? A voice greater. Let us go back to the 5th verse and see. And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, And sware by Him that liveth for ever and ever, (he swore by God) who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer. (Or no longer delay.) And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth. (See, this is even a stronger voice. Jesus is not a ventriloquist.) And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said (This is Jesus Christ speaking now, people get it mixed up. They have not learned to differentiate between voices.) unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey. And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter. And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings. Jesus is here in angelic form, but John hears a voice from heaven. This is God speaking, He is in authority. That is the reason why John says, “the voice which I heard from heaven”.

Let me go back to the 4th verse again. And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. Jesus Christ now knows the finishing of His mission to mankind. Salvation is over. The darkness has arrived. The voices of the thunders is closed. “Seal up those things”, that is God sealing it, it is over to the Gentiles. Some may say “I better tell all my children, I better tell all my loved ones.” Only God can change man. It is not how much we yearn or how much we long for it. Whenever this thing is over and we enter into the Millennium, we are changed. There will never be another worry. There will never be another dread. It is over. Do your crying now, do your wishing now, do your hoping now. When that time comes, it is over. They have a hope right now, but they have to listen, because every one that is in this scroll here will have taken on the word of God. I am not bragging about it. I am sincere about it. They must believe the same thing you do. There are not two messages. So what does he do when it is over for the Gentiles? He goes on to chapter 11. What was it in chapter 11? The Menorah. The two witnesses. This is now for Israel. It is done for Gentiles. Because chapter 11 is the two prophets, see the two trees represented there, this is those two men. They are drawing from that Spirit because God is a Spirit. And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. But the court which is without the temple leave out, (See? He is going now into the last three and half years because the message is over.) for it is given unto the Gentiles: (For three and one half years.) and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. Three and one half years, 1260 days. A time, times, and half a time. That confuses man, but the wise understand. And I will give power unto my two witnesses, (There they stand in sackcloth. See how they are dressed. In sackcloth, sackcloth is judgment.) and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. They are not going to be ordinary men and they are not going to look like ordinary men. But my, what power they have. The miraculous is coming out of their mouth. From here you go back to the 8th chapter, and the first four trumpets are the same as these verses of chapter 11, verse 3 down through verse 7. They shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days clothed in sackcloth. Why did he say that? Because they are not ordinary men. John the Baptist did not even wear that. Why are they there? Because Daniel 9:27 has happened. It is when the European Beast System and the Jewish leadership make an agreement because something has happened in the Middle East that scares that Jewish leadership. Something dynamic happened that caused them to say, “We cannot have this anymore,” so they sign their death warrant: the covenant with the beast. After the Holocaust the Jews said, “Never again,” but according to Revelation 6:9-11 it is going to happen again. These are the two olive trees… This is where the oil is poured, the anointing of God that strikes their being. These two prophets have more than what John the Baptist had because they have the Holy Ghost. They recognize the Lord. Because they cry out and say, “Where did you get those scars in your hand?” He will reply, “In the house of my friends.” That is when He shows himself to Israel. He is not doing that because He wants to condemn them, because He said those which I received in the house of my friends, Zechariah 12, Zechariah 13. Israel will go and mourn for him, like it was their firstborn child that they are mourning for.) and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth. It is all related, the seventh seal and the seven trumpets are related. That is the reason it is put in there as it is. When he had opened the seventh seal there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. The next verse tells you there is seven trumpets preparing to sound. Then he goes back to the Bride, and then after he goes to the Bride he ends with those trumpets beginning to sound. What are we going to do? We will rejoice when we begin to see this. If that does not give you rapturing faith, you will never have any. I was asked the question, will the whole world see that? Yes, they will not see the Bride but they will see these two prophets. Why do I know that? Let me read the 12th verse. And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them. Television, the internet. I will pick this up later. It is hard to stop, but I will. It will be continued. God bless you.

Revelation-10-No.-1

Getting Ready For The Rapture, Part 9 – 2017, August

This is the last few words of July Issue. When you start out to be something you were not ordained to be, there is always a problem. You can always get followers. I am not after followers. I am after truth, and I am after people to be able to understand it in this end time, because all who are ready will be going, and we are all going to go together. I am not picking and choosing who is going to be ready, but I am looking at something that must happen: in order for us to rule and reign. I know I have a responsibility. Your responsibility is not the same as mine. I remember Bro. David Spurlock: before he became a Christian. Bro. Bud and I worked with him, and his brother. We worked with them for maybe two years or so. Then: all of a sudden, they got interested and came here one Thursday night. I was the one preaching. The reason I remembered it, they mentioned it to me, that I preached on Ruth. That was thirteen years ago. I have seen him here ever since then, and I have seen spiritual growth in him. Growth in him and his family; his wife and the little girls that love the Lord. That is the reason he has a testimony this morning, there is nothing between them and the Lord. We have to wipe it all out and get rid of it. I hate bugs on my windshield, but they get there because that is what bugs do. They mess up my windshield, but I don’t get mad curse them: I know they have a job to do, and I have a job also. We just cannot allow: as the old saying goes, and allow ourselves to fly off the handle. Everything that we are confronted with disturbs us at times; so we just have to become settled all the time. If somebody wants to pass you out here on the highway; when they crowd you, just let them go on by. As long as you are not exceeding the speed limit: you are alright. On my way, here Thursday; up near Hamburg, a woman pulled out into my lane, and I could see her mouthing that she was sorry. I went on up and another one pulled out. He did not say he was sorry. I had gone one block and almost got hit by another one twice, but I did not. I just praised the Lord for keeping me safe from that. I could have gotten mad, but no: I just let them go. Those things are just a test. Our enemy is always doing things for the purpose of seeing just how we will react. He is looking for a weakness in our determination to serve the Lord in truth and righteousness. He is always trying you; looking for a weakness. to see how you are going to react. I knew the woman was sorry, I could see her apologizing as she went by. She was wrong, but I could have reacted differently and been wrong also. “Ye have heard how I said unto you: I go away, and come again unto you.” That is the important thing, I come again unto you. How is He going to do that? He was going to raise from the dead. If Jesus had gone to the cross and been crucified, and raised from the dead, and that was all there was to it, it would not have freed anyone, but He said: I will send you another Comforter. He knew He had comforted those disciples. They had seen the sea calmed, and seen Him walk on the water, seen Him feed five thousand. They had been with Him when He healed Lazarus. Was that not something special? Would that not have been something really special? Here Lazarus came right out of the grave. I remember Bro. Neville saying one time: he used to be pastor at the Tabernacle: he said, Jesus said loose him and let him go. He said John looked over at Peter, and said, you go ahead. His sisters had already said, he stinks. Resurrection took the stink away: just like the three Hebrew children as they were put into the fiery furnace. Why were they put there? It was because they would not obey a mortal man. When the law decides: they are going to take on the saints of God, but they are going to have a handful of trouble. Those three Hebrew children did not do a thing: they just went. If God lets us die in there, we will die, but we are not going to listen to you. That is what I am saying this morning. You go ahead and do what you have to do, but Faith Assembly has been taught better. I do not want that worldly mess coming in these doors. No way: do I want it in here. “If ye loved me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for my Father is greater than I.” That sure knocks Jesus out of being God. Right? Go ahead and believe that, if you must, and we will see who comes out on top. “And now I have told you before it come to pass, that when it is come to pass, ye might believe.” He then said, “Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in me. But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave me commandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence.” I want to go to 2nd Samuel, chapter 12. This is a story of David. I will give a little background for it. David had made a big blunder. I could say mistake, but it is a blunder. He had taken a young man’s life, and also committed adultery with his wife. She was expecting a child. This man was a Hittite. Anybody that went to Israel with all their heart, they were accounted among the Jews. Oh, he was just an old Hittite. That is alright, but God has a recorder that keeps turning until it hits the stop button. That is where this was: It was at the stop button. Here came somebody that was not afraid of the Word of God, to speak to whoever it is to. His name Was Nathan. Our youngest son is named David Nathan. Mary Lou wanted to name him David. I said well, I would like his middle name to be Nathan. She said, where is that in the Bible. I turned to where it said, and David turned to Nathan. Here it is. He has come before David to correct something. What he did, was take an illustration; a parable. He said; there was this man: a ruler, an important man: a really important man. Really, really important man. I want you to get that. Here comes this prophet, speaking to him. He said this man that was really important, had all these ewe lambs, he took the travelers lamb, this poor man’s lamb instead of one of his own. He went ahead and explained it to him, and David got angry and said: I will have that man’s head. But the Spirit of God was there. Nathan looked at David and said, you are the man. That took courage. Now we will start reading the 16th verse. She was expecting a child by him. He had tried every way he could to get this man on the battlefield and get him to come into his wife, but instead he went out and got drunk and stayed with the soldiers. He did this two nights straight. David put him in the hottest of battles. He was not the best soldier there was. He put him up against the wall and had him killed. Now there are two things against him. “David therefore besought God for the child; and David fasted, and went in, and lay all night upon the earth.” You will find this in Psalm 51. Here is the king, so sorry for what he has done. It grips his heart. “And the elders of his house arose, and went to him, to raise him up from the earth: but he would not, neither did he eat bread with them. And it came to pass on the seventh day, (This went on for seven days.) that the child died. The servants of David feared to tell him that the child was dead: for they said, Behold, while the child was yet alive, we spake unto him, and he would not hearken unto our voice: how will he then vex himself, if we tell him that the child is dead?” They were afraid to tell him. They were afraid of what he would do when he found out the child had died after he had waited seven days, laying upon the earth. He did not have a bath, and did not eat any bread that was a meal. “Then David arose from the earth, and washed, and anointed himself, and changed his apparel, and came into the house of the Lord, and worshiped: (It is time for Faith Assembly, and many have caught on, but it is time for others to catch on: they can just grieve so long. That one that is gone on is not grieving. Do you think Bro. and Sis. Jackson are grieving this morning? They are happy! Do you think Bro. and Sis. Pixley are grieving this morning? Well you are talking like they are still alive. They are! They are just in another form this morning: one day to come back and get their body. They are not little spirits out there, they have a body God has given them until the real body comes, which will come up from the earth. I will rise again. David arose and washed himself and changed his apparel. That is what we have to do, change this old apparel. He went to the house of the Lord and worshiped.) Then he came to his own house; and when he required, they set bread before him, and he did eat.” He was changing: he has changed everything of the physical. One thing about it, he let some things rest. You may say this morning: you don’t understand my circumstances. God is wanting to help you in your situation. He is not out to destroy, He is out to help, but we let the devil destroy our testimony sometimes. The others, they did not know what to do with this. This is different. Four days ago, five days ago, six or seven days ago, look at him. Now he comes and they are beginning to be critical. Get out! Get before the Lord and anoint yourself. Then worship. Worship! Let bygones be bygones. “Then said his servants unto him, What thing is this that thou hast done? Thou didst fast and weep for the child, while it was alive; but when the child was dead, thou didst rise and eat bread, and he said, While the child was yet alive, I fasted and wept: for I said, Who can tell whether God will be gracious to me, that the child may live? But now he is dead, wherefore should I fast? Can I bring him back again? (No: I am saying today, you cannot bring them back.) I shall go to him, but he shall not return to me.” Brother: we can go to those that have passed on, but we cannot bring them back to us. They have tried that with Bro. Branham for so long, it will soon be fifty years. They have waited at the grave site; for him to arise, but that is vain. Every Easter they have stood by the grave site waiting for Bro. Branham to come back. They even dug a hole. I saw the place. I dreamed about the place. They dug a hole and were going to put a telephone down there for him. I could have been in the same place if it were not for the grace of God. I often said: they mentioned Bro. Branham’s name at the Tabernacle; nine times to Jesus Christ one time. I was there: I was among them, but I could not swallow it. It choked me to think about it. I had to get away from all of that. When I had that dream, I went back one more time. When I saw what was going on: that was my last time. They were playing Bro. Branham’s tapes. Bro. Branham would say Amen, and everybody would say Amen. He would say; raise your hands, and everyone would raise their hands. There happened to be someone over there; that said Amen out of tine, and everybody turned to look at him. You just did not say it until when he said it. I could not take that: I could not swallow it. I like refried beans: because I like Mexican food, but I do not like refried leftovers. Don’t keep feeding them to me. There are seven or eight hundred tapes: I don’t know how many there are. They play them every Sunday. Many have left: young people have left, also older people have left. They just have a handful now, because they had to worship a man. They just could not do what David did: They could not get up and say: let us go on. No, their attitude was: we will make a museum out of this place, because this is where the food is stored. Bro. Branham said it was the storehouse: but he also told a certain man that was playing tapes: he and four or five others were getting together. One was real close to Bro. Branham; he was the one that told me. They were getting together and playing tapes while Bro. Branham was still living, and he rebuked him: Don’t do that. I don’t care if you play a tape by yourself, but don’t get together and start playing tapes. He rebuked him. That man told me he did. The man is dead now: The man was Bank Woods, and he was the one that told me. He was very close to Bro. Branham. God is alive. I say; there is wisdom in those tapes, but if the tape is all you are going to go by, then you are way behind time. You had better get it right while you can!I have some different scriptures to deal with tonight. I was in St. John this morning, but now I want to turn to Matthew. As we look at these scriptures, Jesus has upbraided Capernaum. He talks to them about the mighty works that have been done. He has been in that area of the world for many trips, because Cana is not all that far from Galilee; just a few miles. Cana is a city connected to Nazareth. Nazareth is not too far either, just a little way. You can see where they were going to throw Jesus off the bluff there, and you can see Megiddo. Look over that valley there: where the last war will be fought by mankind. When God takes over, there will not be any war. He is going to drop His bombs which will destroy wicked mankind. When He gets through: the Bible says there will be few men left upon the earth. That is what I used when I was preaching about the seven women taking hold of one man. Every subject I have taken like that has been criticized. That is alright. It must have results, because people are afraid; of the word. They just want you to settle in and not have anything to say up until the seven thunders speak. That is not the way it works. The seven thunders will come, and that is the end of prophecy. When they come, there will be no more need of prophesy. That ends prophecy. That is when the Bride is getting ready to leave here. One of these days she is going to leave here: I believe that! I not only believe that: I feel that tonight! The anointing is here right now, and I praise the Lord for that! Jesus said: rebuke these people for their unbelief. He said: if the mighty works had been done in certain places, even in Sodom, that have been done in these places, then it would have remained unto that day. The thing about it is, a son of God was there. He did not O.K. what Sodom had become: because that was God’s choice to take it out. He is saying: that when the presence of the Lord, in Jesus was here. He carried the presence of God because He was: and He is the Word made manifest. He said: if you believe in God, you must also believe in me. He made Himself; not God, but He made Himself to be the Son of God: which we know He was. We are on a lesser portion than that: we are sons and daughters of God also: after our new birth. Why would there not be something good come from our lives? I want to encourage your heart in that: so you will be able to see that you do amount to something: so do not cut the presence of the Lord short. Don’t let it just be a small thing: let it be precious. If He ever touches you just a little bit, grasp on to it, because there is more to come. Any amount of the anointing that you have upon you, is something to appreciate and praise Him for. His presence is better than anything the whole world has to offer. He said; if you gain the whole world and lose your soul: what has it profited you? What is more precious and profitable than our spiritual soul? I will start reading in verse 25 of the 11th chapter. “At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank thee, O Father, (Do you wonder why He was praying that way? He was recognizing His Father as the Supreme One.) Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father: for so it seemeth good in thy sight. All things are delivered unto me of my father: (All He was, or would ever be to the Church; was handed to Him by the Father.) neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, (If we would stop there, we would be in a very terrible condition, but He says more.) and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” So, we have to have revelation. We have to have something to push us on. We cannot allow ourselves to get in a stalemate, just hum drum, or something of that nature. “Come unto me, all ye that labor. (He is not talking about physical labor, He is talking about our lives, something we might be laboring with, something that has kept us from the potential that God has prepared for us: because God has a potential for our lives. Sometimes we labor with situations, trials and tests. God does not want it to be like that. He does not want it to go on like that. You can just labor so long. Really: it is the devil putting a cloud over us, over the light God has made available to His children. Here is the cloud, and here is the light, and we have obscured the light with a cloud.) and are heavy laden, (I have seen animals when I was a boy, that is what they worked with, horses. I have seen those poor horses in the woods pulling out logs. They used every muscle they had to strain and get those logs out of there. Sometimes they had to use help: by cutting off a limb so big around, and putting it under the log: to keep shifting it until it rolled where they wanted it, otherwise they could not make it. That is being laden. Sometimes we are pulled between two opinions to the point we are heavy laden. But then Jesus is really saying something there, He is not here in person, but that does not make any difference. The same Spirit that was within Jesus, is the Spirit that is within us. It is the Spirit of God, or the Holy Ghost, whichever you want to say. It is the Holy Ghost within us: that we can lay our cares and burdens upon. He cares for us. He cares more for us than we care for our self. remember before and at the time Bro. Branham died. I had been here for three summers. As I said this morning, out of ten times anyone was mentioned, it was Bro. Branham: nine and Jesus one. There are some people here that know what I am talking about, because you were there. It did not affect me. I did not believe it, because: as the song goes: Lift Him higher, not a man but Jesus Christ. It was the grace of God that kept me and others from getting in that same man worshipping rut. Look where we would have been now. It is decisions we make along the way: that is fashioning our experience with God. Sometimes you just have to depend completely upon the Spirit of God to make your decisions. The Bible speaks about groanings that cannot be uttered. All you can do is just groan because you don’t really know what words to say: it is just not in your vocabulary.Sometimes burdens will come upon you, and you don’t know why. You feel like it might be for someone else. I have a nephew that was in the Air Force. He came to our place when we lived in Jeffersonville: on Hopkins Lane. There was just a burden that came over me and would not leave. It was on me for three days. He thought I was being unfriendly, but it was for him. I did not cry, but I wanted to. God will sometimes deal with you for other people: simply because we are not our own. We are a family. As Bro. Kevin has talked about the 12th chapter of 1st Corinthians, how we are compressed together. Really: it is like being welded together. When someone is weak: you feel that weakness. Sometimes people think you are lashing out: but no, it is a waking up situation. As I said about my mom: while I was going to high school, she would say: get up, it is going on eight o’clock and it was only five after seven. She knew she was going to have to deal with that. She did not want me to miss the bus, but a few times I did and then I would have to hitch hike for seven miles. That is the way it is with young people. It was not that I was staying out all night. There was not anything to stay out for: unless you wanted to stand out in the dark somewhere. My mom was merciful. She wanted me to make something worthwhile of myself. I am sure there is nobody here that your mom wanted to be a failure. Where am I going with this? There were not many people: when I was growing up, that went to high school. There was not many that finished grade school back then. I remember when WW2 was over, there were some boys returned home; that were just about grown, but their parents felt like they needed to get back in school. They were already sixteen years old and had a model T car. They did not know where to put them in school: because they had not been there before. I remember one boy that had a car, and they put him in the 5th grade because they did not know where to put him. What they had been doing; was working. There were boys back then that were strong as an ox. Some had even worked at saw mills. If we let our past determine our future, and let yesterday, or a year ago, or even five years ago, determine what we are going to be in the future: that will not work. James said don’t even plan on the future: what you are going to be doing. I believe a year from now: things are going to be much different. You can just push God to a certain point, and that is what some are doing. They are determining law, but there is always a Supreme Court Justice, and it is not a bunch of half-baked men and women that the Supreme Court is made up of that is going to determine the outcome. He said, I will give you rest. If we are having trouble in this flesh tonight, there is a place in Him for rest. As Paul said, there remaineth a rest for the children of God and that rest is in the Spirit of God. “Take my yoke upon you, (What a pleasant thing, take my yoke upon you. Do not allow yourself to be yoked to something else. Don’t be yoked to some burden or to somebody that is going to drag you down. Sometimes we get with people that have the same burdens we do. They are not going to help us. If you come to me for help, and I have all kinds of things that I need to be put away, all these feelings and everything that need to be dealt with: how am I going to help you? Of course, people do come to us, and why would they not: if they did not think they could get some help? Our brothers and sisters are right: when they feel that they can get some help from the ministry. I am just a man, Bro. Kevin is a man: we are not gods. We are not somebody to bow down before, but it is what we represent; that makes us able to help some. It is the life that we all live that counts. That is what is going to shine in the end time: if God has first place in our lives. We have to have some positivity about us. There is a preacher by the name of Pierce e, I believe it was. He made a living on positive thinking. That is where Schuler and his bunch came from. That was good to one extent, but you have to have something more than just positive thinking, you have to have something inside you to go with that. There are a lot of people that have positive thinking. They just don’t believe anything they do is going to fail. I think that is the reason Trump has gone up so high in the polls. They asked him the other day about what he believed about God and he referred to that man I was talking about. Just to have positive thinking on its own is not going to do much good spiritually. We have to have something to go with that, and that has to be the Spirit of God. Positive thinking can heal your body: it can, but it cannot heal your soul. That requires a spiritual experience. Take my yoke upon you; Jesus said. If we have yoked our self with some other thing or some other meaning, we need to throw that yoke off and get yoked with Him. He is talking about burdens. I thought about what Bro. Kevin said to Ashley, why don’t you try the Lord first? I did not notice her limping when she came up on the stage tonight. Put some oomph behind it. I think it is the Marines that call it grunts. My brother was in the Marines, in WW2: he was in Guam. While preparing him for the battle, they put him through tunnels, and they set off hand grenades close to them while they were in the tunnels until his ears even bled. That is a rough way to prepare for war, but that is not even half of what it is in the battle. Jesus is trying to take the sting off, even the sting of death, so that we do not get discouraged. His yoke is easy. “And ye shall find rest unto your souls.” What a good word! It works! Rest! When I worked at Ford: the first six weeks for ten hours a day, there was no relief. You could not even go to the bathroom. Finally, after six weeks, I got a relief man. I was using a screw gun, and my hands swelled so much that it would take two hours in the morning; for them to limber up so that I could have movement in them. I needed a job. I felt that God gave me that job. After six months Bro. Wells was hired. He started out working with me. When he first started working with me, I was worn out, and he was running to keep up. I was worn out. The boss came by and said, son, you don’t have to run. He changed the job around and put some here and brought some better ones to us. I don’t know if he remembers that. Anyway, it made the load lighter. I was not going to give up, but I sure needed help. Do you need help tonight? You cannot carry all these things by yourself! Don’t even try! When you have Jesus yoked with you: He is carrying the load; not all of it. He is going to make it easier, but He is not going to take all the load off and let us loaf. “For my yoke is easy, and my burden light.” That is instruction for all time, and especially for the time we are living in, because there are things coming our way; that we will have to deal with. I want to go to Hebrews the 12th chapter. In the last part of the chapter 11, verse 37 tells us “They were stoned, they were sawn asunder, were tempted, were slain with the sword: they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins; being destitute, afflicted, tormented; of whom the world was not worthy: they wandered in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth.” Brother Branham said he would preach the Word if he had to do it with soda crackers and branch water. Bro. Jackson said that Paul ate rats in order to preach the gospel. We have it pretty good. We can go down here to a Smorgasbord on most any Street. “And these all, having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise.” They waited for it. They were waiting for Him; they did not know when He was going to come. Nevertheless, they endured. “God having provided some better thing for us, (These people have not the spirit of God dwelling in them, but they had something inside. They had determination. As we see how the world is going tonight, and as we see what is being pushed on people, you wonder how long it will be before they are standing on our doorsteps. What is our answer going to be? I saw three people on the news tonight; talking about the woman in Kentucky, oh that is the law, that is the law. Whose law? The devil’s law, that is whose it is. We just as well be truthful about it. Without God in it, it is something that five rebated people pushed through. What do I mean by five? There were five out of the nine in the Supreme Court. And that is the law. That is not the law, there is somebody bigger than that. He is the Supreme One. People are going to be screaming and crying for the mountains to fall on them, hiding in dens and caves, whatever they can find to hide from Him that is coming back.) that they without us should not be made perfect.” It takes the church of the living God to perfect the whole thing. Us, you, you, you, and I, we are ones God is perfecting for this hour. And you listening on the internet. That should make us feel important, that they, all the trials, sorrow that they were persecuted with, without us could not be made perfect. “Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside the every weight, (the yoke. Do you know what weight does? It puts strain all the way to the feet. Lay aside every weight. Well, I will lay one down. It said every one.) and the sin (We know what sin is. Am I talking about getting out here carousing? No. Sin is unbelief. If you don’t believe that God can help you and pull you up, that is unbelief. It becomes sin. Well I just don’t know how I am going to make it. Yes you do, you are going to believe the word and be pulled out. We don’t have to walk in the ditch.) which doth so easily beset us, and let us run (you can’t run with weights, it may be good for training, but it is not good for a race. Can you imagine somebody running with ten pounds on each foot having to drag that along? Or chains with some kind of weight on it.) with patience the race that is set before us.” What kind of race. The race that is set before each one of us as individuals. My race is not yours. Your race is not mine. But we are all running together. “Looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; (There have been a lot of sermons preached on that, but it goes deeper than that. Looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith. He was the one that began it. He is the very author of our faith and the finisher. The Bible says we are complete in Him. We start in Him and we finish in Him.) who for the joy (He is looking beyond the grave. He is saying to the disciples as I read this morning, peace I give to you, my peace I give unto you. Who for the joy…) that was set before Him endured the cross, (It wasn’t easy. Just imagine to go through all He went through and Him not guilty of any of it. A bunch of religious people wanted it because He healed on the Sabbath day. His disciples went through a field and picked grains of corn on the Sabbath day. You can see that religious group getting madder and madder and madder. Then He comes in and turns over the changers of money tables and let their doves loose, told them to get the animals out of there. He said, my Father’s house shall be a house of prayer, you have made it a den of thieves. He didn’t have any good thing to say about the religionists of that day. We have had people come here and say, well you just criticize too much. No, we are just trying to let people know how God expects us to live.) despising the same, (Now here is the good part, here is the joy.) And is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.” To sit down at the right hand of the throne of God shows that God accepted Him. God is seeking to accept each of us tonight. But we have to be attentive to Him. I was just sitting in a chair last night and I seen something that I used to see often, a light appeared on the wall as I was thinking of Him, and I felt His presence. He wants to show us He cares about us, He cares for us, He takes care of us. “For consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds.” It was the contradiction of sinners and the Law, and the Pharisees, those people that didn’t agree with anything He did. Contradiction all the way to the cross. There they stood, let Him be crucified. “Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. And ye have forgotten the exhortation which seemeth unto you as unto children, My Son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him.” Sometimes when we feel low, it is just a little warning for us. God is not just going to be what you want Him to be at all times. Do you always shout when you feel like it? Do you always raise your hands when you feel like it? That is not it. It said raise your hands, it said to praise the Lord and we do that even if we don’t feel it, because that brings on the feeling. That brings on the happiness. I never ask Bro. Kevin how he feels, but I am sure as others, we go through dry spots but we don’t let everybody know about it and we don’t let the devil know about it. He doesn’t know your mind because we have the mind of Christ. He doesn’t know that mind because we don’t owe him anything. “For whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening God dealt with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the Father chasteneth not?” Every child is not dealt with the same way. Some children when they are growing up just need a little bit of scolding, or a little slap on the behind. Of course, that is against the law, whose law? Not against the law of God. I remember school teachers used to whip. The children didn’t want to let their parents know about it because they would get another one. “But if ye be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and not sons.” God wants us to show Him respect every once in a while. He has to correct us, but He doesn’t correct us to the point that we just give in. Don’t be corrected a year, two, or five years, find out why the correction is there and so something about it. David, after he had done what he did, as I said this morning, God showed that he deserved death, but He said I forgive you. But He said the sword would never leave your house. I am saying tonight, God forgives you. I am saying this as plain as I can tonight, God forgives you, pick up the pieces and go on. I don’t know how much plainer I can say it. When the devil comes knocking, tell him to go on, he has plenty of room to work out there, he doesn’t have to work in me. The apostle Paul was pretty smart for that time. The wisdom God gave him as never diminished. We live on the word the apostle Paul preached, because he was preaching to the Gentiles. “Furthermore, we have had fathers of our flesh which corrected us, and we gave them reverence: shall we not much rather be in subjection unto the Father of spirits, and live? For they verily for a few days chastened us after their own pleasure; (I hope my dad didn’t have pleasure in that, but it means after his will, after his determination.) but he for our profit, that we might be partakers of his holiness.” That is what we want, we want to be part of the holiness of God. As He said, without holiness no man shall see the Lord. “Now no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous, but grievous: nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of righteousness unto them which are exercised thereby. Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the feeble knees; (That is what the Spirit of God will do. It will straighten your back.) And make straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord: Looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you, and thereby many be defiled.” May God bless you. Prayer.I was just thinking on some different things this morning as I was thinking about the message. I remembered how Bro. Jackson, not too long before he passed away, he walked down the aisle and stood by a certain row of seats, he was standing right beside some people who left. He said, there could be tares in our midst. He had already told some of us that he would probably be mentioning names, but he didn’t. He just stood there and leaned upon the seat of some of these people he had dreamed about. He had a dream and saw the ones that would leave. Some left before he passed away and others left after he passed away. Now most of them are dead. It doesn’t pay to sit in the midst of a people and not believe. If there is some other motive, something else in the person’s mind, the Bible said, be sure that your sins will find you out. Sin is unbelief. That was eleven years ago. It was about this time eleven years ago that he began to preach the Seals. He preached sixteen messages on the Seals. It was around convention time. He has been gone now for eleven years. The message lives on. Bro. Branham said God takes his messenger, but He doesn’t take His Spirit. So as Bro. Kevin was preaching the other night, there are people that feel they are pulling something over on people. Something is getting ready to give, and some people are getting ready to be shown up for what they are, and for what they have done. He didn’t mention any names and I am not going to mention any names either, but it is not far away of what he was talking about. It is happening now among people who should know better. When Bro. Branham was here, he preached truth to these people and it has become a mockery now, just a mockery. They have money, but they lost something else, something more precious than money. The Bible said if you gain the whole world and lose your soul, then you are in bad shape. It is better to never have believed than to be able to sit in truth and not receive. You are better off not to have darkened the door of the fellowship of saints than to go away and criticize or have some other motive in your mind other than truth. I say these words, but I believe the Spirit of God is speaking to some. Don’t have another motive in your mind, just come among the saints and surrender. Surrender all, then everything will be alright. I am not going to stand at the door and say, don’t come in. But some day the Holy Ghost will, because I see that in the 4th chapter of Acts where a couple that had experienced something in their life, then they turned and thought they would fool the Holy Ghost. The Holy Ghost is not fooled because He looks right into the heart, from the top of the head right on down into the heart. He sees every motive. If people sit and unwillingly to surrender their heart and mind to the Lord, if there is something they have against somebody and are not willing to make that right, then it is not good. You may have everything under control, but if there is something you are holding against somebody that is not right, then you have a problem that I can’t solve. I don’t intend to. But God knows about it. When you go to Isaiah, and you go to Jeremiah and see the Jews being taken out of their land, the northern tribes were taken out during Isaiah’s time. The southern tribes which were Judah and so on, were taken out in Jeremiah’s time. He prophesied and said there would be seventy years, they would be out of the land. It was even prophesied under Isaiah, a hundred and fifty years or so before, that there would be a king named Cyrus. It even mentioned his name, that under his rule the Jews would go back home. But the Jews went back home with a different attitude. It took Nehemiah, and it took Joshua at that time, in order to get them to go back and build the temple. They went back and built their houses, but they didn’t build their temple. I saw this morning on the news, in Jerusalem, I didn’t catch a lot of it, but the temple mount was under attack. I don’t know, but it looked like some gunfire on the temple mount, because they had been having so much trouble. It is supposed to be that way. They are going to get that ground back and it is not like some of these preachers who think it is going to be a shared arrangement between the Arabs and the Jews. That mosque of Omar has to go, it is in the wrong place. It is not going to sit there, neither is that Al-Aqsa mosque. They claim that is where Mohammad is going to come back to. He never was there, why would he come back? Jesus was there, Jesus is going to come back. So today when I see something rising up in the Middle East, I am not discouraged. I am not discouraged about Iran getting a bomb because I know the outcome before it ever happens. Because I believe the scripture. God doesn’t fail. If we believe, He won’t fail us. He has us on His mind. We have Him on our mind and Him in our heart. To be able to fellowship with Him and sit in His presence is the best thing you will ever have. You may have a happy marriage, you may have a happy home, which is all good. But that won’t take care of your happiness in the Lord. He is here this morning to do something, to take care of our problems, not just our needs, but our problems. Whenever I pray for somebody, I believe that something is going to happen. It has happened, it is happening. God is our conduit. A couple weeks ago there was a transformer that went out and we didn’t have Sunday night service. God’s transformer doesn’t go out. There is the song, Central is never busy, always on the line. I heard that song when I was a boy. It came along when the telephone came out. I remember the old telephones that you had to ring. I probably never seen a telephone until I was six years old. My grandparents had one. It was a funny looking thing. That was the first apple, but that was the starting. I had to start someplace. This truth had to start some place. Whenever everything was in an uproar, it looked good in the 40’s and 50’s. but something was wrong. Something had to be corrected. I remember meetings when I was a boy in the Methodist Church. I remember 1948 and 1949, in the community there were raw sinners that never had gone to church. I remember my dad and my brother, my brother was a preacher. I remember them going to houses with men who couldn’t cope they were so convicted. I remember those days. They had to have prayer before they could even leave their house. I remember one man, for three days he couldn’t even eat because he was under conviction. People don’t know what that is anymore. It is lost. All they have to do is go and sign a little letter, you are alright. Go in the back room and have a little prayer. That doesn’t fix the problem. America has a problem today. Preachers are preaching there is going to be a revival in America. I believe that something is going to happen in America, but it has to be brought to it’s knees first. There are going to be a whole lot of people missing because it has to have something to bring it to it’s knees in order to be the nation that the Jews flee to. They are not going to leave one place and come to another one where it is all in an uproar. People will be glad to get across the border then. If this is the place, there has to be a house cleaning. I believe there will be because this was hewn out of a wilderness. I remember WW2, people brought pictures of boys that were in service and placed them on the pianos. They prayed for them. People weren’t afraid to pray. They weren’t afraid to be heard praying. Because the nation was in turmoil. I remember when Japan hit the Hawaiian Islands. I was four or five years old. Roosevelt declared war. We have a president (Obama) now that declares nothing, just talk. He draws the line. When I was a boy, when someone would want to fight they would draw a line in the dirt. If one was afraid, then he would draw back and draw another line. It just kept on until all at once it was not important. That is the way it is today, this thing is not important. Other countries are running over us, but they make laws here for same sex marriage. I never saw anything so idiotic and devilish. Sodom. I saw a documentary of Hitler on the war channel. That man was full of the devil. He had Catholic priests in his army. It is not good enough to be a good old boy today, God is not smiling on people because they are southern or because they are northern. People get stuffy, those Yankees. People still have animosity in them. I am glad our Sister Helena testified this morning. I am glad to have her and Bro. Charles here. They are an example, both of them. I am glad to have all you people here this morning. God has picked you. Why would I have animosity? They come out of WW1, then Hitler got the big idea he was going to do something because Germany was defeated. He was so hurt, so angry. He started out with a few people, that is the way these movements are. Most of Germany didn’t even know that Auschwitz even existed. I have been there. The evidence is still there. Open latrines, men and women both had to go there. One woman cleaned those things just in order to live. It showed a little boy running, trying to get away from that bunch of devils. He ran and jumped in there to die, all because that man thought he was going to do something. After a while, I guess it played on his mind what he was doing, but I don’t know if he had any mind, he got on dope, crystal meth. It wasn’t even known in America, they didn’t know what it was, but they do today. It got to the point that he couldn’t even get out of bed for two years before he died. He was making decisions while on that stuff, how he was going to treat the Jews, and that stuff took his mind. So, they began to experiment with Jews. They mixed that and two other ingredients, and with seventy-pound packs of rocks on their backs, they made them march. They watched just to see how long they could live. Most of them were three or four days, they dropped dead. They weren’t even fed because he was making an experiment. If there ever was a devil beside the pope, it was him. There have been some of those popes just as evil. So, he began to give this to his soldiers. There was a medication, one they put in people when they are dying, morphine. They began to give this to his soldiers and they were going a hundred miles a day. They got close to Russia and were marching through mud with ice in it, because they had that crystal meth with other drugs, along with morphine to kill the pain. They walked in the mud, that water and ice, some of them lost their feet and didn’t even realize their feet were gone until they fell. All because they were marching against Russia, all the time they were losing and Hitler didn’t even know it, he thought he was winning all along while he was really losing. Why am I saying that? Because there are things going on in this world today with people, as Bro. Branham said the time will come that in Washington they will be insane. Insanity rules the day in the schools. Some of these classes don’t have anything to do with education. It is just something that has been fixed up by the government in order to put young children, Kindergarten, they are teaching them if you don’t know what you are, boy or girl, you are alright, you can go to either bathroom you want. I grew up, there were boys that worked in WW2 that were six, seven, eight years old, whenever the war was over, they didn’t even know which class to put them in because they had worked all through that time. They grew up to be moral human beings. I remember 1973 they began to build pickup trucks at Ford, so they wanted a young work force. They hired a bunch of eighteen and nineteen-year-old boys. I have seen the line go down because somebody put something in it to break it. Those boys sat in a circle smoking pot and blowing it into each other’s mouths. If you reported them, they would have killed you. They wound up, most of them, quitting. One boy I remember, he thought of something every day in order to go home at lunch time. So, he got a call from somebody saying your mother is in the hospital, you need to go there. They came to find out that she worked in the hospital. This word sounds good to me, I think it is right, America is bound for a drubbing, is that a word? It sounds like one to me. That is why I say that America is going to have to have a revival, but not the way they think. It is going to be a forced thing. If God is going to get any morality out of America, He is going to have to do something. I am not demanding God, but I am saying He will do something. You don’t have to do anything because I said it, but there have been too many, along with Bro. Branham and George Washington, saying that they saw cities in America burning. It is at that state right now. Bro. Jackson said the red blooded American, somewhere in the midst of America, there is somebody in America that is going to rise up and say, that is enough. You might think I am getting loud, but they have to hear me overseas. It says in Galatians 4:4, “But when the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, made of a woman, made under the law. To redeem them that were under the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons.” God is going to visit His Jewish people. I know the government over there is worried. They are afraid because they have depended on the U.S. government. They have depended on the almighty dollar or their shekels. Shekels can’t save them. But on the wings of those airplanes, God has angels. They saw it during the Six Day War, and here we are, Sunday 13th, does that mean anything to you? There will be a partial eclipse today. This is a Jewish holiday. Something is going on in the inner being of God’s mind. His mind is working. Don’t ever forget it. Work on me Lord, work on my heart and mind. Forgive me Father. Make my life what you would have it to be, let it be clean in your presence. I am not a one day of the week Christian. I don’t believe anybody can be. I say that, that I don’t believe anybody can be, because I am sure. You have seen houses for sale. We need to put the shingle out of our lives, and say, sold out. That is when the dead is made. I know there can’t be gray areas in our lives, it can’t happen. Hitler wanted blonde headed, blue eyed people, I don’t know why, he wasn’t like that. He took some of his biggest and best and put them with women to have those children. Those children never knew mom or dad because they were taken and put in a nursery to live. Out of the twelve thousand, there weren’t any that lived. Can you imagine losing a war and he was the only one who thought they were winning. His generals told him to give up, we are losing, give up. No, go on. If you don’t go on, I will shoot you. That is on the natural side. The devil inspired the natural side. Today this is unusual. If you have a spirit inside of you that you can’t control, surrender that thing, don’t let it drive you. Because if the devil is driving us, he is going to put us in the middle of the road straddling the yellow line. You can’t pass anybody like that because you will meet head on. You don’t have to live below your privilege. I don’t have to because I have a promise. You have a promise that there is nothing, nothing that can keep you from the presence of God. I am not asking for a bunch of people to come to the altar today, because you have to settle it between you and God. I know I am not wrong. You can come up here and tell part of your problem, but if you get alone with God and tell Him all your problems, Lord, I know I have something bad that is holding me back, please help me Father. That is hard. I am not looking in your heart, I don’t know everybody’s heart or mind, but I know that God does. These things are not easy to say. I don’t know how you are going to feel about me when this service is over. I don’t know what you are going to think about me. I am not trying to do something to hurt somebody. I am not saying to get things out in the open so everybody can hear, that is a denominational thing. If you have been a rapist or a pervert, if you have been on dope, they will take you from here to yonder letting you give your testimony so you can help somebody else who has been in the same shape. I would rather hear the gospel any time. I don’t need to know how many times you passed out on dope. I don’t want to listen to prostitutes on stage. They brought one to Jesus, caught in the very act. They brought her to Jesus and said, we caught her in the very act, what are you going to do about it? He got down and wrote in the dirt. I don’t know what He wrote, but then He got up and said, you Pharisee, you Sadducee, you Herodian, you righteous people go ahead and throw the first stone. He didn’t look at the woman, He got down and wrote again. This time I feel He is writing some names. This probably happened in five minutes, I don’t know. But then He got up and said, woman, where are your accusers? She said, I have none. Neither do I. Did He say, I am going to take you with me and tell everybody about it? No, He said go and sin no more, go, go. God can take a messed up life and can cleanse that life. He can make it to where it is something holy, that this thing is not remembered again, not brought up to where everybody can look at it. I have known people that have been sinners. They surrendered to God. I couldn’t even look at them and think they had ever been that because God changed them so much. He took the inside and cleansed it. Whenever He did, it just left. Bro. Lau keeps coming to my mind. He came to the Lord and then had a dream. He dreamed he was laying in the gutter, I believe it was. He seen himself there with his entrails hanging out. Here came an angel and took Mercurochrome and put it on there, then put him back together. He told this to a colored man who was a preacher and he said I wish I could have a dream like that. That Mercurochrome was the blood, it was the right color. God is willing to put the right color on us today, but it has to take us from the inside. Take us from the inside. Do you think it is a happy trip to drive from Campbellsville or Burkesville every week? Or from Somerset? There is something causing you to drive. There is a spirit that says, come on. He is saying that to others this morning, come on and go with me. Bro. Sawyer and his wife have been coming a long time. Is it worth it? I didn’t have to look at him when I said that because I knew that nobody is paying him to come. There are brothers and sisters that are sick, but they are still here today. I don’t like to see my brothers and sisters sick. I don’t want them to be better, I want them to be well. You don’t have to come to the altar every service so that God will release you. Do it one time and let the blood of Jesus Christ cover you and you will be alright. Bro. Duane, you and your wife didn’t have to move from Georgia, but something told you. Do you know what that something is? Something told you to move. They weren’t getting anything there, that is what they felt. So, the move is on. The move is on my Lord, the move is on. I haven’t read much scripture, I didn’t even know which scripture to go to this morning. I intend to finish this message tonight, but the next one may not be much different. We have a message and we have to carry it. We are not rulers, He is the ruler. I am just a carrier. Before they had walkies and talkies, they had carrying pigeons. They knew where to go when they turned them loose. Bro. Branham told about one. During WW2 the enemy had them all pinned down and they didn’t know where to go. They took one of those carrier pigeons and tied a note to its leg. It said we are pinned down in a certain place. They turned it loose and the enemy began to fire at it and hit it’s wings. That is when he preached, On the Wings of a Dove. They hit it’s breast, but he said it fell in the camp with the message. A month from that time the same thing happened to him. His head and chest went through the windshield but he left us a message. I can’t help what others do with it. That is their problem not mine. He left a message. God brought that man on the scene and he left us with something to go on with, not to stop. He didn’t say stop, go on and stick with the Bible. Whenever I am gone, stick with the Bible. Bro. Jackson had the dream and told Bro. Branham the last time he was here in Jeffersonville. That was August 5, 1965. He went into his office and told him about the horse dream. When he got through, Bro. Branham said, I know what the horse is, the horse represents the word. He got his Bible, he told Bro. Jackson, when I am gone, stick with this. Bro. Jackson said, I will. I will. My brothers will, you brothers in other countries, as you hear this, stick with the word and let the word guide you. You won’t tell Bro. Spencer anything different. That brother stands for truth, there are no gray areas. There are no gray areas here. I wouldn’t give anything for what I feel this morning because it is real. God is real. If you want something real, be a link in that chain. We are on our way. We are, we are on our way. Don’t just take a little dab, that won’t do. I preach this message to say, let’s go on. Don’t let anything stop you. Let’s go on together. Has the move here been worth it? It is worth it all to be His child, to serve Him through that last long mile, it is worth it all to feel His power and to know He is with us every hour. Every hour of every day, He is with us. Are you ready? Are you ready to go? Are you ready to go on? I hope everybody feels it this morning. Prayer(The first few minutes of this service is of Bro. Yahraus giving testimony of their first trip to see Jonathan Cahn. Bro. Steve Yahraus speaking.) We went to see Jonathan Cahn. I know a lot of people have heard about him and asked about him. I have always said I could tell a denominational spirit two miles away. All these TV preachers, the books they put out and everything, I just don’t give two cents for it. I heard about the Shemitah, the Harbinger, and all these things. There wasn’t really anything new in it to me, I know it is coming, it had details, but it didn’t mean a whole lot to me. People kept talking about this Jonathan Cahn. One day Bro. Allen was over at the house and he asked if I had seen on You Tube that prayer breakfast, or maybe it was the one in Congress. I said no, I really hadn’t, but he wanted to see it so we listened to it.We went to meet Jonathan Cahn and when I got there I talked to him for a minute and then told him that I would like to call him some time and tell about a dream I had had. He said, well tell me now. I thought, here is this long line of people but he wants to hear this dream. So, I told him, I was asleep, laying on my left side on the couch and I heard voices behind me. After a while they began to give out numbers. He was listening very attentively to what I had to say. I told him the old number I was left with was the number 23. I thought all the numbers I hear is 13 and 28 up until lately. I hadn’t heard anything about the 23rd. I told him about all these numbers that were given to me, then after a while of talking then one voice said to another, Gabriel. That was when I woke up suddenly. I told him, I didn’t understand why that number was left with me. He said, well, if you go to the time 1967 when Israel go their land back, he began to explain it, he said the three hundred and sixty days, from what time he was talking about, he said it wind up on September 23rd, whenever the Six Day War was over. Then lately I had seen where the 23rd is the day of atonement. I didn’t know that at the time, but it is the day of atonement for Israel. Then there is another part of it there, the Jubilee, right between that. He said that is very interesting. Then he told me about the date 23rd and all. I appreciated him listening to me, that he would take time out to hear my dream. We were just people from another place, but it seemed like everything thing that happened, we have favor of God to be able to get what we wanted. It was more than I expected, to see all those people there, there were probably eight hundred or a thousand people there, something like that, but we got a front row seat. They said, you can sit on the front row but you can’t chew chewing gum or run to the bathroom while he is preaching because it is televised, world wide televised. So, we may be on television. But whenever he was talking about that, he told Bro. Steve that he was to be on Trinity Broadcast next month, I don’t remember the exact date, but yes I do, it was the 23rd he was supposed to be on there. He said they cancelled it because the pope is going to be there in the city at that time. I don’t know if Trinity Broadcast cancelled on account of that or if it was because of the crowd that would be there, the police force and all that would guard the pope. But everything worked perfect, it couldn’t have been any better to work out that way. We did sit on the front row while he preached. You say him standing there, maybe five foot six, 150 pounds. You can’t see that on television, but he is a little man. He blew the shofar, he had three there, two small ones and one big one. I think the two belonged to somebody else and they wanted him to blow it. So he bowed the shofar. We had a great time. We went to the airport, we already had our tickets TSA approved. There were probably about two people ahead of us. We walked right on through the line and didn’t have to take our coats off. Nobody had to take their shoes off. We checked in that easy. Bro. Steve had it all worked out, he had it all on his phone, but he couldn’t get it worked out, but coming back when we got to the airport, they gave us a yellow card TSA approved. So we only had two or three people in front of us again. There was the other line of people which probably would have taken forty-five minutes to get through, but we walked on through, Kings’ children. I don’t know what people out there think about that, but that don’t concern me. They already think bad about us anyway. As Bro. Steve said, that is not a perfecting message. It won’t perfect you but it will inform you. There was one thing he said that I was glad he did say, he said the tribulation is not going to happen now. He said there are too many things to be fulfilled before the tribulation. All the television preachers said it could happen now. I was glad he said that, because I could say Amen to that. It can’t happen now, there are too many things to be fulfilled. You are a part of that fulfilling, my brothers and sisters, we are on the way. We are well on the way. As I seen the people that were congregated there, they were interested but they were not ready. This is the best life a person can live. This is the best message and I am not talking about myself, this is the best message that God can give for this hour because it is a perfecting message. I appreciate that, I appreciate you all. Sometimes it may seem a little hard, but it is perfecting. I don’t say things to get it off my chest. I come to service with something on my heart and mind, but I don’t really know what all I will say because I feel that is my ministry, that is my calling. I don’t know how long it was but he never took a drink of water. He flipped page after page after page, but he didn’t just stand there and read out of it. So tonight, God’s people are the best people in the world. I am talking about Bride people. They are the best there is. I thank God for the privilege because I do believe the man has something to say for this endtime. It will help the Bride to hear. The message to the Bride is the fivefold ministry. In just a few days you will see some of that. So tonight, I hope you understand that we are on a journey and we have not been this way before. We are not lost on this journey, we have been found. Jesus Christ is very near. I love Him, don’t you? Let us pray.

Getting Ready For The Rapture, Part 8 – 2017, July

Rev. James Allen

Jesus said, I will come to you. That is the Spirit inside Him. Jesus is not out to meet everyone that prays, but the Comforter He said He would give is that Comforter: the Holy Ghost that we now have in us. Then as He said, where I am, ye may be also. So tonight: encourage yourselves, or be encouraged in Him. Keep your lamp burning, don’t let it go out, don’t let the devil snuff it out. Let us go back to the 21st chapter that I was on this morning, I think I got to verse 24. In verse 24 He said that Jerusalem would be trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the nations be fulfilled. That is the happenings of scripture, that is the times. Because it is not always going to be that the Gentiles are dictating what is going to go on in Israel. Prophecy preachers never go into Zechariah 12, because they don’t know what it pertains to. They are stumped! They like to go into Revelation, but then the 13th chapter, when they go there, they see a false prophet and a man of sin, one of them, I don’t know which one it is, that gets shot in the head and he revives. The devil cannot revive himself: because that beast is a spirit, it is not a man, it is a group of men, of the nations. The old Roman system is what it is, reviving, coming about, which is based in Europe, the ten horns. Like Bro. Jackson said, that little horn that raises up does not put another horn on it: it does not make eleven. No, it is raised right up to take its place in the ten that rules over the ten. The final rule will be that a man of sin will rule over the ten nations plus the rest of the body of the beast, which goes all the way into Iran. Because that is where: after Nebuchadnezzar, that is where it was based, there in Elam and Iran, which is all the same thing, which was Persia. That more or less ends the body as far as, let me put it this way, as far as the tail part is concerned. It says it will be trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the end, which Jesus is not going to tell you because He said only the Father knows the time He would come back. He was not probing the Father, saying tell me. It is all in the Father’s hand. The Father that made the heavens and earth, the sea, and the dry land:, He knows what is out there in space. If the Catholic church, which has a place in Arizona named Graham Mountain, and the name of their telescope is Lucifer. They have a big telescope out there, and they are looking for extraterrestrial beings. If they ever see one, it will be another demon. That is all that is out there beside the angels of God and they are not going to see them. Not until the end: then they will see them. “And Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.” I was talking about this: which I have done before, but whether He is going back and forth here to confuse the picture to the world, because He said they would come in my name in that day saying have not we prophesied in thy name? If you turn on Trinity Broadcast or any of the others, you will have seen and heard all these prophets. It may be that they are “prophets”. Faith always works in their favor though: not on the people they are preaching to. “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations.” That does not sound like when Jesus comes back to rule and reign. Signs in the sun and in the moon and in the stars. They say not day: but tonight, Mars and the moon are supposed to be close together. The first time in many years. The 13th of September, ends the Shemitah year, the Shemitah year ends with a partial eclipse of the sun. There will be signs in the sun, the moon, and in the stars: distress of nations. Look out west, fires threatening cities and towns: houses being burned. Don’t you think that is distress? Distress of nations. Don’t you think ISIS is distress? Those three American soldiers took care of one of them that was ready to take a bunch of lives. I am glad it was American boys: U.S. citizens. I heard today, that they had first class tickets and there was not enough room for them, so they put them in the second class. After they got going, they found out they had room in first class so they put them there, and that is where it happened. They took care of business. It is a shame that the leadership in this country cannot take care of business. If it was not for political correctness, they could clear out this thing in this country. Oh, we cannot do that! I say Why do they just let the citizenry of this country go to waste? We have distress, and fear. Inner cities in New York are painting their bodies without putting any clothes on, and walking up and down the streets. That evil mayor up there: has allowed it to be exactly like Brother Branham said it would be: like that. He said: before it was over women would be wearing a little thing called a fig leaf. They have it now. Little children are having to see all this filthy stuff. What do you think that is doing to their minds? They are taking morality and throwing it into the ditch. When I was a boy, if you went into Liberty Kentucky where I was from, and you did not have a shirt on, you would be put in jail. They might have had a chaw of tobacco in their mouth: many of them did, and spit in the street. I know you may say: that is nasty, but it was not immoral. I don’t agree with tobacco use, but it is not unlawful or immoral. When I was eight or ten years old, women would walk down the sidewalk with dresses of a respectable length on: whether they were Christians or not, they wore dresses. I would say: that probably; if you looked in Hillary Clinton’s closet you would not see a dress. I have never seen her in a dress, never! This Immoral generation: is just walking right over the Word of God to be able to be a politician or whatever. I was told: I did not see it, but I would have liked to have seen it: that down in Frankfort Kentucky: there was a rally with the woman from Rowan County and the men from Casey County, making a speech about this gay marriage thing. They have a mayor in Kentucky that does not have any more morals than a stray dog. When they put Obamacare in, he said: I will put it in, like it or not. That is the state I am from, and there are other brothers and sisters in this congregation from Kentucky. There is a pay day coming for sure: for all that defy God’s Word. Distress among nations is sure. Butchering people just because they claim to be a Christian, and our government says nothing about it. Nineteen people were killed by ISIS in Egypt, that said they were Christians and would not deny it. Our president would not even mention they were Christian people. He just mentioned the killing. I did not see the actual thing: I did not want to see it. It was on television, but I did see the water turn red. It said we live in an evil adulterous generation. “With perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken.” I heard in the News the other day, they said they are not telling it, but there are bank presidents jumping off of high buildings all the time: but the News people will not tell it. Distress: because people have lived so high that when the test comes, they cannot take it. The powers of heaven shall be shaken, that is the atmospheric heaven. The thing we are dealing with, because the Bible says to put on the whole armor of God: that you may be able to stand in the evil day, and against the powers of the devil. He sits in heavenly places yet tonight. Revelation 12 will bring Him down, as I mentioned this morning while reading that. “And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” That is the end of the Millennium. This other is talking about now, the other verse I just read, but this is talking about the end.” And when these things begin to come to pass, (When they begin: they are here: they have already begun, we are living in it. We are not a part of it, but it does not mean that we will not have to suffer a few things. Let us be as Amos was. Israel: prepare to meet thy God. It mentioned in the book of Habakkuk, in the days of His preparation, and it tells how the cars would jostle against one another, and it says carriages will jostle one against another in the Broadway’s. The broadways: do you know why these were built from north to south, from east to west? President Eisenhower had them built: because, if this nation was ever attacked, then the tanks and things would have a place to move on quickly. It was not built just to give us a better place to drive on, to get from one side of the country to the another. They were built for the protection of the country. That was the purpose: because he was fearful that the country would be attacked one day. When these things begin to come to pass…) then look up: (which takes you right to Hebrews, chapter 12,which says: lift up the hands that hang low and the feeble knees. It is not talking about somebody crippled: It is talking about a crippled mind.) and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” He is not talking about being proud and stuck up, He is talking about getting our mind on heavenly things. Look up! So tonight I say, look up: lift up your head. Don’t let the devil see you moping along. Look up: and keep your mind on defeating him: as you daily keep your mind on that which pleases God. Overcome the evil one: the wicked one: which we know is our adversary: the devil. The scripture says he is out like a roaring lion: seeking whom he may devour. “And He spake to them a parable; Behold the fig tree, and all the trees.” Israel is the fig tree, but all the trees refers to this world system. All the trees; is what we see on our television. If there is an earthquake in Japan, it is heard about before it has hardly been settled. An earthquake in India, the same way. “When they now shoot forth, (that is the budding, which was of the 1940’s: which is when the U.N. came into existence: in 1945. The U.N. came into existence so there would be no more war. Did it work? In 1950 the Korean War started. In 1945 they formed the U.N. so there would never be another war. That is when our nation began to go down hill. The war was over, but the trees of the field are growing, they are budding. This nation that we now live in became the greatest nation upon this earth. If it had a mind to make it so, and in 1945 they could have taken over the world. Russia was whipped. Germany was slaughtered. China was in dust. Here comes along a little nation like North Korea, and we settle that with an armistice: to divide a nation. Look what they have over there now: a man that does not even know how to get a hair cut: running the nation. It is kind of like some of the old farm boys: when I was growing up; who could not afford a haircut. They just put a bowl on their head and cut around the bowl. They said the only difference in a good haircut and a bad haircut was about a week. “When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. So likewise ye: when ye see these things come to pass; know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.” We are there! I cannot say it any plainer than that. we are at that point now. We have already gone beyond summer, and we are now in the fall of this time. We are in the last days. “Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled.” I am trying to bring you from the 1940’s: the time when this started, up to our present day. This thing has grown and grown. Israel has got stronger and stronger, and stronger: until the world does not know what Israel has. In two days; they could wipe Iran off the map. It will not happen; because God is going to do that in the Ezekiel 38 and 39 event. As far as Israel’s surroundings: they are going to take over all of that. Egypt is going to be taught their lesson, and so is Syria. I just saw: that four missiles were shot into Israel from Lebanon. Things are heating up. We are getting ready: because the Bible speaks to us. We are going to see these things. “So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away: (That is what Peter said: heaven and earth will pass away with a great noise. It is the works of man that will pass away, but Jesus said: my Word: that what we are standing on tonight, will not pass away.) but my words shall not pass away.” We have anchored ourselves in something that is sure; because the waves of sin of the world, is not going to knock out those anchors to which we have anchored ourselves. My words shall not pass away. “And take heed to yourselves, (Now He is warning us: after He has told us the things going and coming, from the time of the apostles until this time, He is warning us now, take heed to yourselves. He is not talking to the world. He is speaking to the apostles, but He is also speaking unto this hour of time as well: because that hour of time was not it. Take heed to yourselves…) lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, (just floating along merrily) and so that day come upon you unawares.” Surfeiting and drunkenness, that is drunkenness on the cares of this world. The cares of this world can take away your equilibrium. People get so caught up: that they quit going to church regularly, first for a week, then a month. Time passes and then you seldom see them. Why? Something happened, somebody said something: oh you hurt me. I wonder what it would have been like if Jesus was all the time up and down: because He let the Pharisees and Sadducees get under His skin. We would not have had much to look forward to: would we? We cannot even let our families determine our salvation. You cannot let the world determine your outlook: that is sure ,and certainly not the things of the world. Why? Because that day will come upon you unawares, why would it come upon us unawares? Because we had went surfeiting. The cares of this life made us drunken. “For as a snare (When I was a boy, we caught rabbits like that: in a snare. Take a strong string and hang it on a bush, then pull that bush over and fix a little place there and put a trap in that. Put a sweet potato in there, and a rabbit would come along and get hold of it: trying to get the potato. You might say, well that is cruel. There was a time when some people had to get their food in ways like that. You had to get a rabbit, or squirrel, or whatever: any way you could. Some of you could never imagine how things were after the great depression of years ago, but some people had to get food for their table however they could. There were families that this was the only type meat they ever had, rabbit or squirrel. Why did they not go to McDonald’s? McDonald’s was not even thought of back then. There used to be a little restaurant down there: I could not afford to go to it, but when you walked by you could smell those hamburgers frying. It smelled so good, but I had never ate one: so I had no idea what they would taste like. We come to find out: my brother-in-law told me he went coon hunting over the weekend and skinned his coons back there in that kitchen. Maybe it was a good thing I did not have the money to eat there. A man has to do what he has to do. I remember Bro. Jackson telling about fixing up a snare when he was a boy. He fixed it up and went to school. When he got home from school, his mom said to him: guess what we are having for supper tonight. His snare had caught the old rooster. He caught a rooster instead of a rabbit. We are not so far from those things. That was when I was a boy. It is easy to remember those things: because the mind does not get too old for that unless you allow it. I went a long way around talking about the snare, but now you can see what a snare is: it is something rigged to catch you off guard. Jesus knew something about a snare. There were many times He did not have anything to eat. He was not out making bread and fish every day. It had been three days since they had anything to eat; when he did that. The people were so interested in what He had to say, that they sat and listened for three days without eating. They listened to what He had to say. Then the next day they were going to make Him king, and He refused. Then they were ready to stone Him. As a snare…) shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth.” That is not talking about Bride people; because at this time the Bride is gone. The snare is when He comes back with His Bride. “Watch ye therefore, and pray always, (Well I pray before meals: yes, but the scripture says pray always: keep Him always on your heart, don’t let Him leave. He said, I will never leave you or forsake you. In our rough times, He is still there. Whatever we are going through: and we do have to go through things, but we sometimes get too lax if we don’t stay on guard. Things are going pretty good for a few days: then all at once, slam, right up by the side of the head. Our enemy does not aim to leave us alone. He is always ready to accuse us of something, but greater is He that is in you than he that is in the world. You have a right to rebuke him and throw him out. The Spirit in you: enables you to do that. Always remember: You have that right. Do not let him dwell in your mind or in your heart. Thoughts come against you, so get rid of them! There is more nudity on the street and on television than you have ever seen before. I saw something the other day: these men who have muscle and like to show muscle: are now fixing their hair in buns. That is the newest thing, for a man to put a bun on his head. It is not even funny. What is wrong with you sissies anyhow? You have muscles: but you have a problem with your mind. You have tattoos: long hair, long pony tails like women. I was saying something this morning about a young man that hauled parts from Detroit to Louisville for Ford: every day, five days a week. He drove almost five thousand miles a week. He grew one of these rat tails, a little thing of hair that hangs down the back of their neck. He grew a rat tail. He went home and went to sleep, I guess he was very sleepy. He woke up the next morning and went to the bathroom, and it was hanging on the mirror. His wife cut it off while he was asleep. Men that do not have any hair on top, but have something long in the back: Why! I say to my Christian Brothers: keep alert to the tricks of our enemy. Watch ye therefore, and pray always…) that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, (The escape, what is the escape? It is the rapture. I am looking for that escape.) and to stand before the Son of man.” Is that your desire? Is that your aim, to be able to stand before the Son of man? As I said awhile ago, Let all who have that hope within: prepare to meet thy God. That ends: O Israel, but that is also my words to all of you.

Getting Ready For the Rapture
Part 20

There is so much going on today in the world, it is a change every week. You never know what to expect the next week. We are living in changing times. The thing is, it is not changing for the better, it is changing for the worse. The Bible says that man would be more wiser, but he would be more wicked in the 12th chapter of Daniel. But the righteous shall shine. The prophecy given this morning let us know that God will be with you. There is a finishing up process that is going on in our lives and in our midst, and God seems to be well pleased with what is happening. The thing about it is, if God is pleased, then we every one want to work ourselves into that pleasing situation, that we may be able to comprehend with all the saints, the breadth, the width, the height, the depth, as we take time and go on. Each one of our lives is important with God, but we must exercise that importance to be able to please Him. I am still on the same subject, but I will go a little different way in this: yet it is still concerning the end time. It is still concerning, more or less, part of perfection. I know I preached several messages on the grace of God that seemed like it touched souls and helped some people to know a little more of what the grace of God is; for us. We want to take each thing that God provides for us and keep in mind all that is His care process covers. We have scriptures here that I want to look at, you will see in the scriptures I have chosen; that they go along with the testimony this morning: of Sis Gloria Meadors: which I appreciate very much. I feel that we are getting close to Revelation 19: the Bride has made herself ready. I feel that we are getting into that perfection process. We are not children anymore. God has a place for people to come in even yet. I must say; but not for much longer. He is going to cut it off. Then this baptismal pool will not be needed any more. I believe that: partly because of the prophecy I got a couple years ago, that the time is coming that things are going to shut down as far as the Bride is concerned. Then the perfection process finishes up. I am not trying to scare people, but we live in a serious hour of time. It is closing time. Take a business, they have the hump day, then they have Friday. There are some that work different times, but I am just taking it as the time when I worked at Ford, because that was the last day to work that week. So everything was closed down, the lines did not run. The inspection process was over. But we are at that inspection time now, that the Holy Spirit: God’s Spirit, I remember Bro. Jackson preaching about the godhead, he went to Luke, before Jesus was born and what Gabriel said to Mary. Jesus always, when He referred to himself, He referred to God as Father. In Luke chapter 1: talks about the Holy Ghost that overshadowed Mary, so he said if there be three persons in the godhead, then Jesus had two fathers. If it was the Holy Spirit, then God, as the religious world relates it: that there are three: a trinity, but the Bible itself leaves no doubt that God is ONE. It is the Spirit of the Creator Himself that we have in us. He is the Holy Ghost. There is no trinity: just Father and Son. It is the way God works: that confuses those who insist That God is three person’s. He is ONE, and He is a Sovereign Spirit: not a person. People who have no revelation, just try to work out their own plan. It is just how God works: the Holy Ghost in you, is working now, but that is the Spirit of God. It is not another spirit, it is just the way the Spirit works: that some cannot understand. I appreciate that. I appreciated that message when it was preached. We live in a time when we have a lot of prophecy preachers around, but none of them really know deep down truth, because they have their own ideas about things. Many of them are changing their mind about the rapture because they say it comes at the end of the tribulation. According to the scripture I have gone over not long ago, then God is going to take His Bride away during that tribulation time. I am not talking about midweek, I am talking about the first of the week, because midweek is too late. But I believe we will see the temple built and I believe that we will possibly see the two prophets, as God raised them up to fulfill their time. Then the church will be ready to leave. So we are in a gradual scale of moving upward. That is what the prophecy said, not in that way, but it is what it said because we are moving toward perfection. Perfection is going to take all the doubts out, take all the fears out, and all the miss leadings, the misguidings and mis-feelings. The devil puts a lot of feelings in people. That is his job. It is certainly not God that gives you wrong thoughts. I will let that soak in a little bit. All the bad feelings that some may have: like oh I am not worthy. Who is worthy of the grace of God? Can any of us say we are not worthy? Yes, but if we dwell on that unworthy condition: it can eat us up, but we are given an armor. What is that armor for? The armor is for protection: especially for a soldier in battle, but we need it too. I have a scripture in 2nd Timothy, I am not reading that yet, but that scripture tells us we are soldiers. As I went over it a couple weeks ago, if we do not take this thing: and I will say it like this, take it to its limit. We must take our faith to the limit in this hour; in order to ward off the wiles of the enemy: because he is working hard to defeat us. I have brothers and sisters that are going through trials; through sickness, that they didn’t cause. It was not caused; because of sin or evil: it is just something that the devil has put upon the lives of people to discourage; and try to defeat them. When I see people rise above that, it shows that they are not dwelling on their sickness. They are dwelling on the remedy: knowing the remedy will come. Sometimes it is holding on, we sing songs about it, keep holding on. We sing songs about it, but sometimes it just becomes a melody instead of becoming alive. After all, there is a life living in us. Paul expressed it this way, that we are not our own. So we have been bought with a price. The price was the Son of God. It says in Isaiah, by whose stripes we are healed. Peter takes it further and said, by whose stripes ye were healed. It has already happened. Your sins are gone and buried. Don’t dwell on it. Well I’m not worthy. You are just playing into the devil’s hands. We are not standing here saying I am worthy of something great. I am not talking about that. I am talking about how we must face the devil with our problems, with faith, with courage, with an attitude of lifting ourselves up. If I can think of an easier word, to lift ourselves up into a plateau where God dwells. You might think, oh, that will never happen. Why did Paul say that we are in heavenly places in Christ Jesus? I have thought of death, I was just thinking of that this week, I have thought of death because we paint such a blunt picture of it. But when we look at what Jesus said about Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, He said God is not the God of the dead, but of the living. As I mentioned a couple weeks ago, about Bro. Pixley, he had not said anything in days: then all at once he mentioned his wife’s name. He was seeing somebody alive. It is just another dimension, a better dimension. Oh, I don’t know about that: you might say, but Paul said, it will be best if I go on, he was looking at better days. This old flesh sometimes can go through things. I am not advocating death, but I am advocating that there is a better day coming. I remember; it was either the last service or the next to last service that Bro. Jackson was with us. They were singing the song about a better day coming: that was the first time Bro. Jackson had played his fiddle since he had his shoulder operated on. He got happy. There is a better day coming. We are living in a good day. What about the stock market? Well, what about the stock market: all that is going to fail. America is going to fail because of all the wickedness. From the president on down to the dog catcher, they are corrupt. I just saw something this week: a young man that has been promoting Al-qaeda, trying to get some other some people to join it, they gave him a CDL license. He was put in to drive a school bus. What is wrong? That is what he wanted. They are giving the devil everything he wants. But we cannot give over to that. We have to let him know where we stand, and that greater is He, greater is He. Right: Bro. Bill Tuley is here this morning when he was so sick just two weeks ago, because he realized God is alive. Sometimes we have to be stubborn against the devil: not against God, because He is our life. In one sense of the word; we are making our own way in His time. However high we want to be in the Lord, He has given us that privilege. He is making some thirty, some sixty, and some a hundred, according to every one’s ability. Don’t just say: oh I am just thirty: and think that is something less. It is still wheat. It is still the best: as much as a hundred; it is still the best. Sometimes we use words to bring ourselves down because we feel weak. We feel defeated, but the Bible said you are strong. David had never fought in an army, never. He tried a sword, he had the best Israel had to offer, he had the king’s sword. He put it on, I guess it probably drug the ground because he was small. He put it on, but he took it off and said, I have not tried this yet, this has not been tried. In other words, he had not worn it before. So he just took a little slingshot. When he met the giant: the giant said, oh this is just child’s play. He said, I will tack you up on the wall. David said, I will take your head from you. You come to me with spears and swords, but I come to you in the name of the Lord. That is enough. If you have Him today, that is enough. Jolly St. Nicholas is not going to help you. No! We have an ear, but we will lean it toward the Lord. I will go to 1nd Timothy now, chapter 1. “Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Savior; (He felt something: he felt a calling. He knew God had spoken to him. He knew who he met on the Damascus road. Who did you meet this morning? Who did you speak to? Whose name did you call? The name of Jesus Christ is a high tower that we can run into and be safe.) and Lord Jesus Christ, which is our hope.” Our hope, we have hope this morning through Jesus Christ. Hope is something, as Paul said:, fades not away. Because we have been begotten through the word of God. There is a new life. That old life is dead: that old man is gone. When Satan met Eve in the person of the beast, he was convincing. He was not good looking. He did not look anything at all like Adam, but he was convincing. I hope you don’t get mad at me for saying this, but you see some of these women on the back of motorcycles with riders that probably have not had a bath in two weeks. They are driving down the road with that long hair blowing back and the smell with it. At once she was a good looking woman, but she got dirty just like him. It is the kind of life I used to see in the cartoons: Pepe LePeu, as he walked you could see the smell coming up. That is the way sin is, it stinks. They call themselves Hell’s Riders, and that is where they are riding: right straight into hell on their present course. How can anybody be happy with something like that on their back? Bro. Branham said he met a man one time while driving down the street, he saw a man coming toward him with a sign on him. He said it was something like this, I don’t remember exactly, but something like: I am a servant or a slave to Jesus. When he turned around and went the other way, on his back it said, whose slave are you? “Unto Timothy, my own son in the faith: Grace, mercy, and peace, from God our Father and Jesus Christ our Lord. As I besought thee to abide still at Ephesus, when I went into Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some that they teach no other doctrine.” I really wanted to go to 2nd Timothy, let us go there. 1st chapter. “Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, according to the promise of life which is in Christ Jesus, To Timothy, my dearly beloved son: Grace, mercy, and peace, from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord. I thank God, whom I serve from my forefathers, with pure conscience, (With pure conscience) that with ceasing I have remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day; Greatly desiring to see thee, being mindful of thy tears, that I may be filled with joy; When I call to remembrance the unfeigned faith that is in thee, which dwelt first in thy grandmother Lois, and thy mother Eunice; and I am persuaded that in thee also. Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stir up the gift of God, which is in thee by the putting on of my hands. For God hath not given us the spirit of fear.” You might think, well I am just so nervous. Sometimes we need to pick up the pieces. When Jesus: in Revelation, spoke to the Ephesian church, He said remember from where thou hath fallen. I can think right now of at least six sisters in this assembly, or more than that, I can think of eight right now, sisters who have lost their companion. You do not soon get over that, but you do not let it get you down either. It will eat you up. Spiritually speaking, unless you go on. Those brothers are having the time of their life right now: thinking, why can’t we go on too? I remember my mother, it really hurt me whenever she died, because she had a serious operation: but Mary Lou also had one also, and I did not get to go to the hospital to see my mother. After she died time went on: then two or three years. While laying on my bed one night: I dreamed that I was on the couch down where I grew up, me and my brother. My brother is gone on now. She just appeared, and she did not come through the wall: she just appeared and came over and hugged me. My mother was not a hugger, but that took all that bad feeling away. I never had that feeling any more. God is real. So many testimonies have been given by others that have had to deal with things of that nature, and God has sent their loved ones back to comfort them. He sees our needs: He sees what we have need of this morning. If a departed brother could come back, he would tell you to go lift up your head and go on. They would tell their children to go on also. This is not the end. This is the beginning of a healing if you will allow it. If you do not, it will eat you up. I cannot ’t do that for you, but God can. He is a very present help in time of trouble. I don’t want to miss out on something good; that God has for me just because I never have any victory. There is victory in the Lord. It says God hath not given us the spirit of fear, but of power, which is strength: spiritual muscle. I certainly do not want the devil to put a ring in my nose like they used to do to cows; because they were hard headed. If you put a rope in that they are going to follow you because it is tender. We are going to follow someone, whether it be the Spirit of God or we let our lives become so drowned in fear, and I am going to use another word, which is unbelief, that we never have any victory. There is not a brother or sister that has gone on; that would want you to feel that way. “For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.” We get so bothered with circumstances; that it clouds our mind. I had a situation sixteen years ago: I got sick in my body while I was here leading singing. Bro. Turner may remember it. I started to pass out, and he ran up here and steadied me. Some people thought it was the spirit. It was not the spirit, I was just about to pass out when Bro. Turner came up and caught me. Some thought it was the spirit, but it was not. I was about to pass out. Do you know why? I had a temperature of 102, and went to the doctor and I was passing blood through my kidneys. I went back a month later, and it was still going on. I had to begin to work on stuff like that. Jesus; when He prayed in the garden, He prayed until His sweat become as drops of blood. There are things that come our way, and we cannot help it. God knows that. I go back to the scripture that says: all things work together for good to them that love God, who are called according to His purpose. All things! I say right now: Yes Lord, I believe and trust in your Word. I ask that you give me more strength and power over adverse feelings. “Be not thou therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner: but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God.” Paul was sitting in prison, waiting execution, and he was encouraging us. Sometimes he gets very blunt, but it is all for our benefit, and not for destruction. “Who hath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began.” Before the world began. He knew this service would be taking place even before the world began. He knew who would be sitting here. If He was, I don’t want to say this the wrong way, but if He was here in person: which He really is, He would say: child of mine, I am not through with you, but I may have to say wake up, we are behind time. When I was going to high school, my mom used to have to probe us to get us out of bed. It would be five minutes after seven and she would say, son, get up, it is going on eight o’clock. She knew how long it would take. “But is now made manifest.” Now made manifest. The time that Paul was talking about was about Jesus Christ, and God waited millions and millions of years, for this moment. For this moment this morning, because He knew what different ones would be going through. Don’t let your feelings; your anxiety make you think all kinds of things. I had been working at Ford about four years: working on the line, when something just snapped, just like that. I become very nervous. I told them I needed to be off the next day, and I did not know when I would go back to work. I have never told this before. I did not know when I would go back to work. I went to a doctor; looking for a pill that would take the anxiety away. Do you know what? He did not give me a pill. He did not give me anything. He did not act like he was really bothered about it. By the time I got back home, I thought: I am going to have to deal with this thing. I went to work the next day and the thing began to leave, and to leave, and to leave. Sometime you have to be more stubborn than the devil. It never came again. Faith went to work in me. I did not have a lot of faith; but I had a little bit. These things can make you think you are dying, or having had a heart attack, you have this, or that. Sometimes it is just faith to overcome our personal feelings. Greater is He that is in you, than he that is in the world, this atmospheric thing about us: because that is where the devil works. That is why you need the whole armor. That is why I need it. “But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Savior Jesus Christ, who hath abolished death, (It is already abolished. You pass from death right into life when you know the truth: never to die. Jesus said if you believe on me, you shall never die. You just get rid of this body; to be in the presence of the Lord. The Bible says; weep when they are born, rejoice when they die. We are not out here saying Praise the Lord, they are gone. No, but we know they have gone to a better place; and we are still here to fight the fight, but we are inching up. Don’t be left behind.
The Bible says to grow in grace. It is a daily thing. Grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.) and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel.” That is what I am trying to do this morning, bring immortality to light, so you can see there is a better way, there is a better place. I am not advocating death this morning, I am advocating the One that has conquered death. “Whereunto I am appointed a preacher, and an apostle, and a teacher of the Gentiles. For the which cause I also suffer these things: nevertheless I am not ashamed: for I know whom I have believed, and am persuaded that He is able to keep that which I have committed unto Him against (this day, He said that day, but it is this day) that day.” The stock market is going to fall. It is in a zig zag now, just hobbling along. It is going to fall. I feel for anybody that has something in that, or in the banks. This whole thing is going to collapse. You might say, you are not very encouraging. David said, I have never seen the Upright forsaken or His seed begging bread. God may have that old crow go down to McDonald’s and bring you something from the drive-through. Don’t worry, it will not kill you. Maybe you think, well I WILL NOT eat anything like that. You would if you were in Elijah’s place. “Hold fast the form of sound words, which thou hast heard of me, in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus.” See? His exaltation is always the Lord Jesus Christ. “That good thing which was committed unto thee keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us.” Which dwell in you, it is in you. Let us go on down to chapter 2. “Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.” He is lifting us up in every supposition, I guess that is a good word. Isn’t it something how the word of God is alive, even though it was spoken two thousand years ago. It is alive, and it gives us life, gives us hope. “And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same: commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also. Thou therefore endure hardness, as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.” That is what I was talking about earlier, a good soldier. A good soldier wears his armor; the armor of God, the whole armor of God. You might think, well I will take this one, but you are vulnerable if you don’t take all these other parts. You have to have protection for your head; for your feet, and Your entire body. You sure have to have a sword, but you have to have a shield too. The whole armor is what you need. See the fiery darts, here they come. That is what that is; fiery darts. What they have done, here is the helmet, the shield, and on down. (Referring to chart) They have the breastplate of righteousness, the sword of the Spirit, helmet of salvation. We have to have this old mind covered. It has to be covered, if we don’t; we are going to find ourselves kind of like Bush was in Iraq; when they threw shoes at him. If you are not completely covered, they are going to slip through. We have to have the whole thing: or we are exposed to our enemy. When we have it; we therefore endure hardness as a good soldier. I went over this a couple weeks ago. My thought then; was, I talked about some of these special operations that are in the armed services. They had just gone over something the other day, two women got into some of the special forces. I don’t know why, I suppose it was just to prove they could. I don’t know why a woman would want to do that, but we live in a time when women think: well I will show you something, but the Bible says grow in grace and in the knowledge of the Lord Jesus Christ. I will continue with this next time.

GETTING READY FOR THE RAPTURE
Part 21 

I hope to be able to say something that will be an encouragement to all of you and give strength to some who may be struggling this morning, and that will help all of us to live a life more pleasing unto Him who died to make that possible We are living in times like we have never been in before. We read about the things that are to happen in this nation, but we did not know just how it would turn out as time passed. We never imagined that people in the hour we are living in; would be put in jail for their belief. That is really what has happened, and there will probably be more of that to come. God will not let it stick. He will not let it go on with man just having his way and these unrighteous judges making decisions that are not their decisions to make. God has already decided it from the very beginning, how man should live, that there should be husband and wife; not two husbands or two wives. It is an evil time and an evil inspired generation. It makes you wonder just how long it will be before they stand outside our doors with their evil intent. We do not intend to compromise with evil. This is an evil generation. Preachers are compromising and getting the laity to go along with them on many things. You don’t have to agree, but don’t disagree, so if you don’t disagree, you are standing with it. So I stand here today to disagree, not to agree with their evil works, but to disagree. Faith Assembly is a place to come and get our lives straightened out. It is not a place to come and be overrun by the devil. We intend for it to always be that way. These things will not last forever. If there is anybody here that may have loved ones, or you may have friends, or you may know people that are in this lifestyle, if you are sitting in here, and you feel sorry or compassion for them; I have to say; you are wrong. That is not something you can tolerate. You may have somebody in your family that is living that lifestyle, but that does not make it right. Faith Assembly is a place that is going to speak and stand solid for truth and righteousness no matter what. If you have family members like that, pray for them, but don’t compromise your position in the Lord for these social ills. That is what it is. The time will come when things will either change in people’s lives or there is going to be an end to it. We praise the Lord this morning for His wonderful grace, His love and the truth He has planted within us. Some have talked about last Sunday’s service, about a continuation, and that is what I want to dwell on today. It seemed to have helped some people to be able to bring them closer to the Lord. I see people this morning that God has dealt with in your life: God has done something for you. He has dealt in your life and made things different. I rejoice with all my brothers and sisters that God has touched anew. It comes down to this fact: You just have to be more stubborn than what the devil is. As it is talked about, that little seed of faith must be cultivated in order for it to grow. That is the truth. It must be nourished by truth until there is no compromise with questionable things around you. Seed faith must always be exercised to obtain growth. It will be built upon a seed. Seed is to grow, just like the mustard seed you read about in the Bible. It is very small, but when you go to Israel and see what the mustard seed grows into, then it is a bush; where birds can light in it. It is not like our mustard here. Our mustard here; is an herb. In Israel: it grows to a small bush. We saw some of them, even on the Mt. of Olives. I would like to say something about Israel today. They are letting things go on, just like at the Mt. of Olives: Now the Muslims are desecrating it. They are tearing up tombstones that have been there for thousands of years. People are criticizing the Israel government and police force for letting it go on like that. I would have to say: If I was there I would have to criticize them too. They are averaging ten attacks on people in Jerusalem a day now. That is on Jews that they are doing that. I don’t like it at all! They know where it is coming from and they know who it is. They are attacking people with rockets and things in Samaria and Judaea. So you can see why they are going to have to be the ones to rise up. Jerusalem is a place that the Bible speaks about. We have to look at it that way and thank the Lord that pressure is going to be put on Judah to where she is that goodly horse in battle. We look forward to it. I will go back to the scripture now. I believe it is in 2nd Peter where it says: judgment must begin at the house of God. It says; if it first begin at us, then where will the world wind up. God deals in our lives to straighten us out, then when it comes to the world, they have no hope, nothing to turn to. We do; and I praise the Lord for that. I was on 2nd Timothy, 2nd chapter; last Sunday. I don’t rehearse. You see preachers on television with tele-prompters, with everything written down: turning page after page. They get to be good readers. Some of them have their tele-prompter that they can scan through as they go along. If it was that way with me, you would never hear much because I am a slow reader. I don’t say these things to glorify myself, but to recognize the Spirit of God. We were on 2nd Timothy chapter 2, verses 1 thru 9. Maybe we will go through that again. “Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. And the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also.” This is the theme of that. The theme of what he is saying here is to be able to teach others the things that you have seen, not the things that has been rehearsed. Books have been sent to me, sermon starters and all that stuff. I need to clean my book shelf, because I don’t want sermon starters from somebody. I guess people use it, because they are selling it. I did not buy it: it was sent to me. “Thou therefore endure hardness, as a good soldier of Jesus Christ.” That refers to strength; that is being able to take the word of God and make a stand and endure hardness. He is talking about soldiers. I talked a couple weeks ago about people going through training to be in special forces. They almost have to make a commitment they are going to forget everything except what they are doing. I don’t believe in it; because many of them are even taught not to believe in God. That is not right. But what they are doing, they are training their mind’s for obedience. But this is a different situation. We are training our hearts each day as we grow in the grace of God. You can tell how old a tree is when you cut it down, because it has all those rings in there. Each year it grows a ring. If you cut the bark from around the tree, then that cuts the ring and the tree dies. If you count the rings; starting in the middle of the tree and go to the edge of the tree, on one side, not both sides. If you count one side you can tell how old that tree is by the rings it has. If it is fifty years old, it will have fifty rings. That is to establish growth. Every year it is getting stronger and larger. That is an illustration of what it is to be a child of God. We are in need of growth; because the Bible says so. It says: grow in grace, but it don’t just say grow in grace, it also says grow in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. Therefore we have to have a start: just like that tree did. The first year; you will not look there and find anything, because the bark is determining the age, because that bark grows into another layer. That is the way our life is: we become layers of righteousness, of holiness. If you go along the highway and see all these dead trees, like the ash. These ash borers have come from China and have killed the trees. If you drive along the highway you can see it. A lot of them are dead because something got in there that was not dealt with. It came from the outside world. We are going to have to get rid of all these things that cause our life not to measure up to the grace of God that has been given to us. I am not talking about an impossibility. I am talking about spiritual growth; as we grow in the grace of God. As we grow in the knowledge of Him: It is because of what we are doing in the word of God. You will not find His knowledge outside the Word. You will find representatives of what the Word has said in this world. just look at this age of time we are living in: how natural man is getting more wicked, but the Word has already said it would be as it is so: with men getting wiser and wiser and more wicked. I am not saying these things today: to go over your head: I am saying things that need to get into our hearts. Endure hardness; if we endure hardness then that little worm, what does it do? It breeds other worms. As it does, then each one of them are for attack. What they are after; is what is inside that tree. That is what the devil is after. That is why it says; to take unto yourself the whole armor of God. It leaves no place for this thing to come in. If we let little things: like jealousy get in: then that will let other things in. People have feelings of not being worthy. The devil eats on things like that. I am not worthy, but Jesus Christ makes us worthy. I am not my own. I have been bought and paid for: when Jesus hung on that old cross. The earnest which comes in, which is the Holy Ghost: when He comes in; He takes over, and does what we cannot do; as an individual. The Spirit of God will take what we commit to Him. It is a fact: growth eliminates wrong motives, it takes charge of what we are not able to do. I am not going to preach a lot about proper dress, because we know better now. If I got outside my home in Salem, and had shorts on: it would be pitiful looking, but that would not be what I teach. If I wore a muscle shirt, then that is speaking against what I believe. “No man that warreth entangleth himself with the affairs of this life.” Because he has done sold out. I can just see those Roman soldiers, if they did not obey Caesar: their heads would be cut off. We are living in an hour of perfection. I am not trying to say, well I have to do this, or I have to do that. No, the Holy Spirit will lead us. If we have Him inside: we are not going to be making mistakes; if we are obedient to His leading. There are things in this hour of time, that we just have to get over. “That he may please him who hath chosen him to be a soldier.” He is talking about a natural thing, in order to make a spiritual move out of this. Jesus used natural things like: a sower went forth to sow. He talks about Lazarus and the rich man. He tells us about the end time, how it will be. He tells us about the rapture, which so many preachers do not even know where they are: when they get on the subject. It is because the Pentecostal preachers used to preach that the rapture would take place before the tribulation, before the seven years. That is where the Bride will be during that time. Now some have changed their mind and say no, they are taking scripture out of context, and they are now saying it is going to be at the end of the tribulation. They don’t know where to place anything anymore because they are losing it. I have heard things just this week concerning the Branham move, how they are now worshiping the man and letting them know he is not against it. That is what it winds up to be if you do not go on with the Spirit of God. Bro. Jackson was taken from us almost eleven years ago, but we have had to go on trusting the Lord. The day I preached his funeral, I said: this place will never be a memorial. I meant it. Because I saw what happened when Bro. Branham died. Now the entire thing is a complete mess. It all turned out to be flesh. I will stand in the door if I have to: I will preach the Word of God. If they want to take me to jail, I will be preaching as I leave. If they put me in the grave, I will sing, there is no grave that will hold this body down. We are on a journey. We are not standing still. I am not preaching against Bro. Jackson. I am not preaching against Bro. Branham, but some of them have done the same thing to Bro. Jackson as they did to Bro. Branham, they have just not had as much time to go as far as others. Bro. Jackson stood here and said, if you elevate me, it will only goes as far as my toes. We get to thinking that man is so important, but the importance of it is that God is in them. “And if a man also strive for masteries, yet is he not crowned, except he strive lawfully. The husbandman that laboureth must be first partaker of the fruits.” That is the ministry. It goes back to 1st Corinthians 2nd chapter. “Consider what I say; and the Lord give thee understanding in all things. Remember that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead according to my gospel.” He had taken a responsibility there, according to my gospel. Can these people today say, according to my gospel, and it be right? Or can they say according to the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ? Paul knew what he was talking about. He knew the truth he had preached. “Wherein I suffer trouble, as an evildoer, even unto bonds; but the word of God is not bound.” He said he suffered trouble even in bonds, but the Word of God is not bound. I have to say that today, the word of God is not bound. Let us go to John 14th chapter, 27th verse. Jesus is talking to the disciples just before He goes away. He has already had supper with them. He has already washed their feet. He has showed the example that should be set. “Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: (Do you have peace today? Are you struggling with something that you feel you cannot overcome? Are you struggling with unhappiness, or with sadness? Do you Not have peace of mind? Do you Not have strength to overcome these feelings? I just preached: be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. The devil is going to bombard us. He is going to bombard you with thoughts, but you just have to throw them off with positive faith in the power of God ; because they do not need to be there. I remember: in the denominational realm, they have a revival one year, the next year they have another revival. The same people are saved and baptized each time. They were never satisfied. Really though: they had nothing to stand on. You have something to stand on this morning. You have the Word of promise. I will read something in a minute, but this is something here. He is saying peace I give to you. We are not in turmoil this morning, because the peace of God that passes understanding dwells in us. He said, my peace I give unto you. My peace. When people do not have peace, everybody around them are affected by it. You can affect your children: as well as those around you, and especially when they have the same problem. If we are going to grow in grace; we have to start somewhere. I am talking about reigning with Christ: ruling and reigning with Him. If we are always in a turmoil, and if we never have peace within us and it shows: it goes through the skin to the outside of us and we admit our thinking, how are we going to rule? It does not take away your salvation, but how are we going to be kings and priests? We are on the training ground right now. We are training for rulership. Right? I don’t mean just to be practicing what we are, we are daily directing ourselves toward a goal. We are climbing. We cannot go to the house and just leave these things, because the Bible teaches us to think on these things. I want to be in a rulership role, not because I am worthy, but because He promised. There is an advertisement for the armed forces: which says; be all that you can be. That is what it is: be all you can be. Don’t let the devil fool with your mind. Get rid of thoughts that are going to take away from the grace of God that has been imputed to you. We have the authority to resist every vain thought. That is why we have the armor we spoke of earlier. The Bible says: He that gets hold of the plow and looks back: is not worthy of the kingdom of God. what is he going to do? You are going to plow up what you have already planted. This may be kind of hard for some, but if you apply it you are going to be happy.) not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, (It does not stop there: let not your heart be troubled.) neither let it be afraid.” I had a brother: growing up and he was afraid of everything. He was strong as an ox, but afraid of everything. He was a year and half older than me, but he would take me with him at night; because he was afraid to drive through certain places alone; because it was haunted. I went along for the ride. He was bigger than me and stronger than me, but inside him something happened when he was young: that made him afraid. On Saturday, when we would go to town, we would just get a nickel and could get a double popsicle. There was a boy that came by and said, give me that. He just handed it to him. Somebody asked him, why did you give that to him? I was afraid he was going to slap me. I don’t mean to be talking bad about my brother, he was a good person. He grew out of it when he was about forty. What I want to say to all of you: is grow in grace. It is all open for us. I will not mention who, but one man was in jail for five years or so: but he said God put him there so he could learn revelation. If you hear him, he does not know any more now than he did when he started. If you are not ordained for it, that is where the ministry has got off the track. That is where the ministry has got off in this message. There is a certain preacher that preached here more during a convention than any other preacher. I remember coming through here, and he was going to preach on the seals. Somebody in Alabama had dreamed that he was going to preach on the seals: on the seven seals. I kept waiting for the seventh one, but it never happened. He had these seven men that were in Revelation 1, which is seven men; the pastors of seven churches. He had them angels that were going to come back, those seven angels that were going to come back at the end. When it was Paul, when it was Columba, Iraneas, all these men down to William Branham, that is who the seven angels were, they were messengers. He had them coming back, all seven of them grouped together here at the end time. I talked to Bro. Jackson about that. He said if he would have stuck with being an evangelist, he would have been alright, but when he got into Revelation, he would have been better off if he had left it alone. Men have made that mistake trying to teach revelation without the anointing. Continued next issue.